focal (7) cmake-modules.7.gz

Provided by: cmake-data_3.16.3-1ubuntu1.20.04.1_all bug

NAME

       cmake-modules - CMake Modules Reference

       The  modules listed here are part of the CMake distribution.  Projects may provide further modules; their
       location(s) can be specified in the CMAKE_MODULE_PATH variable.

UTILITY MODULES

       These modules are loaded using the include() command.

   AddFileDependencies
       Add dependencies to a source file.

          ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<source> <files>)

       Adds the given <files> to the dependencies of file <source>.

   AndroidTestUtilities
       Create a test that automatically loads specified data onto an Android device.

   Introduction
       Use this module to push data needed for testing an Android  device  behavior  onto  a  connected  Android
       device.  The  module  will  accept files and libraries as well as separate destinations for each. It will
       create a test that loads the files into a device object  store  and  link  to  them  from  the  specified
       destination. The files are only uploaded if they are not already in the object store.

       For example:

          include(AndroidTestUtilities)
          android_add_test_data(
            example_setup_test
            FILES <files>...
            LIBS <libs>...
            DEVICE_TEST_DIR "/data/local/tests/example"
            DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE "/sdcard/.ExternalData/SHA"
            )

       At  build time a test named “example_setup_test” will be created.  Run this test on the command line with
       ctest(1) to load the data onto the Android device.

   Module Functions
       android_add_test_data

                 android_add_test_data(<test-name>
                   [FILES <files>...] [FILES_DEST <device-dir>]
                   [LIBS <libs>...]   [LIBS_DEST <device-dir>]
                   [DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>]
                   [DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>]
                   [NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...]
                   )

              The  android_add_test_data  function  is  used  to  copy  files  and  libraries  needed   to   run
              project-specific  tests.  On  the host operating system, this is done at build time. For on-device
              testing, the files are loaded onto the device by the manufactured test at run time.

              This function accepts the following named parameters:

              FILES <files>...
                     zero or more files needed for testing

              LIBS <libs>...
                     zero or more libraries needed for testing

              FILES_DEST <device-dir>
                     absolute path where the data files are expected to be

              LIBS_DEST <device-dir>
                     absolute path where the libraries are expected to be

              DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>
                     absolute path to the location where the data is stored on-device

              DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>
                     absolute path to the root directory of the on-device test location

              NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...
                     list of regex strings matching the names of files that should be  copied  from  the  object
                     store to the testing directory

   BundleUtilities
       Functions to help assemble a standalone bundle application.

       A  collection  of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with .app bundles on the Mac and bundle-like
       directories on any OS.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          fixup_bundle
          copy_and_fixup_bundle
          verify_app
          get_bundle_main_executable
          get_dotapp_dir
          get_bundle_and_executable
          get_bundle_all_executables
          get_item_key
          get_item_rpaths
          clear_bundle_keys
          set_bundle_key_values
          get_bundle_keys
          copy_resolved_item_into_bundle
          copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle
          fixup_bundle_item
          verify_bundle_prerequisites
          verify_bundle_symlinks

       Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because  it  uses  function,  break  and  PARENT_SCOPE.   Also  depends  on
       GetPrerequisites.cmake.

       DO  NOT  USE  THESE  FUNCTIONS  AT  CONFIGURE  TIME  (from CMakeLists.txt)!  Instead, invoke them from an
       install(CODE) or install(SCRIPT) rule.

          fixup_bundle(<app> <libs> <dirs>)

       Fix up <app> bundle in-place and make it standalone, such that it can be drag-n-drop  copied  to  another
       machine and run on that machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible.

       If  you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the
       bundle before calling fixup_bundle.  The <libs> parameter is a list of libraries that must be  fixed  up,
       but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis  (i.e. plugins).

       Gather  all the keys for all the executables and libraries in a bundle, and then, for each key, copy each
       prerequisite into the bundle.  Then fix each one up according to its own list of prerequisites.

       Then clear all the keys and call verify_app on the final bundle to ensure that it is truly standalone.

       As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then  ignored  (e.g.
       IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe").

          copy_and_fixup_bundle(<src> <dst> <libs> <dirs>)

       Makes  a  copy  of the bundle <src> at location <dst> and then fixes up the new copied bundle in-place at
       <dst>.

          verify_app(<app>)

       Verifies that an application  <app>  appears  valid  based  on  running  analysis  tools  on  it.   Calls
       message(FATAL_ERROR) if the application is not verified.

       As  an  optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
       IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          get_bundle_main_executable(<bundle> <result_var>)

       The result will be the full path name of the bundle’s main executable file or an error:  prefixed  string
       if it could not be determined.

          get_dotapp_dir(<exe> <dotapp_dir_var>)

       Returns  the nearest parent dir whose name ends with .app given the full path to an executable.  If there
       is no such parent dir, then simply return the dir containing the executable.

       The returned directory may or may not exist.

          get_bundle_and_executable(<app> <bundle_var> <executable_var> <valid_var>)

       Takes either a .app directory name or the name of an  executable  nested  inside  a  .app  directory  and
       returns  the  path  to  the  .app  directory  in  <bundle_var>  and  the  path  to its main executable in
       <executable_var>.

          get_bundle_all_executables(<bundle> <exes_var>)

       Scans <bundle> bundle recursively for all  <exes_var>  executable  files  and  accumulates  them  into  a
       variable.

          get_item_key(<item> <key_var>)

       Given  <item>  file  name,  generate <key_var> key that should be unique considering the set of libraries
       that need copying or fixing up to make a bundle standalone.  This is essentially the file name  including
       extension with . replaced by _

       This key is used as a prefix for CMake variables so that we can associate a set of variables with a given
       item based on its key.

          clear_bundle_keys(<keys_var>)

       Loop over the <keys_var> list of keys, clearing all the variables associated with each  key.   After  the
       loop, clear the list of keys itself.

       Caller of get_bundle_keys should call clear_bundle_keys when done with list of keys.

          set_bundle_key_values(<keys_var> <context> <item> <exepath> <dirs>
                                <copyflag> [<rpaths>])

       Add  <keys_var>  key to the list (if necessary) for the given item.  If added, also set all the variables
       associated with that key.

          get_bundle_keys(<app> <libs> <dirs> <keys_var>)

       Loop over all the executable and library files within <app>  bundle  (and  given  as  extra  <libs>)  and
       accumulate  a  list of keys representing them.  Set values associated with each key such that we can loop
       over all of them and copy prerequisite libs into the bundle and  then  do  appropriate  install_name_tool
       fixups.

       As  an  optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
       IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          copy_resolved_item_into_bundle(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

       Copy a resolved item into the bundle if necessary.  Copy is not necessary, if the <resolved_item> is “the
       same as” the <resolved_embedded_item>.

          copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

       Copy a resolved framework into the bundle if necessary.  Copy is not necessary, if the <resolved_item> is
       “the same as” the <resolved_embedded_item>.

       By default, BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS is not set.  If you want full  frameworks  embedded  in  your
       bundles,   set   BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS   to   ON  before  calling  fixup_bundle.   By  default,
       COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE copies the  framework  dylib  itself  plus  the  framework  Resources
       directory.

          fixup_bundle_item(<resolved_embedded_item> <exepath> <dirs>)

       Get  the  direct/non-system prerequisites of the <resolved_embedded_item>.  For each prerequisite, change
       the way it is referenced to the value of the _EMBEDDED_ITEM keyed variable for that prerequisite.   (Most
       likely changing to an @executable_path style reference.)

       This  function  requires that the <resolved_embedded_item> be inside the bundle already.  In other words,
       if you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into  the
       bundle before calling fixup_bundle.  The libs parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up, but
       that cannot be determined by otool output analysis.  (i.e., plugins)

       Also, change the id of the item being fixed up to its own _EMBEDDED_ITEM value.

       Accumulate changes in a local variable and make one call to install_name_tool at the end of the  function
       with all the changes at once.

       If  the  BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS  variable  is  set  then  bundle  items  will  be  marked  writable before
       install_name_tool tries to change them.

          verify_bundle_prerequisites(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

       Verifies that the sum of all prerequisites of all files inside the bundle are contained within the bundle
       or are system libraries, presumed to exist everywhere.

       As  an  optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g.
       IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          verify_bundle_symlinks(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

       Verifies that any symlinks found in the <bundle> bundle point to other files that are already also in the
       bundle…  Anything that points to an external file causes this function to fail the verification.

   CheckCCompilerFlag
       Check whether the C compiler supports a given flag.

       check_c_compiler_flag

                 check_c_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check  that  the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This   command   temporarily   sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS    variable    and    calls    the
       check_c_source_compiles macro from the CheckCSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that module for
       a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not  issue  a  diagnostic  message
       when  given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like  CMAKE_C_FLAGS,  unknown  flags  in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckCSourceCompiles
       Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_c_source_compiles

                 check_c_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                         [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check  that  the  source  supplied  in  <code> can be compiled as a C source file and linked as an
              executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The  result  will  be  stored  in  the
              internal  cache  variable  specified  by  <resultVar>,  with  a boolean true value for success and
              boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined  by  checking  if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be   influenced   by   setting   any   of   the   following    variables    prior    to    calling
              check_c_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags  to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS and its
                     associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler  command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCSourceRuns
       Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_c_source_runs

                 check_c_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check  that  the  source  supplied  in  <code>  can  be  compiled as a C source file, linked as an
              executable and then run. The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the  <code>  could
              be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will be set to
              1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty  string  or
              an error message).

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_c_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS  and  its
                     associated  configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the  contents  of  the  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXCompilerFlag
       Check whether the CXX compiler supports a given flag.

       check_cxx_compiler_flag

                 check_cxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_cxx_source_compiles macro from the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that module
       for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the  try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS, unknown flags in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckCXXSourceCompiles
       Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_cxx_source_compiles

                 check_cxx_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                           [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a C++ source file  and  linked  as  an
              executable  (so  it  must  contain  at  least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
              internal cache variable specified by <resultVar>, with  a  boolean  true  value  for  success  and
              boolean  false  for  failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands  can
              be    influenced    by    setting    any   of   the   following   variables   prior   to   calling
              check_cxx_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its
                     associated  configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXSourceRuns
       Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_cxx_source_runs

                 check_cxx_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as  a  C++  source  file,  linked  as  an
              executable  and  then run. The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code> could
              be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will be set to
              1,  otherwise  it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty string or
              an error message).

              The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands  can  be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_cxx_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its
                     associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler  command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXSymbolExists
       Check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C++.

       check_cxx_symbol_exists

                 check_cxx_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

              Check  that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in
              a <variable>.  Specify  the  list  of  files  in  one  argument  as  a  semicolon-separated  list.
              check_cxx_symbol_exists() can be used to check for symbols as seen by the C++ compiler, as opposed
              to check_symbol_exists(), which always uses the C compiler.

              If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed  to  work.
              If  the  header  files  declare  the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be
              available for linking.  If the symbol is a type, enum value,  or  C++  template  it  will  not  be
              recognized: consider using the CheckTypeSize or CheckCXXSourceCompiles module instead.

       NOTE:
          This  command  is  unreliable when <symbol> is (potentially) an overloaded function. Since there is no
          reliable way to predict whether a given function in the  system  environment  may  be  defined  as  an
          overloaded function or may be an overloaded function on other systems or will become so in the future,
          it is generally advised to use the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module  for  checking  any  function  symbol
          (unless somehow you surely know the checked function is not overloaded on other systems or will not be
          so in the future).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       For example:

          include(CheckCXXSymbolExists)

          # Check for macro SEEK_SET
          check_cxx_symbol_exists(SEEK_SET "cstdio" HAVE_SEEK_SET)
          # Check for function std::fopen
          check_cxx_symbol_exists(std::fopen "cstdio" HAVE_STD_FOPEN)

   CheckFortranCompilerFlag
       Check whether the Fortran compiler supports a given flag.

       check_fortran_compiler_flag

                 check_fortran_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_fortran_source_compiles macro from the CheckFortranSourceCompiles  module.   See  documentation  of
       that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS, unknown flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckFortranFunctionExists
       Check if a Fortran function exists.

       CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS

                 CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS(<function> <result>)

              where

              <function>
                     the name of the Fortran function

              <result>
                     variable to store the result; will be created as an internal cache variable.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name  of  system  libraries  or
              they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

   CheckFortranSourceCompiles
       Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_fortran_source_compiles

                 check_fortran_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                     [FAIL_REGEX <regex>...]
                     [SRC_EXT <extension>]
                 )

              Checks  that  the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Fortran source file and linked as
              an executable. The <code> must be a Fortran program  containing  at  least  an  end  statement–for
              example:

                 check_fortran_source_compiles("character :: b; error stop b; end" F2018ESTOPOK SRC_EXT F90)

              This  command  can help avoid costly build processes when a compiler lacks support for a necessary
              feature, or a particular vendor library is not compatible with the Fortran compiler version  being
              used. This generate-time check may advise the user of such before the main build process. See also
              the check_fortran_source_runs() command to actually run the compiled code.

              The result will be stored in the internal cache variable <resultVar>, with a  boolean  true  value
              for success and boolean false for failure.

              If  FAIL_REGEX  is  provided,  then  failure  is  determined by checking if anything in the output
              matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              By default, the test source file will be given a .F file extension. The SRC_EXT option can be used
              to override this with .<extension> instead– .F90 is a typical choice.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be   influenced   by   setting   any   of   the   following    variables    prior    to    calling
              check_fortran_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckFortranSourceRuns
       Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_fortran_source_runs

                 check_fortran_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>
                     [SRC_EXT <extension>])

              Check  that  the  source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Fortran source file, linked as an
              executable and then run. The <code>  must  be  a  Fortran  program  containing  at  least  an  end
              statement–for example:

                 check_fortran_source_runs("real :: x[*]; call co_sum(x); end" F2018coarrayOK)

              This  command  can help avoid costly build processes when a compiler lacks support for a necessary
              feature, or a particular vendor library is not compatible with the Fortran compiler version  being
              used.  Some  of  these  failures  only occur at runtime instead of linktime, and a trivial runtime
              example can catch the issue before the main build process.

              If the <code> could be built and run  successfully,  the  internal  cache  variable  specified  by
              <resultVar> will be set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false
              (e.g. an empty string or an error message).

              By default, the test source file will be given a .F90 file extension. The SRC_EXT  option  can  be
              used to override this with .<extension> instead.

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_fortran_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the  contents  of  the  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckFunctionExists
       Check if a C function can be linked

       check_function_exists

                 check_function_exists(<function> <variable>)

              Checks that the <function> is provided by libraries on the  system  and  store  the  result  in  a
              <variable>, which will be created as an internal cache variable.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       NOTE:
          Prefer using CheckSymbolExists instead of this module, for the following reasons:

          • check_function_exists() can’t detect functions that are inlined in headers or specified as a macro.

          • check_function_exists()  can’t detect anything in the 32-bit versions of the Win32 API, because of a
            mismatch in calling conventions.

          • check_function_exists() only verifies linking, it does not verify that the function is  declared  in
            system headers.

   CheckIPOSupported
       Check  whether the compiler supports an interprocedural optimization (IPO/LTO).  Use this before enabling
       the INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION target property.

       check_ipo_supported

                 check_ipo_supported([RESULT <result>] [OUTPUT <output>]
                                     [LANGUAGES <lang>...])

              Options are:

              RESULT <result>
                     Set <result> variable to YES if IPO is supported by the compiler and NO otherwise.  If this
                     option is not given then the command will issue a fatal error if IPO is not supported.

              OUTPUT <output>
                     Set <output> variable with details about any error.

              LANGUAGES <lang>...
                     Specify languages whose compilers to check.  Languages C, CXX, and Fortran are supported.

       It makes no sense to use this module when CMP0069 is set to OLD so module will return error in this case.
       See policy CMP0069 for details.

   Examples
          check_ipo_supported() # fatal error if IPO is not supported
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)

          # Optional IPO. Do not use IPO if it's not supported by compiler.
          check_ipo_supported(RESULT result OUTPUT output)
          if(result)
            set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)
          else()
            message(WARNING "IPO is not supported: ${output}")
          endif()

   CheckIncludeFileCXX
       Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in CXX.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

              Check if the given <include> file may be included in a CXX source file and store the result in  an
              internal cache entry named <variable>.  The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
              flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFiles to check for one or more C headers.

   CheckIncludeFile
       Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in C.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

              Check if the given <include> file may be included in a C source file and store the  result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <variable>.  The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
              flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       See the CheckIncludeFiles module to check for multiple headers  at  once.   See  the  CheckIncludeFileCXX
       module to check for headers using the CXX language.

   CheckIncludeFiles
       Provides a macro to check if a list of one or more header files can be included together.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES("<includes>" <variable> [LANGUAGE <language>])

              Check  if the given <includes> list may be included together in a source file and store the result
              in an internal cache entry named <variable>.  Specify the  <includes>  argument  as  a  ;-list  of
              header file names.

              If  LANGUAGE  is  set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the check. Acceptable values
              are C and CXX. If not set, the C compiler will be used if  enabled.  If  the  C  compiler  is  not
              enabled, the C++ compiler will be used if enabled.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       See  modules  CheckIncludeFile  and  CheckIncludeFileCXX  to  check  for a single header file in C or CXX
       languages.

   CheckLanguage
       Check if a language can be enabled

       Usage:

          check_language(<lang>)

       where  <lang>  is  a  language  that  may  be  passed  to  enable_language()   such   as   Fortran.    If
       CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER  is  already  defined  the  check  does  nothing.   Otherwise it tries enabling the
       language in a test project.  The result is cached in  CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER  as  the  compiler  that  was
       found,  or NOTFOUND if the language cannot be enabled. For CUDA which can have an explicit host compiler,
       the cache CMAKE_CUDA_HOST_COMPILER variable will be set if it was required for compilation.

       Example:

          check_language(Fortran)
          if(CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER)
            enable_language(Fortran)
          else()
            message(STATUS "No Fortran support")
          endif()

   CheckLibraryExists
       Check if the function exists.

       CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS

                 CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS(LIBRARY FUNCTION LOCATION VARIABLE)

                 LIBRARY  - the name of the library you are looking for
                 FUNCTION - the name of the function
                 LOCATION - location where the library should be found
                 VARIABLE - variable to store the result
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

          CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS = list of options to pass to link command
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

   CheckOBJCCompilerFlag
       Check whether the Objective-C compiler supports a given flag.

       check_objc_compiler_flag

                 check_objc_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_objc_source_compiles macro from the CheckOBJCSourceCompiles  module.   See  documentation  of  that
       module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS, unknown flags in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckOBJCSourceCompiles
       Check if given Objective-C source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_objc_source_compiles

                 check_objc_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                            [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objectie-C source file and linked as
              an  executable  (so  it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
              internal cache variable specified by <resultVar>, with  a  boolean  true  value  for  success  and
              boolean  false  for  failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands  can
              be    influenced    by    setting    any   of   the   following   variables   prior   to   calling
              check_objc_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents  of  CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS  and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCSourceRuns
       Check if given Objective-C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_objc_source_runs

                 check_objc_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C source file,  linked  as
              an  executable  and  then  run.  The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code>
              could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will  be
              set  to  1,  otherwise  it  will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty
              string or an error message).

              The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands  can  be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_objc_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags  to  pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCXXCompilerFlag
       Check whether the Objective-C++ compiler supports a given flag.

       check_objcxx_compiler_flag

                 check_objcxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check  that  the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This   command   temporarily   sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS    variable    and    calls    the
       check_objcxx_source_compiles  macro from the CheckOBJCXXSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that
       module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not  issue  a  diagnostic  message
       when  given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS,  unknown  flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckOBJCXXSourceCompiles
       Check if given Objective-C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_objcxx_source_compiles

                 check_objcxx_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                              [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C++ source file and linked
              as an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
              internal  cache  variable  specified  by  <resultVar>,  with  a boolean true value for success and
              boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined  by  checking  if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be   influenced   by   setting   any   of   the   following    variables    prior    to    calling
              check_objcxx_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCXXSourceRuns
       Check if given Objective-C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_objcxx_source_runs

                 check_objcxx_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C++ source file, linked as
              an executable and then run. The <code> must contain at least a  main()  function.  If  the  <code>
              could  be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will be
              set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to  boolean  false  (e.g.  an  empty
              string or an error message).

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_objcxx_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS  and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the  contents  of  the  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckPIESupported
       Check whether the linker supports Position  Independent  Code  (PIE)  or  No  Position  Independent  Code
       (NO_PIE)  for  executables.   Use  this  to ensure that the POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE target property for
       executables will be honored at link time.

       check_pie_supported

                 check_pie_supported([OUTPUT_VARIABLE <output>]
                                     [LANGUAGES <lang>...])

              Options are:

              OUTPUT_VARIABLE <output>
                     Set <output> variable with details about any error.

              LANGUAGES <lang>...
                     Check the linkers used for each of the specified languages.   Supported  languages  are  C,
                     CXX, and Fortran.

       It  makes  no sense to use this module when CMP0083 is set to OLD, so the command will return an error in
       this case.  See policy CMP0083 for details.

   Variables
       For each language checked, two boolean cache variables are defined.

          CMAKE_<lang>_LINK_PIE_SUPPORTED
                 Set to YES if PIE is supported by the linker and NO otherwise.

          CMAKE_<lang>_LINK_NO_PIE_SUPPORTED
                 Set to YES if NO_PIE is supported by the linker and NO otherwise.

   Examples
          check_pie_supported()
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE TRUE)

          # Retrieve any error message.
          check_pie_supported(OUTPUT_VARIABLE output LANGUAGES C)
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE TRUE)
          if(NOT CMAKE_C_LINK_PIE_SUPPORTED)
            message(WARNING "PIE is not supported at link time: ${output}.\n"
                            "PIE link options will not be passed to linker.")
          endif()

   CheckPrototypeDefinition
       Check if the prototype we expect is correct.

       check_prototype_definition

                 check_prototype_definition(FUNCTION PROTOTYPE RETURN HEADER VARIABLE)

                 FUNCTION - The name of the function (used to check if prototype exists)
                 PROTOTYPE- The prototype to check.
                 RETURN - The return value of the function.
                 HEADER - The header files required.
                 VARIABLE - The variable to store the result.
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

              Example:

                 check_prototype_definition(getpwent_r
                  "struct passwd *getpwent_r(struct passwd *src, char *buf, int buflen)"
                  "NULL"
                  "unistd.h;pwd.h"
                  SOLARIS_GETPWENT_R)

       The following variables may be set before calling this function to modify the way the check is run:

          CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS = list of options to pass to link command
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

   CheckStructHasMember
       Check if the given struct or class has the specified member variable

       CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER

                 CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER(<struct> <member> <header> <variable>
                                         [LANGUAGE <language>])

                 <struct> - the name of the struct or class you are interested in
                 <member> - the member which existence you want to check
                 <header> - the header(s) where the prototype should be declared
                 <variable> - variable to store the result
                 <language> - the compiler to use (C or CXX)

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

          CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS = list of options to pass to link command
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

       Example:

          CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER("struct timeval" tv_sec sys/select.h
                                  HAVE_TIMEVAL_TV_SEC LANGUAGE C)

   CheckSymbolExists
       Provides a macro to check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C.

       check_symbol_exists

                 check_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

              Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result  in
              a  <variable>.   Specify  the  list  of  files  in  one  argument  as  a semicolon-separated list.
              <variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

       If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work.  If  the
       header  files  declare  the  symbol  as a function or variable then the symbol must also be available for
       linking (so intrinsics may not be detected).  If the symbol is a type, enum value, or intrinsic  it  will
       not  be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize or CheckCSourceCompiles).  If the check needs to be done
       in C++, consider using CheckCXXSymbolExists instead.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              execute quietly without messages.

       For example:

          include(CheckSymbolExists)

          # Check for macro SEEK_SET
          check_symbol_exists(SEEK_SET "stdio.h" HAVE_SEEK_SET)
          # Check for function fopen
          check_symbol_exists(fopen "stdio.h" HAVE_FOPEN)

   CheckTypeSize
       Check sizeof a type

       CHECK_TYPE_SIZE

                 CHECK_TYPE_SIZE(TYPE VARIABLE [BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY]
                                               [LANGUAGE <language>])

              Check if the type exists and determine its size.  On return, HAVE_${VARIABLE} holds the  existence
              of the type, and ${VARIABLE} holds one of the following:

                 <size> = type has non-zero size <size>
                 "0"    = type has arch-dependent size (see below)
                 ""     = type does not exist

              Both HAVE_${VARIABLE} and ${VARIABLE} will be created as internal cache variables.

              Furthermore,  the  variable  ${VARIABLE}_CODE  holds  C  preprocessor  code  to  define  the macro
              ${VARIABLE} to the size of the type, or leave the macro undefined if the type does not exist.

              The variable ${VARIABLE} may be 0 when  CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES  has  multiple  architectures  for
              building  OS X universal binaries.  This indicates that the type size varies across architectures.
              In this case ${VARIABLE}_CODE contains C preprocessor tests mapping from each  architecture  macro
              to  the  corresponding  type size.  The list of architecture macros is stored in ${VARIABLE}_KEYS,
              and the value for each key is stored in ${VARIABLE}-${KEY}.

              If the BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY option is  not  given,  the  macro  checks  for  headers  <sys/types.h>,
              <stdint.h>,   and   <stddef.h>,   and   saves  results  in  HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H,  HAVE_STDINT_H,  and
              HAVE_STDDEF_H.  The type size check automatically includes the available headers, thus  supporting
              checks of types defined in the headers.

              If  LANGUAGE  is  set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the check. Acceptable values
              are C and CXX.

       Despite the name of the macro you may use it to check the size of  more  complex  expressions,  too.   To
       check e.g.  for the size of a struct member you can do something like this:

          check_type_size("((struct something*)0)->member" SIZEOF_MEMBER)

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

          CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS  = list of options to pass to link command
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages
          CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES = list of extra headers to include

   CheckVariableExists
       Check if the variable exists.

       CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS

                 CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS(VAR VARIABLE)

                 VAR      - the name of the variable
                 VARIABLE - variable to store the result
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

              This macro is only for C variables.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

          CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS = list of options to pass to link command
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
          CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

   CMakeAddFortranSubdirectory
       Add a fortran-only subdirectory, find a fortran compiler, and build.

       The cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory function adds a subdirectory to a project that contains a fortran-only
       subproject.  The module will check the current compiler and see if it can support fortran.  If no fortran
       compiler  is found and the compiler is MSVC, then this module will find the MinGW gfortran.  It will then
       use an external project to build with the MinGW tools.  It will also  create  imported  targets  for  the
       libraries  created.  This will only work if the fortran code is built into a dll, so BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is
       turned on in the project.  In addition the CMAKE_GNUtoMS option is set to  on,  so  that  Microsoft  .lib
       files are created.  Usage is as follows:

          cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory(
           <subdir>                # name of subdirectory
           PROJECT <project_name>  # project name in subdir top CMakeLists.txt
           ARCHIVE_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .lib files
           RUNTIME_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .dll files
           LIBRARIES <lib>...      # names of library targets to import
           LINK_LIBRARIES          # link interface libraries for LIBRARIES
            [LINK_LIBS <lib> <dep>...]...
           CMAKE_COMMAND_LINE ...  # extra command line flags to pass to cmake
           NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL     # skip installation of external project
           )

       Relative  paths  in  ARCHIVE_DIR  and  RUNTIME_DIR  are  interpreted  with respect to the build directory
       corresponding to the source directory in which the function is invoked.

       Limitations:

       NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL  is  required  for  forward  compatibility  with  a  future  version  that   supports
       installation of the external project binaries during make install.

   CMakeBackwardCompatibilityCXX
       define a bunch of backwards compatibility variables

          CMAKE_ANSI_CXXFLAGS - flag for ansi c++
          CMAKE_HAS_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - has <strstream>
          include(TestForANSIStreamHeaders)
          include(CheckIncludeFileCXX)
          include(TestForSTDNamespace)
          include(TestForANSIForScope)

   CMakeDependentOption
       Macro to provide an option dependent on other options.

       This macro presents an option to the user only if a set of other conditions are true.  When the option is
       not presented a default value is used, but any value set by the user is preserved for when the option  is
       presented again.  Example invocation:

          CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION(USE_FOO "Use Foo" ON
                                 "USE_BAR;NOT USE_ZOT" OFF)

       If  USE_BAR  is  true  and  USE_ZOT is false, this provides an option called USE_FOO that defaults to ON.
       Otherwise, it sets USE_FOO to OFF.  If the status of USE_BAR or USE_ZOT ever changes, any value  for  the
       USE_FOO  option is saved so that when the option is re-enabled it retains its old value.  Each element in
       the fourth parameter is evaluated as an if-condition, so Condition Syntax can be used.

   CMakeFindDependencyMacro
       find_dependency
              The find_dependency() macro wraps a find_package() call for a package dependency:

                 find_dependency(<dep> [...])

              It  is  designed  to  be  used  in  a  Package  Configuration  File   (<PackageName>Config.cmake).
              find_dependency  forwards  the  correct parameters for QUIET and REQUIRED which were passed to the
              original find_package() call.  Any additional arguments specified are forwarded to find_package().

              If the dependency could not be found it sets an informative diagnostic message and calls  return()
              to  end  processing  of  the  calling  package configuration file and return to the find_package()
              command that loaded it.

              NOTE:
                 The call to return() makes this macro unsuitable to call from Find Modules.

   CMakeFindFrameworks
       helper module to find OSX frameworks

       This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

          CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK_EXTRA_LOCATIONS - Extra directories

   CMakeFindPackageMode
       This file is executed by cmake when invoked with –find-package.  It expects that the following  variables
       are set using -D:

       NAME   name of the package

       COMPILER_ID
              the CMake compiler ID for which the result is, i.e. GNU/Intel/Clang/MSVC, etc.

       LANGUAGE
              language for which the result will be used, i.e. C/CXX/Fortran/ASM

       MODE

              EXIST  only check for existence of the given package

              COMPILE
                     print the flags needed for compiling an object file which uses the given package

              LINK   print the flags needed for linking when using the given package

       QUIET  if TRUE, don’t print anything

   CMakeGraphVizOptions
       The builtin graphviz support of CMake.

   Variables specific to the graphviz support
       CMake  can  generate  graphviz  files, showing the dependencies between the targets in a project and also
       external libraries which are linked against.  When CMake is run with the  --graphviz=foo.dot  option,  it
       will produce:

       • a foo.dot file showing all dependencies in the project

       • a  foo.dot.<target>  file  for  each  target, file showing on which other targets the respective target
         depends

       • a foo.dot.<target>.dependers file, showing which other targets depend on the respective target

       The different dependency types PUBLIC, PRIVATE and INTERFACE are represented as solid, dashed and  dotted
       edges.

       This  can  result  in huge graphs.  Using the file CMakeGraphVizOptions.cmake the look and content of the
       generated graphs can be influenced.  This  file  is  searched  first  in  CMAKE_BINARY_DIR  and  then  in
       CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR.   If  found,  it is read and the variables set in it are used to adjust options for the
       generated graphviz files.

       GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_TYPE
              The graph type.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : “digraph”

              Valid graph types are:

              • “graph” : Nodes are joined with lines

              • “digraph” : Nodes are joined with arrows showing direction

              • “strict graph” : Like “graph” but max one line between each node

              • “strict digraph” : Like “graph” but max one line between each node in each direction

       GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_NAME
              The graph name.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : “GG”

       GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_HEADER
              The header written at the top of the graphviz file.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : “node [n  fontsize = “12”];”

       GRAPHVIZ_NODE_PREFIX
              The prefix for each node in the graphviz file.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : “node”

       GRAPHVIZ_EXECUTABLES
              Set this to FALSE to exclude executables from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_STATIC_LIBS
              Set this to FALSE to exclude static libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_SHARED_LIBS
              Set this to FALSE to exclude shared libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_MODULE_LIBS
              Set this to FALSE to exclude module libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_EXTERNAL_LIBS
              Set this to FALSE to exclude external libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_IGNORE_TARGETS
              A list of regular expressions for ignoring targets.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : empty

       GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_PER_TARGET
              Set this to FALSE to exclude per target graphs foo.dot.<target>.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_DEPENDERS
              Set this to FALSE to exclude depender graphs foo.dot.<target>.dependers.

              • Mandatory : NO

              • Default   : TRUE

   CMakePackageConfigHelpers
       Helpers functions for creating config files that can be included by other projects  to  find  and  use  a
       package.

       Adds the configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file() commands.

   Generating a Package Configuration File
       configure_package_config_file
              Create a config file for a project:

                 configure_package_config_file(<input> <output>
                   INSTALL_DESTINATION <path>
                   [PATH_VARS <var1> <var2> ... <varN>]
                   [NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO]
                   [NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO]
                   [INSTALL_PREFIX <path>]
                   )

       configure_package_config_file()  should  be  used  instead  of  the  plain  configure_file() command when
       creating the <PackageName>Config.cmake or <PackageName>-config.cmake file for  installing  a  project  or
       library.   It helps making the resulting package relocatable by avoiding hardcoded paths in the installed
       Config.cmake file.

       In a FooConfig.cmake file there may be code like this to make the install destinations know to the  using
       project:

          set(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR@" )
          set(FOO_DATA_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/@RELATIVE_DATA_INSTALL_DIR@" )
          set(FOO_ICONS_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/share/icons" )
          #...logic to determine installedPrefix from the own location...
          set(FOO_CONFIG_DIR  "${installedPrefix}/@CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@" )

       All  4  options  shown  above  are  not  sufficient,  since  the  first 3 hardcode the absolute directory
       locations, and the 4th case works only if the logic to determine the installedPrefix is correct,  and  if
       CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR  contains a relative path, which in general cannot be guaranteed.  This has the effect
       that the resulting FooConfig.cmake file would work poorly under Windows and OSX, where users are used  to
       choose   the   install   location   of   a   binary   package  at  install  time,  independent  from  how
       CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX was set at build/cmake time.

       Using configure_package_config_file helps.  If used correctly, it  makes  the  resulting  FooConfig.cmake
       file relocatable.  Usage:

       1. write a FooConfig.cmake.in file as you are used to

       2. insert a line containing only the string @PACKAGE_INIT@

       3. instead of set(FOO_DIR "@SOME_INSTALL_DIR@"), use set(FOO_DIR "@PACKAGE_SOME_INSTALL_DIR@") (this must
          be after the @PACKAGE_INIT@ line)

       4. instead of using the normal configure_file(), use configure_package_config_file()

       The <input> and <output> arguments are the input and output file, the same way as in configure_file().

       The <path> given to INSTALL_DESTINATION must be the destination where the FooConfig.cmake  file  will  be
       installed to.  This path can either be absolute, or relative to the INSTALL_PREFIX path.

       The  variables  <var1> to <varN> given as PATH_VARS are the variables which contain install destinations.
       For each of them the macro will create a helper variable PACKAGE_<var...>.  These helper  variables  must
       be  used  in  the  FooConfig.cmake.in  file  for  setting the installed location.  They are calculated by
       configure_package_config_file so that they are always relative to the installed location of the  package.
       This  works  both  for relative and also for absolute locations.  For absolute locations it works only if
       the absolute location is a subdirectory of INSTALL_PREFIX.

       If the INSTALL_PREFIX argument is passed, this is used as base path to calculate all the relative  paths.
       The  <path>  argument must be an absolute path.  If this argument is not passed, the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
       variable will be used instead.  The default value is good when generating a FooConfig.cmake file  to  use
       your  package from the install tree.  When generating a FooConfig.cmake file to use your package from the
       build tree this option should be used.

       By  default  configure_package_config_file  also  generates  two  helper  macros,   set_and_check()   and
       check_required_components() into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       set_and_check()  should  be  used  instead  of  the normal set() command for setting directories and file
       locations.  Additionally to setting the variable it also checks that the  referenced  file  or  directory
       actually exists and fails with a FATAL_ERROR otherwise.  This makes sure that the created FooConfig.cmake
       file does not contain wrong references.   When  using  the  NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO,  this  macro  is  not
       generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       check_required_components(<PackageName>)  should  be  called at the end of the FooConfig.cmake file. This
       macro checks whether all requested, non-optional components have been found, and if this is not the case,
       sets the Foo_FOUND variable to FALSE, so that the package is considered to be not found.  It does that by
       testing the Foo_<Component>_FOUND variables for all requested required components.  This macro should  be
       called  even  if  the  package  doesn’t  provide  any  components  to  make sure users are not specifying
       components erroneously.  When using the NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO  option,  this  macro  is  not
       generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       For an example see below the documentation for write_basic_package_version_file().

   Generating a Package Version File
       write_basic_package_version_file
              Create a version file for a project:

                 write_basic_package_version_file(<filename>
                   [VERSION <major.minor.patch>]
                   COMPATIBILITY <AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion>
                   [ARCH_INDEPENDENT] )

       Writes  a  file for use as <PackageName>ConfigVersion.cmake file to <filename>.  See the documentation of
       find_package() for details on this.

       <filename> is the output filename, it should be in the build tree.  <major.minor.patch>  is  the  version
       number of the project to be installed.

       If no VERSION is given, the PROJECT_VERSION variable is used.  If this hasn’t been set, it errors out.

       The  COMPATIBILITY  mode  AnyNewerVersion  means  that  the  installed package version will be considered
       compatible if it is newer or exactly the same as the requested version.  This mode  should  be  used  for
       packages  which  are  fully backward compatible, also across major versions.  If SameMajorVersion is used
       instead, then the behaviour differs from AnyNewerVersion in that the major version  number  must  be  the
       same  as  requested,  e.g.  version 2.0 will not be considered compatible if 1.0 is requested.  This mode
       should be used for packages which guarantee backward compatibility within the  same  major  version.   If
       SameMinorVersion is used, the behaviour is the same as SameMajorVersion, but both major and minor version
       must be the same as requested, e.g  version  0.2  will  not  be  compatible  if  0.1  is  requested.   If
       ExactVersion  is  used,  then  the package is only considered compatible if the requested version matches
       exactly its own version number (not considering the tweak version).  For  example,  version  1.2.3  of  a
       package  is  only  considered  compatible  to requested version 1.2.3.  This mode is for packages without
       compatibility guarantees.  If your project has more elaborated version matching rules, you will  need  to
       write your own custom ConfigVersion.cmake file instead of using this macro.

       If  ARCH_INDEPENDENT is given, the installed package version will be considered compatible even if it was
       built for a different architecture than the requested architecture.   Otherwise,  an  architecture  check
       will  be  performed,  and  the  package  will  be  considered compatible only if the architecture matches
       exactly.  For example, if the package is built for a 32-bit architecture, the package is only  considered
       compatible  if  it  is used on a 32-bit architecture, unless ARCH_INDEPENDENT is given, in which case the
       package is considered compatible on any architecture.

       NOTE:
          ARCH_INDEPENDENT is intended for header-only libraries or similar packages with no binaries.

       Internally, this macro executes configure_file() to create the resulting version file.  Depending on  the
       COMPATIBILITY,  the  corresponding BasicConfigVersion-<COMPATIBILITY>.cmake.in file is used.  Please note
       that these files are internal to CMake and you should not call configure_file()  on  them  yourself,  but
       they can be used as starting point to create more sophisticted custom ConfigVersion.cmake files.

   Example Generating Package Files
       Example using both configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file():

       CMakeLists.txt:

          set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR include/ ... CACHE )
          set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR lib/ ... CACHE )
          set(SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR etc/foo/ ... CACHE )
          #...
          include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
          configure_package_config_file(FooConfig.cmake.in
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
            INSTALL_DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake
            PATH_VARS INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)
          write_basic_package_version_file(
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
            VERSION 1.2.3
            COMPATIBILITY SameMajorVersion )
          install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
                        ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
                  DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake )

       FooConfig.cmake.in:

          set(FOO_VERSION x.y.z)
          ...
          @PACKAGE_INIT@
          ...
          set_and_check(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR "@PACKAGE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR@")
          set_and_check(FOO_SYSCONFIG_DIR "@PACKAGE_SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@")

          check_required_components(Foo)

   CMakePrintHelpers
       Convenience functions for printing properties and variables, useful e.g. for debugging.

          cmake_print_properties([TARGETS target1 ..  targetN]
                                [SOURCES source1 .. sourceN]
                                [DIRECTORIES dir1 .. dirN]
                                [TESTS test1 .. testN]
                                [CACHE_ENTRIES entry1 .. entryN]
                                PROPERTIES prop1 .. propN )

       This  function prints the values of the properties of the given targets, source files, directories, tests
       or cache entries.  Exactly one of the scope keywords must be used.  Example:

          cmake_print_properties(TARGETS foo bar PROPERTIES
                                 LOCATION INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES)

       This will print the LOCATION and INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES properties for both targets foo and bar.

          cmake_print_variables(var1 var2 ..  varN)

       This function will print the name of each variable followed by its value.  Example:

          cmake_print_variables(CMAKE_C_COMPILER CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION DOES_NOT_EXIST)

       Gives:

          -- CMAKE_C_COMPILER="/usr/bin/gcc" ; CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION="2" ; DOES_NOT_EXIST=""

   CMakePrintSystemInformation
       print system information

       This file can be used for diagnostic purposes just include it in a project to see various internal  CMake
       variables.

   CMakePushCheckState
       This    module    defines    three    macros:    CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()   CMAKE_POP_CHECK_STATE()   and
       CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() These macros can be used to save, restore and reset (i.e., clear contents)  the
       state  of  the  variables  CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS,
       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES, CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES  and  CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES  used  by  the  various
       Check-files  coming  with CMake, like e.g. check_function_exists() etc.  The variable contents are pushed
       on a stack, pushing multiple times is supported.  This is useful e.g.  when executing  such  tests  in  a
       Find-module,  where they have to be set, but after the Find-module has been executed they should have the
       same value as they had before.

       CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()   macro   receives   optional   argument   RESET.    Whether   it’s   specified,
       CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()   will   set   all   CMAKE_REQUIRED_*   variables   to  empty  values,  same  as
       CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() call will do.

       Usage:

          cmake_push_check_state(RESET)
          set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DSOME_MORE_DEF)
          check_function_exists(...)
          cmake_reset_check_state()
          set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DANOTHER_DEF)
          check_function_exists(...)
          cmake_pop_check_state()

   CMakeVerifyManifest
       CMakeVerifyManifest.cmake

       This script is used to verify that embedded manifests and side by side manifests for a project match.  To
       run this script, cd to a directory and run the script with cmake -P.  On the command line you can pass in
       versions  that  are  OK  even  if   not   found   in   the   .manifest   files.    For   example,   cmake
       -Dallow_versions=8.0.50608.0  -PCmakeVerifyManifest.cmake  could be used to allow an embedded manifest of
       8.0.50608.0 to be used in a project even if that version was not found in the .manifest file.

   CPackComponent
       Build binary and source package installers

   Variables concerning CPack Components
       The CPackComponent module is the module which handles the component part of CPack.  See CPack module  for
       general information about CPack.

       For  certain  kinds of binary installers (including the graphical installers on macOS and Windows), CPack
       generates installers that allow users to  select  individual  application  components  to  install.   The
       contents  of  each of the components are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake’s INSTALL command.
       These  components  can  be  annotated  with  user-friendly  names   and   descriptions,   inter-component
       dependencies,  etc.,  and  grouped  in  various  ways  to  customize  the  resulting  installer.  See the
       cpack_add_* commands, described below, for more information about component-specific installations.

       Component-specific installation allows users to select specific sets of components to install during  the
       install  process.   Installation  components  are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake’s INSTALL
       commands, and should be further described by the following CPack commands:

       CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL
              The list of component to install.

              The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all components defined by the
              project.  The user may set it to only include the specified components.

              Instead  of  specifying all the desired components, it is possible to obtain a list of all defined
              components and then remove the unwanted ones from the list. The get_cmake_property()  command  can
              be  used  to  obtain  the  COMPONENTS  property, then the list(REMOVE_ITEM) command can be used to
              remove the unwanted ones. For example, to use all defined components except foo and bar:

                 get_cmake_property(CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL COMPONENTS)
                 list(REMOVE_ITEM CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL "foo" "bar")

       CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL
              Enable/Disable component install for CPack generator <GENNAME>.

              Each CPack Generator (RPM, DEB, ARCHIVE, NSIS, DMG, etc…) has a  legacy  default  behavior.   e.g.
              RPM  builds  monolithic  whereas  NSIS  builds  component.  One can change the default behavior by
              setting this variable to 0/1 or OFF/ON.

       CPACK_COMPONENTS_GROUPING
              Specify how components are grouped for multi-package component-aware CPack generators.

              Some generators like RPM or ARCHIVE family (TGZ, ZIP, …) generates  several  packages  files  when
              asked  for  component  packaging.   They group the component differently depending on the value of
              this variable:

              • ONE_PER_GROUP (default): creates one package file per component group

              • ALL_COMPONENTS_IN_ONE : creates a single package with all (requested) components

              • IGNORE : creates one package per component, i.e. IGNORE component group

              One   can   specify   different   grouping   for   different   CPack   generator   by   using    a
              CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME
              The name to be displayed for a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION
              The description of a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_GROUP
              The group of a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS
              The dependencies (list of components) on which this component depends.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_HIDDEN
              True if this component is hidden from the user.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_REQUIRED
              True if this component is required.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISABLED
              True if this component is not selected to be installed by default.

       cpack_add_component

       Describes a CPack installation component named by the COMPONENT argument to a CMake INSTALL command.

          cpack_add_component(compname
                              [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                              [DESCRIPTION description]
                              [HIDDEN | REQUIRED | DISABLED ]
                              [GROUP group]
                              [DEPENDS comp1 comp2 ... ]
                              [INSTALL_TYPES type1 type2 ... ]
                              [DOWNLOADED]
                              [ARCHIVE_FILE filename]
                              [PLIST filename])

       The cmake_add_component command describes an installation component, which the user can opt to install or
       remove as part of the graphical installation process.  compname is the name of the component, as provided
       to the COMPONENT argument of one or more CMake INSTALL commands.

       DISPLAY_NAME  is  the  displayed  name  of  the  component,  used  in graphical installers to display the
       component name.  This value can be any string.

       DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component, used in graphical installers to  give  the  user
       additional  information  about  the component.  Descriptions can span multiple lines using \n as the line
       separator.  Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

       HIDDEN indicates that this component will be hidden in the graphical installer, so that the  user  cannot
       directly change whether it is installed or not.

       REQUIRED  indicates  that this component is required, and therefore will always be installed.  It will be
       visible in the graphical installer, but it cannot be unselected.   (Typically,  required  components  are
       shown greyed out).

       DISABLED  indicates  that this component should be disabled (unselected) by default.  The user is free to
       select this component for installation, unless it is also HIDDEN.

       DEPENDS lists the components on which this component depends.  If this component is selected,  then  each
       of  the  components  listed  must  also  be  selected.   The dependency information is encoded within the
       installer itself, so that users cannot install inconsistent sets of components.

       GROUP names the component group of which this component is a part.  If not provided, the  component  will
       be  a  standalone  component,  not  part of any component group.  Component groups are described with the
       cpack_add_component_group command, detailed below.

       INSTALL_TYPES lists the installation types of which  this  component  is  a  part.   When  one  of  these
       installations  types  is selected, this component will automatically be selected.  Installation types are
       described with the cpack_add_install_type command, detailed below.

       DOWNLOADED indicates that this component should be downloaded on-the-fly by the  installer,  rather  than
       packaged in with the installer itself.  For more information, see the cpack_configure_downloads command.

       ARCHIVE_FILE  provides a name for the archive file created by CPack to be used for downloaded components.
       If not supplied, CPack will create a file with some name based on CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME and the name of
       the component.  See cpack_configure_downloads for more information.

       PLIST  gives  a  filename  that  is passed to pkgbuild with the --component-plist argument when using the
       productbuild generator.

       cpack_add_component_group

       Describes a group of related CPack installation components.

          cpack_add_component_group(groupname
                                   [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                                   [DESCRIPTION description]
                                   [PARENT_GROUP parent]
                                   [EXPANDED]
                                   [BOLD_TITLE])

       The cpack_add_component_group describes a group of installation components, which will be placed together
       within  the listing of options.  Typically, component groups allow the user to select/deselect all of the
       components within a single group via a single group-level option.  Use component  groups  to  reduce  the
       complexity of installers with many options.  groupname is an arbitrary name used to identify the group in
       the GROUP argument of the cpack_add_component command, which is used to place a  component  in  a  group.
       The name of the group must not conflict with the name of any component.

       DISPLAY_NAME  is  the  displayed name of the component group, used in graphical installers to display the
       component group name.  This value can be any string.

       DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component group, used in graphical installers to  give  the
       user additional information about the components within that group.  Descriptions can span multiple lines
       using \n as the line separator.  Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

       PARENT_GROUP, if supplied, names the parent group of this group.  Parent groups are used to  establish  a
       hierarchy of groups, providing an arbitrary hierarchy of groups.

       EXPANDED indicates that, by default, the group should show up as “expanded”, so that the user immediately
       sees all of the components within the group.  Otherwise, the group will initially show  up  as  a  single
       entry.

       BOLD_TITLE  indicates  that  the  group  title should appear in bold, to call the user’s attention to the
       group.

       cpack_add_install_type

       Add a new installation type containing  a  set  of  predefined  component  selections  to  the  graphical
       installer.

          cpack_add_install_type(typename
                                 [DISPLAY_NAME name])

       The  cpack_add_install_type  command  identifies a set of preselected components that represents a common
       use case for an application.  For example, a “Developer” install type might include an application  along
       with  its header and library files, while an “End user” install type might just include the application’s
       executable.  Each component identifies itself with one  or  more  install  types  via  the  INSTALL_TYPES
       argument to cpack_add_component.

       DISPLAY_NAME  is  the displayed name of the install type, which will typically show up in a drop-down box
       within a graphical installer.  This value can be any string.

       cpack_configure_downloads

       Configure CPack to download selected components on-the-fly as part of the installation process.

          cpack_configure_downloads(site
                                    [UPLOAD_DIRECTORY dirname]
                                    [ALL]
                                    [ADD_REMOVE|NO_ADD_REMOVE])

       The cpack_configure_downloads command configures installation-time downloads of selected components.  For
       each  downloadable  component,  CPack  will  create an archive containing the contents of that component,
       which should be uploaded to the given site.  When the user selects that component for  installation,  the
       installer  will  download  and extract the component in place.  This feature is useful for creating small
       installers that only download the requested components, saving bandwidth.  Additionally,  the  installers
       are small enough that they will be installed as part of the normal installation process, and the “Change”
       button in Windows Add/Remove Programs control panel will  allow  one  to  add  or  remove  parts  of  the
       application  after  the  original  installation.   On  Windows,  the  downloaded-components functionality
       requires the ZipDLL plug-in for NSIS, available at:

          http://nsis.sourceforge.net/ZipDLL_plug-in

       On macOS, installers that download components on-the-fly can only be built and installed on system  using
       macOS 10.5 or later.

       The  site  argument  is  a  URL  where  the  archives  for  downloadable  components  will  reside, e.g.,
       https://cmake.org/files/2.6.1/installer/ All of the archives produced by CPack should be uploaded to that
       location.

       UPLOAD_DIRECTORY  is  the  local  directory  where CPack will create the various archives for each of the
       components.  The contents of this directory should be uploaded to a location accessible by the URL  given
       in  the  site  argument.   If  omitted, CPack will use the directory CPackUploads inside the CMake binary
       directory to store the generated archives.

       The ALL flag indicates that all components be downloaded.  Otherwise, only  those  components  explicitly
       marked  as  DOWNLOADED  or  that have a specified ARCHIVE_FILE will be downloaded.  Additionally, the ALL
       option implies ADD_REMOVE (unless NO_ADD_REMOVE is specified).

       ADD_REMOVE indicates that CPack should install a copy of the installer that can be called  from  Windows’
       Add/Remove  Programs  dialog  (via  the  “Modify”  button)  to  change  the  set of installed components.
       NO_ADD_REMOVE turns off this behavior.  This option is ignored on Mac OS X.

   CPackIFW
       The documentation for the CPack IFW generator has moved here: CPack IFW Generator

       This module looks for the location of the command line utilities supplied with the Qt Installer Framework
       (QtIFW).

       The module also defines several commands to control the behavior of the CPack IFW generator.

   Commands
       The module defines the following commands:

       cpack_ifw_configure_component
              Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_component(<compname> [COMMON] [ESSENTIAL] [VIRTUAL]
                                     [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                                     [NAME <name>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                                     [VERSION <version>]
                                     [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                                     [SCRIPT <script>]
                                     [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                                     [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                                     [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                                     [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                                     [DEFAULT <value>]
                                     [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                                     [CHECKABLE <value>])

              This command should be called after cpack_add_component() command.

              COMMON if  set,  then  the component will be packaged and installed as part of a group to which it
                     belongs.

              ESSENTIAL
                     if set, then the package manager stays disabled until that component is updated.

              VIRTUAL
                     if set, then the component will be hidden from the installer.  It is a  equivalent  of  the
                     HIDDEN option from the cpack_add_component() command.

              FORCED_INSTALLATION
                     if  set,  then  the component must always be installed.  It is a equivalent of the REQUARED
                     option from the cpack_add_component() command.

              REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
                     set it if the component needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

              NAME   is used to create domain-like identification for this component.  By  default  used  origin
                     component name.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component() command.

              DESCRIPTION
                     set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component() command.

              UPDATE_TEXT
                     will be added to the component description if this is an update to the component.

              VERSION
                     is version of component.  By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

              RELEASE_DATE
                     keep empty to auto generate.

              SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component.

              PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
                     is  priority  of  the component in the tree.  The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will be
                     removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

              DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
                     list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

              AUTO_DEPEND_ON
                     list of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component  has
                     an automatic dependency on.

              LICENSES
                     pair  of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component. You can specify
                     more then one license.

              DEFAULT
                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT.  Set to FALSE to disable the component in the
                     installer  or to SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don’t forget add the file of the script
                     as a value of the SCRIPT option).

              USER_INTERFACES
                     is a list of <file_path> (‘.ui’ files) representing pages to load.

              TRANSLATIONS
                     is a list of <file_path> (‘.qm’ files) representing translations to load.

              REPLACES
                     list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

              CHECKABLE
                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE.  Set to FALSE if you want to hide  the  checkbox  for  an
                     item.  This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

       cpack_ifw_configure_component_group
              Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_component_group(<groupname> [VIRTUAL]
                                     [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                                     [NAME <name>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                                     [VERSION <version>]
                                     [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                                     [SCRIPT <script>]
                                     [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                                     [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                                     [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                                     [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                                     [DEFAULT <value>]
                                     [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                                     [CHECKABLE <value>])

              This command should be called after cpack_add_component_group() command.

              VIRTUAL
                     if set, then the group will be hidden from the installer.  Note that setting this on a root
                     component does not work.

              FORCED_INSTALLATION
                     if set, then the group must always be installed.

              REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
                     set it if the component group needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

              NAME   is used to create domain-like identification for this component  group.   By  default  used
                     origin component group name.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

              DESCRIPTION
                     set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

              UPDATE_TEXT
                     will  be  added  to  the  component group description if this is an update to the component
                     group.

              VERSION
                     is version of component group.  By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

              RELEASE_DATE
                     keep empty to auto generate.

              SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component group.

              PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
                     is priority of the component group in the tree.  The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will
                     be removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

              DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
                     list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

              AUTO_DEPEND_ON
                     list  of  identifiers  of  component  or component group in QtIFW style that this component
                     group has an automatic dependency on.

              LICENSES
                     pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component  group.  You  can
                     specify more then one license.

              DEFAULT
                     Possible  values  are:  TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT.  Set to TRUE to preselect the group in the
                     installer (this takes effect only on groups that have no visible child  components)  or  to
                     SCRIPT  to  resolved  during runtime (don’t forget add the file of the script as a value of
                     the SCRIPT option).

              USER_INTERFACES
                     is a list of <file_path> (‘.ui’ files) representing pages to load.

              TRANSLATIONS
                     is a list of <file_path> (‘.qm’ files) representing translations to load.

              REPLACES
                     list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

              CHECKABLE
                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE.  Set to FALSE if you want to hide  the  checkbox  for  an
                     item.  This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

       cpack_ifw_add_repository
              Add QtIFW specific remote repository to binary installer.

                 cpack_ifw_add_repository(<reponame> [DISABLED]
                                     URL <url>
                                     [USERNAME <username>]
                                     [PASSWORD <password>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

              This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

              DISABLED
                     if set, then the repository will be disabled by default.

              URL    is points to a list of available components.

              USERNAME
                     is used as user on a protected repository.

              PASSWORD
                     is password to use on a protected repository.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     is string to display instead of the URL.

       cpack_ifw_update_repository
              Update QtIFW specific repository from remote repository.

                 cpack_ifw_update_repository(<reponame>
                                     [[ADD|REMOVE] URL <url>]|
                                      [REPLACE OLD_URL <old_url> NEW_URL <new_url>]]
                                     [USERNAME <username>]
                                     [PASSWORD <password>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

              This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

              URL    is points to a list of available components.

              OLD_URL
                     is points to a list that will replaced.

              NEW_URL
                     is points to a list that will replace to.

              USERNAME
                     is used as user on a protected repository.

              PASSWORD
                     is password to use on a protected repository.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     is string to display instead of the URL.

       cpack_ifw_add_package_resources
              Add additional resources in the installer binary.

                 cpack_ifw_add_package_resources(<file_path> <file_path> ...)

              This command will also add the specified files to a variable CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES.

   CPackIFWConfigureFile
       The   module   defines   configure_file()  similar  command  to  configure  file  templates  prepared  in
       QtIFW/SDK/Creator style.

   Commands
       The module defines the following commands:

       cpack_ifw_configure_file
              Copy a file to another location and modify its contents.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_file(<input> <output>)

              Copies an <input> file to an <output> file and substitutes variable values referenced as %{VAR} or
              %VAR%  in the input file content.  Each variable reference will be replaced with the current value
              of the variable, or the empty string if the variable is not defined.

   CPack
       Build binary and source package installers.

   Introduction
       The CPack module generates a file CPackConfig.cmake intended for use in a subsequent run  of   the  cpack
       program where it steers the generation of installers or/and source packages.

       Inclusion  of  the  CPack  module adds two new build targets, package and package_source, which build the
       binary and source installers respectively.  The generated binary installers contain everything  installed
       via  CMake’s  install()  command  (and  the  deprecated commands install_files(), install_programs(), and
       install_targets()).

       For certain kinds of binary installers (including the graphical installers on macOS and  Windows),  CPack
       generates  installers  that  allow  users  to  select  individual application components to install.  See
       CPackComponent module for further details.

   CPack Generators
       The CPACK_GENERATOR variable has different meanings in different contexts.   In  a  CMakeLists.txt  file,
       CPACK_GENERATOR  is  a list of generators: and when cpack is run with no other arguments, it will iterate
       over  that  list  and  produce  one  package  for  each  generator.   In   a   CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE,
       CPACK_GENERATOR  is a string naming a single generator.  If you need per-cpack-generator logic to control
       other cpack settings, then you need a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

       The  CMake  source  tree  itself  contains  a  CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.   See  the   top   level   file
       CMakeCPackOptions.cmake.in for an example.

       If  set,  the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE is included automatically on a per-generator basis.  It only need
       contain overrides.

       Here’s how it works:

       • cpack runs

       • it includes CPackConfig.cmake

       • it iterates over the generators given by the  -G  command  line  option,  or  if  no  such  option  was
         specified,   over   the   list  of  generators  given  by  the  CPACK_GENERATOR  variable  set  in  the
         CPackConfig.cmake input file.

       • foreach generator, it then

         • sets CPACK_GENERATOR to the one currently being iterated

         • includes the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE

         • produces the package for that generator

       This is the key: For each generator listed in CPACK_GENERATOR  in  CPackConfig.cmake,  cpack  will  reset
       CPACK_GENERATOR    internally    to    the    one   currently   being   used   and   then   include   the
       CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

   Variables common to all CPack Generators
       Before including this CPack module in your CMakeLists.txt file, there are a variety of variables that can
       be set to customize the resulting installers.  The most commonly-used variables are:

       CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME
              The name of the package (or application).  If not specified, it defaults to the project name.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR
              The name of the package vendor. (e.g., “Kitware”).  The default is “Humanity”.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DIRECTORY
              The  directory  in  which  CPack  is doing its packaging.  If it is not set then this will default
              (internally) to the build dir.  This variable may be defined in a CPack config file  or  from  the
              cpack  command  line  option -B.  If set, the command line option overrides the value found in the
              config file.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR
              Package major version.  This variable will always be set, but its default value depends on whether
              or  not  version details were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.
              If version details were given, the default  value  will  be  CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR.   If  no
              version   details   were   given,  a  default  version  of  0.1.1  will  be  assumed,  leading  to
              CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR having a default value of 0.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
              Package minor version.  The default value is determined based on whether or  not  version  details
              were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.  If version details were
              given, the default value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR, but if no  minor  version  component
              was  specified  then  CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR  will  be left unset.  If no project version was
              given at all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading  to  CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
              having a default value of 1.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
              Package  patch  version.   The default value is determined based on whether or not version details
              were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.  If version details were
              given,  the  default  value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH, but if no patch version component
              was specified then CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH will be left unset.   If  no  project  version  was
              given  at  all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
              having a default value of 1.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
              A description of the project, used in places such as the introduction  screen  of  CPack-generated
              Windows  installers.   If  not set, the value of this variable is populated from the file named by
              CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE
              A text file used to describe the project when CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION  is  not  explicitly  set.
              The   default  value  for  CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE  points  to  a  built-in  template  file
              Templates/CPack.GenericDescription.txt.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY
              Short description of the project (only a few words).  If the CMAKE_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION variable is
              set,  it  is  used as the default value, otherwise the default will be a string generated by CMake
              based on CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL
              Project homepage URL.  The default value is taken from  the  CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL  variable,
              which  is  set by the top level project() command, or else the default will be empty if no URL was
              provided to project().

       CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
              The  name  of  the  package  file  to  generate,  not  including  the  extension.   For   example,
              cmake-2.6.1-Linux-i686.  The default value is:

                 ${CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME}-${CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION}-${CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME}

       CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
              Installation  directory  on the target system. This may be used by some CPack generators like NSIS
              to create an installation  directory  e.g.,  “CMake  2.5”  below  the  installation  prefix.   All
              installed elements will be put inside this directory.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON
              A branding image that will be displayed inside the installer (used by GUI installers).

       CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM
              An  algorithm  that  will be used to generate an additional file with the checksum of the package.
              The output file name will be:

                 ${CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME}.${CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM}

              Supported algorithms are those listed by the string(<HASH>) command.

       CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE
              CPack-time project CPack configuration file.  This file  is  included  at  cpack  time,  once  per
              generator  after  CPack  has  set  CPACK_GENERATOR  to the actual generator being used.  It allows
              per-generator setting of CPACK_* variables at cpack time.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE
              License to be embedded in the installer.  It will typically  be  displayed  to  the  user  by  the
              produced  installer  (often  with  an explicit “Accept” button, for graphical installers) prior to
              installation.  This license file is NOT added to the installed files but is  used  by  some  CPack
              generators  like  NSIS.  If you want to install a license file (may be the same as this one) along
              with your project, you must add an appropriate CMake install() command in your CMakeLists.txt.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README
              ReadMe file to be embedded in the installer.  It typically describes in some detail the purpose of
              the project during the installation.  Not all CPack generators use this file.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME
              Welcome  file  to  be  embedded in the installer.  It welcomes users to this installer.  Typically
              used in the graphical installers on Windows and Mac OS X.

       CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL
              Disables the component-based installation mechanism.  When set,  the  component  specification  is
              ignored  and  all installed items are put in a single “MONOLITHIC” package.  Some CPack generators
              do monolithic packaging by default  and  may  be  asked  to  do  component  packaging  by  setting
              CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL to TRUE.

       CPACK_GENERATOR
              List  of  CPack generators to use.  If not specified, CPack will create a set of options following
              the  naming  pattern  CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>  (e.g.  CPACK_BINARY_NSIS)  allowing  the   user   to
              enable/disable  individual  generators.   If  the -G option is given on the cpack command line, it
              will override this variable and any CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME> options.

       CPACK_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
              The name of the CPack binary configuration file.  This file is the CPack  configuration  generated
              by the CPack module for binary installers.  Defaults to CPackConfig.cmake.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES
              Lists each of the executables and associated text label to be used to create Start Menu shortcuts.
              For example, setting this to the list ccmake;CMake will create a shortcut named “CMake” that  will
              execute  the installed executable ccmake.  Not all CPack generators use it (at least NSIS, WIX and
              OSXX11 do).

       CPACK_STRIP_FILES
              List of files to be stripped.  Starting with CMake 2.6.0,  CPACK_STRIP_FILES  will  be  a  boolean
              variable which enables stripping of all files (a list of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this
              change is compatible).

       CPACK_VERBATIM_VARIABLES
              If set to TRUE, values of variables prefixed with CPACK_ will be escaped before being  written  to
              the  configuration  files, so that the cpack program receives them exactly as they were specified.
              If not, characters like quotes and backslashes  can  cause  parsing  errors  or  alter  the  value
              received by the cpack program.  Defaults to FALSE for backwards compatibility.

   Variables for Source Package Generators
       The following CPack variables are specific to source packages, and will not affect binary packages:

       CPACK_SOURCE_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
              The name of the source package.  For example cmake-2.6.1.

       CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES
              List   of  files  in  the  source  tree  that  will  be  stripped.   Starting  with  CMake  2.6.0,
              CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean variable which enables stripping of all files  (a  list
              of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this change is compatible).

       CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR
              List  of  generators  used  for  the  source  packages.   As  with CPACK_GENERATOR, if this is not
              specified then CPack will create a set of options (e.g. CPACK_SOURCE_ZIP) allowing users to select
              which packages will be generated.

       CPACK_SOURCE_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
              The  name  of the CPack source configuration file.  This file is the CPack configuration generated
              by the CPack module for source installers.  Defaults to CPackSourceConfig.cmake.

       CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES
              Pattern of files in the source tree that won’t be packaged when building a source  package.   This
              is   a   list   of   regular   expression   patterns   (that  must  be  properly  escaped),  e.g.,
              /CVS/;/\\.svn/;\\.swp$;\\.#;/#;.*~;cscope.*

   Variables for Advanced Use
       The following variables are for advanced uses of CPack:

       CPACK_CMAKE_GENERATOR
              What CMake generator should be used if the project is a CMake project.  Defaults to the  value  of
              CMAKE_GENERATOR.  Few users will want to change this setting.

       CPACK_INSTALL_CMAKE_PROJECTS
              List  of  four values that specify what project to install.  The four values are: Build directory,
              Project Name, Project Component, Directory.  If  omitted,  CPack  will  build  an  installer  that
              installs everything.

       CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME
              System  name, defaults to the value of CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME, except on Windows where it will be win32
              or win64.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION
              Package   full   version,    used    internally.     By    default,    this    is    built    from
              CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR, CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, and CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH.

       CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG
              Directory for the installed files.

       CPACK_INSTALL_COMMANDS
              Extra commands to install components.  The environment variable CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX is set to the
              temporary install directory during execution.

       CPACK_INSTALL_SCRIPTS
              Extra CMake scripts executed by CPack during its local staging installation, which is  done  right
              before  packaging  the  files.   The  scripts  are  not called by a standalone install (e.g.: make
              install).  For every script,  the  following  variables  will  be  set:  CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR,
              CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR and CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX (which is set to the staging install directory).
              The singular form CMAKE_INSTALL_SCRIPT is supported as  an  alternative  variable  for  historical
              reasons, but its value is ignored if CMAKE_INSTALL_SCRIPTS is set and a warning will be issued.

       CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES
              Extra directories to install.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY
              Registry key used when installing this project.  This is only used by installers for Windows.  The
              default value is based on the installation directory.

       CPACK_CREATE_DESKTOP_LINKS
              List of desktop links to create.  Each desktop link requires a corresponding start  menu  shortcut
              as created by CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES.

       CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>
              CPack   generated   options  for  binary  generators.   The  CPack.cmake  module  generates  (when
              CPACK_GENERATOR is not set) a set of CMake options (see CMake option() command) which may then  be
              used  to select the CPack generator(s) to be used when building the package target or when running
              cpack without the -G option.

   CSharpUtilities
       Functions to make configuration of CSharp/.NET targets easier.

       A collection of CMake utility functions  useful  for  dealing  with  CSharp  targets  for  Visual  Studio
       generators from version 2010 and later.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

       Main functionscsharp_set_windows_forms_properties()csharp_set_designer_cs_properties()csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties()

       Helper functionscsharp_get_filename_keys()csharp_get_filename_key_base()csharp_get_dependentupon_name()

   Main functions provided by the module
       csharp_set_windows_forms_properties
              Sets source file properties for use of Windows Forms. Use this, if your CSharp target uses Windows
              Forms:

                 csharp_set_windows_forms_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname>  properties
                     (including .cs, .resx and .Designer.cs extensions).

              In  the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs and .resx is searched.  For
              every designer or resource file a file with the same base  name  but  only  .cs  as  extension  is
              searched.  If this is found, the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties are set as follows:

              for the .cs file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_SubType “Form”

              for the .Designer.cs file (if it exists):

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTime “” (delete tag if previously defined)

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “”(delete tag if previously defined)

              for the .resx file (if it exists):

                     • VS_RESOURCE_GENERATOR “” (delete tag if previously defined)

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

                     • VS_CSHARP_SubType “Designer”

       csharp_set_designer_cs_properties
              Sets  source  file  properties  of .Designer.cs files depending on sibling filenames. Use this, if
              your   CSharp   target   does    not    use    Windows    Forms    (for    Windows    Forms    use
              csharp_set_designer_cs_properties() instead):

                 csharp_set_designer_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List  of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties
                     (including .cs, .resx, .settings and .Designer.cs extensions).

              In the list of all given files for all files ending  with  .Designer.cs  is  searched.  For  every
              designer  file all files with the same base name but different extensions are searched. If a match
              is found, the source file properties of the designer file are set depending on  the  extension  of
              the matched file:

              if match is .resx file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “True”

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTime “True”

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <resx-filename>

              if match is .cs file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

              if match is .settings file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen “True”

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTimeSharedInput “True”

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <settings-filename>

       NOTE:
          Because the source file properties of the .Designer.cs file are set according to the found matches and
          every match sets the VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon property,  there  should  only  be  one  match  for  each
          Designer.cs file.

       csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties
              Sets  source  file properties for use of Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and XAML. Use this,
              if your CSharp target uses WPF/XAML:

                 csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname>  properties
                     (including .cs, .xaml, and .xaml.cs extensions).

              In  the  list of all given files for all files ending with .xaml.cs is searched. For every xaml-cs
              file, a file with the same base name but extension .xaml is searched.  If a match  is  found,  the
              source file properties of the .xaml.cs file are set:

                 • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <xaml-filename>

   Helper functions which are used by the above ones
       csharp_get_filename_keys
              Helper  function  which  computes  a  list of key values to identify source files independently of
              relative/absolute paths given in cmake and eliminates case sensitivity:

                 csharp_get_filename_keys(OUT [<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              OUT    Name of the variable in which the list of keys is stored

              <fileN>
                     filename(s) as given to to CSharp target using add_library() or add_executable()

              In some way the function applies a canonicalization to the source names.   This  is  necessary  to
              find file matches if the files have been added to the target with different directory prefixes:

                 add_library(lib
                   myfile.cs
                   ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs)

                 set_source_files_properties(myfile.Designer.cs PROPERTIES
                   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon myfile.cs)

                 # this will fail, because in cmake
                 #  - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs
                 #  - myfile.Designer.cs
                 # are not the same source file. The source file property is not set.

       csharp_get_filename_key_base
              Returns  the  full filepath and name without extension of a key.  KEY is expected to be a key from
              csharp_get_filename_keys. In BASE the value of KEY without the file extension is returned:

                 csharp_get_filename_key_base(BASE KEY)

              BASE   Name of the variable with the computed “base” of KEY.

              KEY    The key of which the base will be computed. Expected to be a upper case full filename.

       csharp_get_dependentupon_name
              Computes a string which can be used as value for the source file property VS_CSHARP_<tagname> with
              target being DependentUpon:

                 csharp_get_dependentupon_name(NAME FILE)

              NAME   Name of the variable with the result value

              FILE   Filename to convert to <DependentUpon> value

              Actually this is only the filename without any path given at the moment.

   CTest
       Configure a project for testing with CTest/CDash

       Include  this  module  in  the  top  CMakeLists.txt  file  of  a project to enable testing with CTest and
       dashboard submissions to CDash:

          project(MyProject)
          ...
          include(CTest)

       The module automatically creates a BUILD_TESTING option that selects whether to  enable  testing  support
       (ON by default).  After including the module, use code like:

          if(BUILD_TESTING)
            # ... CMake code to create tests ...
          endif()

       to creating tests when testing is enabled.

       To  enable  submissions to a CDash server, create a CTestConfig.cmake file at the top of the project with
       content such as:

          set(CTEST_NIGHTLY_START_TIME "01:00:00 UTC")
          set(CTEST_SUBMIT_URL "http://my.cdash.org/submit.php?project=MyProject")

       (the CDash server can provide the file to a project administrator who configures MyProject).  Settings in
       the  config file are shared by both this CTest module and the ctest(1) command-line Dashboard Client mode
       (ctest -S).

       While building a project for submission to CDash, CTest scans the build output for  errors  and  warnings
       and  reports them with surrounding context from the build log.  This generic approach works for all build
       tools, but does not give details about the command invocation that produced a given problem.  One may get
       more detailed reports by setting the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS variable:

          set(CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS 1)

       in the CTestConfig.cmake file.

   CTestCoverageCollectGCOV
       This module provides the ctest_coverage_collect_gcov function.

       This  function  runs  gcov  on  all .gcda files found in the binary tree and packages the resulting .gcov
       files into a tar file.  This tarball also contains the following:

       • data.json defines the source and build directories for use by CDash.

       • Labels.json indicates any LABELS that have been set on the source files.

       • The uncovered directory holds any uncovered files found by CTEST_EXTRA_COVERAGE_GLOB.

       After generating this tar file, it can be sent to CDash for display with  the  ctest_submit(CDASH_UPLOAD)
       command.

       ctest_coverage_collect_gcov

                 ctest_coverage_collect_gcov(TARBALL <tarfile>
                   [SOURCE <source_dir>][BUILD <build_dir>]
                   [GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>]
                   [GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...]
                   )

              Run gcov and package a tar file for CDash.  The options are:

              TARBALL <tarfile>
                     Specify  the  location  of the .tar file to be created for later upload to CDash.  Relative
                     paths will be interpreted with respect to the top-level build directory.

              SOURCE <source_dir>
                     Specify  the  top-level  source  directory  for  the  build.   Default  is  the  value   of
                     CTEST_SOURCE_DIRECTORY.

              BUILD <build_dir>
                     Specify   the   top-level  build  directory  for  the  build.   Default  is  the  value  of
                     CTEST_BINARY_DIRECTORY.

              GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>
                     Specify the full path to the gcov  command  on  the  machine.   Default  is  the  value  of
                     CTEST_COVERAGE_COMMAND.

              GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...
                     Specify  options  to  be  passed  to gcov.  The gcov command is run as gcov <options>... -o
                     <gcov-dir> <file>.gcda.  If not specified, the default option is just -b -x.

              GLOB   Recursively search for .gcda files in build_dir rather than determining search locations by
                     reading TargetDirectories.txt.

              DELETE Delete coverage files after they’ve been packaged into the .tar.

              QUIET  Suppress non-error messages that otherwise would have been printed out by this function.

   CTestScriptMode
       This file is read by ctest in script mode (-S)

   CTestUseLaunchers
       Set the RULE_LAUNCH_* global properties when CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on.

       CTestUseLaunchers  is  automatically included when you include(CTest).  However, it is split out into its
       own module file so projects can use the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS functionality independently.

       To use launchers, set CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS to ON in a ctest -S dashboard script, and then also set  it  in
       the cache of the configured project.  Both cmake and ctest need to know the value of it for the launchers
       to work properly.  CMake needs to know in order to generate proper build rules, and ctest,  in  order  to
       produce the proper error and warning analysis.

       For  convenience,  you may set the ENV variable CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS_DEFAULT in your ctest -S script, too.
       Then, as long as your CMakeLists uses include(CTest) or include(CTestUseLaunchers), it will use the value
       of   the  ENV  variable  to  initialize  a  CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS  cache  variable.   This  cache  variable
       initialization only occurs if CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is not already defined. If CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on in
       a  ctest  -S  script  the  ctest_configure  command will add -DCTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS:BOOL=TRUE to the cmake
       command used to configure the project.

   Dart
       Configure a project for testing with CTest or old Dart Tcl Client

       This file is the backwards-compatibility version of the CTest module.  It supports using the old  Dart  1
       Tcl  client  for  driving  dashboard  submissions  as  well as testing with CTest.  This module should be
       included in the CMakeLists.txt file at the top of a project.  Typical usage:

          include(Dart)
          if(BUILD_TESTING)
            # ... testing related CMake code ...
          endif()

       The BUILD_TESTING option is created by the Dart module to determine whether  testing  support  should  be
       enabled.  The default is ON.

   DeployQt4
       Functions to help assemble a standalone Qt4 executable.

       A collection of CMake utility functions useful for deploying Qt4 executables.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          write_qt4_conf
          resolve_qt4_paths
          fixup_qt4_executable
          install_qt4_plugin_path
          install_qt4_plugin
          install_qt4_executable

       Requires   CMake   2.6   or  greater  because  it  uses  function  and  PARENT_SCOPE.   Also  depends  on
       BundleUtilities.cmake.

          write_qt4_conf(<qt_conf_dir> <qt_conf_contents>)

       Writes a qt.conf file with the <qt_conf_contents> into <qt_conf_dir>.

          resolve_qt4_paths(<paths_var> [<executable_path>])

       Loop through <paths_var> list and if any don’t exist resolve them relative to the  <executable_path>  (if
       supplied) or the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX.

          fixup_qt4_executable(<executable>
            [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf>])

       Copies  Qt  plugins,  writes  a  Qt  configuration  file  (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using
       BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all  of
       the system libraries are compatible.

       <executable> should point to the executable to be fixed-up.

       <qtplugins> should contain a list of the names or paths of any Qt plugins to be installed.

       <libs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should be a list of any already installed plugins, libraries
       or executables to also be fixed-up.

       <dirs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should contain  and  directories  to  be  searched  to  find
       library dependencies.

       <plugins_dir> allows an custom plugins directory to be used.

       <request_qt_conf> will force a qt.conf file to be written even if not needed.

          install_qt4_plugin_path(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                                  <plugins_dir> <component> <configurations>)

       Install  (or  copy)  a  resolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
       <executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>.

       If <copy> is set to TRUE then the plugins will be copied rather than installed.  This is  to  allow  this
       module to be used at CMake time rather than install time.

       If <component> is set then anything installed will use this COMPONENT.

          install_qt4_plugin(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                             <plugins_dir> <component>)

       Install  (or copy) an unresolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
       <executable>   and   store   the   result   in   <installed_plugin_path_var>.    See   documentation   of
       INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH.

          install_qt4_executable(<executable>
            [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf> <component>])

       Installs  Qt  plugins,  writes  a  Qt  configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using
       BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all  of
       the  system  libraries  are compatible.  The executable will be fixed-up at install time.  <component> is
       the COMPONENT used for bundle fixup and plugin installation.  See documentation of FIXUP_QT4_BUNDLE.

   Documentation
       This module provides support for the VTK documentation framework.  It relies on several  tools  (Doxygen,
       Perl, etc).

   ExternalData
       Manage data files stored outside source tree

   Introduction
       Use  this  module  to unambiguously reference data files stored outside the source tree and fetch them at
       build time from arbitrary local and remote  content-addressed  locations.   Functions  provided  by  this
       module recognize arguments with the syntax DATA{<name>} as references to external data, replace them with
       full paths to local copies of those data, and create build rules to fetch and update the local copies.

       For example:

          include(ExternalData)
          set(ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES "file:///local/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                                         "file:////host/share/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                                         "http://data.org/%(algo)/%(hash)")
          ExternalData_Add_Test(MyData
            NAME MyTest
            COMMAND MyExe DATA{MyInput.png}
            )
          ExternalData_Add_Target(MyData)

       When test MyTest runs the DATA{MyInput.png} argument will be replaced by the full path to a real instance
       of the data file MyInput.png on disk.  If the source tree contains a content link such as MyInput.png.md5
       then the MyData target creates a real MyInput.png in the build tree.

   Module Functions
       ExternalData_Expand_Arguments
              The ExternalData_Expand_Arguments function  evaluates  DATA{}  references  in  its  arguments  and
              constructs a new list of arguments:

                 ExternalData_Expand_Arguments(
                   <target>   # Name of data management target
                   <outVar>   # Output variable
                   [args...]  # Input arguments, DATA{} allowed
                   )

              It  replaces  each  DATA{} reference in an argument with the full path of a real data file on disk
              that will exist after the <target> builds.

       ExternalData_Add_Test
              The ExternalData_Add_Test function wraps around the CMake add_test() command but  supports  DATA{}
              references in its arguments:

                 ExternalData_Add_Test(
                   <target>   # Name of data management target
                   ...        # Arguments of add_test(), DATA{} allowed
                   )

              It  passes  its  arguments  through  ExternalData_Expand_Arguments and then invokes the add_test()
              command using the results.

       ExternalData_Add_Target
              The ExternalData_Add_Target function creates a custom target to manage  local  instances  of  data
              files stored externally:

                 ExternalData_Add_Target(
                   <target>   # Name of data management target
                   )

              It creates custom commands in the target as necessary to make data files available for each DATA{}
              reference previously evaluated by other functions provided by this  module.   Data  files  may  be
              fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, or may
              be found locally in one of the paths specified in the ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable.

              Typically only one target is needed to manage all external  data  within  a  project.   Call  this
              function once at the end of configuration after all data references have been processed.

   Module Variables
       The  following  variables  configure  behavior.   They  should be set before calling any of the functions
       provided by this module.

       ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT
              The ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT variable may be set to the directory to  hold  the  real  data  files
              named  by expanded DATA{} references.  The default is CMAKE_BINARY_DIR.  The directory layout will
              mirror that of content links under ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT.

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>
              Specify a full path to a .cmake custom  fetch  script  identified  by  <key>  in  entries  of  the
              ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES list.  See Custom Fetch Scripts.

       ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT
              The  ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT  variable  may  be set to the name of a supported hash algorithm to
              enable automatic conversion of real data files referenced by the DATA{} syntax into content links.
              For each such <file> a content link named <file><ext> is created.  The original file is renamed to
              the form .ExternalData_<algo>_<hash> to stage it for future transmission to one of  the  locations
              in  the  list  of  URL templates (by means outside the scope of this module).  The data fetch rule
              created for the content link will use the staged object if  it  cannot  be  found  using  any  URL
              template.

       ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
              The   real   data  files  named  by  expanded  DATA{}  references  may  be  made  available  under
              ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT using symbolic links on  some  platforms.   The  ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
              variable may be set to disable use of symbolic links and enable use of copies instead.

       ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES
              The  ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES  variable  may  be  set  to a list of local directories that store
              objects using the layout <dir>/%(algo)/%(hash).  These directories will be searched  first  for  a
              needed object.  If the object is not available in any store then it will be fetched remotely using
              the URL templates and added to the first local store listed.   If  no  stores  are  specified  the
              default is a location inside the build tree.

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX

       ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH
              See Referencing File Series.

       ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT
              The  ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT  variable  may be set to the highest source directory containing any
              path named by a DATA{} reference.  The default is CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR.  ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT  and
              CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR  must  refer  to directories within a single source distribution (e.g.  they come
              together in one tarball).

       ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE
              The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE variable sets the download absolute timeout, in seconds, with  a
              default of 300 seconds.  Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

       ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY
              The  ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY  variable  sets  the download inactivity timeout, in seconds,
              with a default of 60 seconds.  Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

       ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key>
              Specify a custom URL component to be  substituted  for  URL  template  placeholders  of  the  form
              %(algo:<key>),  where  <key>  is a valid C identifier, when fetching an object referenced via hash
              algorithm <algo>.  If not defined, the default URL component is just <algo> for any <key>.

       ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES
              The ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES may be set to  provide  a  list  of  of  URL  templates  using  the
              placeholders  %(algo)  and  %(hash)  in  each template.  Data fetch rules try each URL template in
              order by substituting the hash algorithm  name  for  %(algo)  and  the  hash  value  for  %(hash).
              Alternatively  one may use %(algo:<key>) with ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key> variables to gain
              more flexibility in remote URLs.

   Referencing Files
   Referencing Single Files
       The DATA{} syntax is literal and the <name> is a full or relative  path  within  the  source  tree.   The
       source  tree must contain either a real data file at <name> or a “content link” at <name><ext> containing
       a hash of the real file using a hash  algorithm  corresponding  to  <ext>.   For  example,  the  argument
       DATA{img.png}  may  be  satisfied  by  either  a  real  img.png file in the current source directory or a
       img.png.md5 file containing its MD5 sum.

       Multiple content links of the same name with different hash algorithms are supported (e.g. img.png.sha256
       and  img.png.sha1)  so  long  as  they  all  correspond to the same real file.  This allows objects to be
       fetched from sources indexed by different hash algorithms.

   Referencing File Series
       The DATA{} syntax can be told to fetch a file series using  the  form  DATA{<name>,:},  where  the  :  is
       literal.   If  the  source  tree  contains  a  group of files or content links named like a series then a
       reference to one member adds rules to fetch all of them.  Although all members of a series  are  fetched,
       only  the  file originally named by the DATA{} argument is substituted for it.  The default configuration
       recognizes file series names ending with #.ext, _#.ext, .#.ext, or  -#.ext  where  #  is  a  sequence  of
       decimal  digits  and  .ext  is  any single extension.  Configure it with a regex that parses <number> and
       <suffix> parts from the end of <name>:

          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex of the form (<number>)(<suffix>)$

       For more complicated cases set:

          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex with at least two () groups
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX = <prefix> regex group number, if any
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER = <number> regex group number
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX = <suffix> regex group number

       Configure series number matching with a regex that matches the <number>  part  of  series  members  named
       <prefix><number><suffix>:

          ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH = regex matching <number> in all series members

       Note that the <suffix> of a series does not include a hash-algorithm extension.

   Referencing Associated Files
       The  DATA{} syntax can alternatively match files associated with the named file and contained in the same
       directory.  Associated files may be specified by options using the syntax DATA{<name>,<opt1>,<opt2>,...}.
       Each  option  may  specify one file by name or specify a regular expression to match file names using the
       syntax REGEX:<regex>.  For example, the arguments:

          DATA{MyData/MyInput.mhd,MyInput.img}                   # File pair
          DATA{MyData/MyFrames00.png,REGEX:MyFrames[0-9]+\\.png} # Series

       will pass MyInput.mha and MyFrames00.png on the command line but ensure that  the  associated  files  are
       present next to them.

   Referencing Directories
       The  DATA{}  syntax may reference a directory using a trailing slash and a list of associated files.  The
       form DATA{<name>/,<opt1>,<opt2>,...} adds rules to fetch any files in the directory that match one of the
       associated  file options.  For example, the argument DATA{MyDataDir/,REGEX:.*} will pass the full path to
       a MyDataDir directory on the command line and ensure that the directory contains files  corresponding  to
       every  file  or  content  link  in the MyDataDir source directory.  In order to match associated files in
       subdirectories, specify a RECURSE: option, e.g. DATA{MyDataDir/,RECURSE:,REGEX:.*}.

   Hash Algorithms
       The following hash algorithms are supported:

          %(algo)     <ext>     Description
          -------     -----     -----------
          MD5         .md5      Message-Digest Algorithm 5, RFC 1321
          SHA1        .sha1     US Secure Hash Algorithm 1, RFC 3174
          SHA224      .sha224   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA256      .sha256   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA384      .sha384   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA512      .sha512   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA3_224    .sha3-224 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_256    .sha3-256 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_384    .sha3-384 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_512    .sha3-512 Keccak SHA-3

       Note that the hashes are used only for unique data identification and download verification.

   Custom Fetch Scripts
       When  a  data  file  must   be   fetched   from   one   of   the   URL   templates   specified   in   the
       ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, it is normally downloaded using the file(DOWNLOAD) command.  One may
       specify   usage   of   a   custom   fetch   script   by   using   a   URL   template    of    the    form
       ExternalDataCustomScript://<key>/<loc>.  The <key> must be a C identifier, and the <loc> must contain the
       %(algo) and %(hash) placeholders.  A variable corresponding to the key, ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>,
       must  be set to the full path to a .cmake script file.  The script will be included to perform the actual
       fetch, and provided with the following variables:

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_LOCATION
              When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the location part of the URL,  which
              will contain the substituted hash algorithm name and content hash value.

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_FILE
              When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the full path to a file in which the
              script must store the fetched content.  The name of the file is  unspecified  and  should  not  be
              interpreted in any way.

       The custom fetch script is expected to store fetched content in the file or set a variable:

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_ERROR
              When  a  custom  fetch script fails to fetch the requested content, it must set this variable to a
              short one-line message describing the reason for failure.

   ExternalProject
   External Project Definition
       ExternalProject_Add
              The ExternalProject_Add() function creates  a  custom  target  to  drive  download,  update/patch,
              configure, build, install and test steps of an external project:

                 ExternalProject_Add(<name> [<option>...])

              The  individual  steps  within the process can be driven independently if required (e.g. for CDash
              submission) and extra custom steps can be defined, along with the  ability  to  control  the  step
              dependencies.  The directory structure used for the management of the external project can also be
              customized. The function supports a large number of options  which  can  be  used  to  tailor  the
              external project behavior.

              Directory Options:
                     Most  of  the  time,  the  default  directory  layout  is  sufficient.  It  is  largely  an
                     implementation detail that the main  project  usually  doesn’t  need  to  change.  In  some
                     circumstances,  however,  control over the directory layout can be useful or necessary. The
                     directory options are potentially more useful from the point of view that  the  main  build
                     can  use  the  ExternalProject_Get_Property()  command  to  retrieve  their values, thereby
                     allowing the main project to refer to build artifacts of the external project.

                     PREFIX <dir>
                            Root directory for the external project. Unless otherwise  noted  below,  all  other
                            directories associated with the external project will be created under here.

                     TMP_DIR <dir>
                            Directory in which to store temporary files.

                     STAMP_DIR <dir>
                            Directory  in  which to store the timestamps of each step. Log files from individual
                            steps are also created in here unless overridden by  LOG_DIR  (see  Logging  Options
                            below).

                     LOG_DIR <dir>
                            Directory in which to store the logs of each step.

                     DOWNLOAD_DIR <dir>
                            Directory  in  which to store downloaded files before unpacking them. This directory
                            is only used by the URL download method, all other download methods  use  SOURCE_DIR
                            directly instead.

                     SOURCE_DIR <dir>
                            Source  directory  into  which  downloaded contents will be unpacked, or for non-URL
                            download methods, the directory in which  the  repository  should  be  checked  out,
                            cloned,  etc.  If  no  download  method is specified, this must point to an existing
                            directory where the external project has already  been  unpacked  or  cloned/checked
                            out.

                            NOTE:
                               If  a download method is specified, any existing contents of the source directory
                               may be deleted. Only the URL download method checks  whether  this  directory  is
                               either missing or empty before initiating the download, stopping with an error if
                               it is not empty.  All  other  download  methods  silently  discard  any  previous
                               contents of the source directory.

                     BINARY_DIR <dir>
                            Specify  the  build directory location. This option is ignored if BUILD_IN_SOURCE is
                            enabled.

                     INSTALL_DIR <dir>
                            Installation prefix to be placed in the <INSTALL_DIR> placeholder.   This  does  not
                            actually configure the external project to install to the given prefix. That must be
                            done by passing appropriate arguments to the external  project  configuration  step,
                            e.g. using <INSTALL_DIR>.

                     If  any  of  the  above  ..._DIR  options are not specified, their defaults are computed as
                     follows. If the PREFIX option is given or the EP_PREFIX directory property is set, then  an
                     external project is built and installed under the specified prefix:

                        TMP_DIR      = <prefix>/tmp
                        STAMP_DIR    = <prefix>/src/<name>-stamp
                        DOWNLOAD_DIR = <prefix>/src
                        SOURCE_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>
                        BINARY_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>-build
                        INSTALL_DIR  = <prefix>
                        LOG_DIR      = <STAMP_DIR>

                     Otherwise,  if the EP_BASE directory property is set then components of an external project
                     are stored under the specified base:

                        TMP_DIR      = <base>/tmp/<name>
                        STAMP_DIR    = <base>/Stamp/<name>
                        DOWNLOAD_DIR = <base>/Download/<name>
                        SOURCE_DIR   = <base>/Source/<name>
                        BINARY_DIR   = <base>/Build/<name>
                        INSTALL_DIR  = <base>/Install/<name>
                        LOG_DIR      = <STAMP_DIR>

                     If no PREFIX, EP_PREFIX, or EP_BASE is specified, then the default  is  to  set  PREFIX  to
                     <name>-prefix.  Relative  paths are interpreted with respect to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at
                     the point where ExternalProject_Add() is called.

              Download Step Options:
                     A download method can be omitted if the SOURCE_DIR option is used to point to  an  existing
                     non-empty  directory.  Otherwise,  one  of  the  download  methods  below must be specified
                     (multiple download methods should not be given) or a custom DOWNLOAD_COMMAND provided.

                     DOWNLOAD_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides the  command  used  for  the  download  step  (generator  expressions  are
                            supported). If this option is specified, all other download options will be ignored.
                            Providing an empty string for <cmd> effectively disables the download step.

                     URL Download

                            URL <url1> [<url2>...]
                                   List of paths and/or URL(s) of the external project’s source. When more  than
                                   one  URL is given, they are tried in turn until one succeeds. A URL may be an
                                   ordinary path in the local file system (in which case it must be the only URL
                                   provided)  or any downloadable URL supported by the file(DOWNLOAD) command. A
                                   local filesystem path may refer to either an  existing  directory  or  to  an
                                   archive  file,  whereas  a  URL  is  expected to point to a file which can be
                                   treated as an  archive.  When  an  archive  is  used,  it  will  be  unpacked
                                   automatically unless the DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT option is set to prevent it. The
                                   archive type is determined by inspecting the actual content rather than using
                                   logic based on the file extension.

                            URL_HASH <algo>=<hashValue>
                                   Hash of the archive file to be downloaded. The argument should be of the form
                                   <algo>=<hashValue> where algo can be any of the hashing algorithms  supported
                                   by the file() command. Specifying this option is strongly recommended for URL
                                   downloads, as it ensures the integrity of the downloaded content. It is  also
                                   used  as a check for a previously downloaded file, allowing connection to the
                                   remote location to be avoided altogether if the local directory already has a
                                   file from an earlier download that matches the specified hash.

                            URL_MD5 <md5>
                                   Equivalent to URL_HASH MD5=<md5>.

                            DOWNLOAD_NAME <fname>
                                   File name to use for the downloaded file. If not given, the end of the URL is
                                   used to determine the file name. This option is rarely  needed,  the  default
                                   name  is generally suitable and is not normally used outside of code internal
                                   to the ExternalProject module.

                            DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT <bool>
                                   Allows the extraction part of the download step to be disabled by  passing  a
                                   boolean  true  value  for  this  option.  If  this  option  is not given, the
                                   downloaded contents will be unpacked automatically if required. If extraction
                                   has  been  disabled,  the  full  path  to the downloaded file is available as
                                   <DOWNLOADED_FILE> in subsequent steps or as the property DOWNLOADED_FILE with
                                   the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command.

                            DOWNLOAD_NO_PROGRESS <bool>
                                   Can  be  used to disable logging the download progress. If this option is not
                                   given, download progress messages will be logged.

                            TIMEOUT <seconds>
                                   Maximum time allowed for file download operations.

                            HTTP_USERNAME <username>
                                   Username for the download operation if authentication is required.

                            HTTP_PASSWORD <password>
                                   Password for the download operation if authentication is required.

                            HTTP_HEADER <header1> [<header2>...]
                                   Provides an arbitrary list of HTTP headers for the download operation.   This
                                   can be useful for accessing content in systems like AWS, etc.

                            TLS_VERIFY <bool>
                                   Specifies  whether  certificate  verification  should  be performed for https
                                   URLs. If this option is not provided, the default behavior is  determined  by
                                   the  CMAKE_TLS_VERIFY variable (see file(DOWNLOAD)). If that is also not set,
                                   certificate verification will not be performed. In situations where  URL_HASH
                                   cannot be provided, this option can be an alternative verification measure.

                            TLS_CAINFO <file>
                                   Specify  a custom certificate authority file to use if TLS_VERIFY is enabled.
                                   If this option is not specified, the value of the  CMAKE_TLS_CAINFO  variable
                                   will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD))

                            NETRC <level>
                                   Specify  whether the .netrc file is to be used for operation.  If this option
                                   is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_NETRC variable will be used  instead
                                   (see file(DOWNLOAD)) Valid levels are:

                                   IGNORED
                                          The .netrc file is ignored.  This is the default.

                                   OPTIONAL
                                          The  .netrc file is optional, and information in the URL is preferred.
                                          The file will be  scanned  to  find  which  ever  information  is  not
                                          specified in the URL.

                                   REQUIRED
                                          The .netrc file is required, and information in the URL is ignored.

                            NETRC_FILE <file>
                                   Specify  an  alternative .netrc file to the one in your home directory if the
                                   NETRC level is OPTIONAL or REQUIRED. If this option  is  not  specified,  the
                                   value   of   the   CMAKE_NETRC_FILE   variable  will  be  used  instead  (see
                                   file(DOWNLOAD))

                     Git    NOTE: A git version of 1.6.5 or later is required if this download method is used.

                            GIT_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the git repository. Any URL understood by the git command may be used.

                            GIT_TAG <tag>
                                   Git branch name, tag or commit hash. Note that branch names and  tags  should
                                   generally  be  specified  as  remote  names (i.e. origin/myBranch rather than
                                   simply myBranch). This ensures that if the remote end has its  tag  moved  or
                                   branch  rebased  or  history rewritten, the local clone will still be updated
                                   correctly. In general, however, specifying a commit hash should be  preferred
                                   for a number of reasons:

                                   • If the local clone already has the commit corresponding to the hash, no git
                                     fetch needs to be performed to check for changes each time CMake is re-run.
                                     This  can  result  in  a significant speed up if many external projects are
                                     being used.

                                   • Using a specific git hash ensures that the main project’s  own  history  is
                                     fully traceable to a specific point in the external project’s evolution. If
                                     a branch or tag name is used instead, then checking out a  specific  commit
                                     of  the  main project doesn’t necessarily pin the whole build to a specific
                                     point in the life of the external project.  The lack of such  deterministic
                                     behavior makes the main project lose traceability and repeatability.

                                   If GIT_SHALLOW is enabled then GIT_TAG works only with branch names and tags.
                                   A commit hash is not allowed.

                            GIT_REMOTE_NAME <name>
                                   The optional name of the remote. If this option is not specified, it defaults
                                   to origin.

                            GIT_SUBMODULES <module>...
                                   Specific  git  submodules  that should also be updated. If this option is not
                                   provided, all git submodules will be updated. When CMP0097 is set to  NEW  if
                                   this  value  is  set to an empty string then no submodules are initialized or
                                   updated.

                            GIT_SHALLOW <bool>
                                   When this option is enabled, the  git  clone  operation  will  be  given  the
                                   --depth 1 option. This performs a shallow clone, which avoids downloading the
                                   whole history and instead retrieves just the commit denoted  by  the  GIT_TAG
                                   option.

                            GIT_PROGRESS <bool>
                                   When  enabled,  this  option  instructs the git clone operation to report its
                                   progress by passing it the --progress option. Without this option, the  clone
                                   step  for  large  projects  may appear to make the build stall, since nothing
                                   will be logged until the clone operation finishes. While this option  can  be
                                   used  to  provide  progress  to  prevent  the  appearance of the build having
                                   stalled, it may also make the build overly noisy if lots of external projects
                                   are used.

                            GIT_CONFIG <option1> [<option2>...]
                                   Specify  a  list  of  config options to pass to git clone. Each option listed
                                   will be transformed into its own --config <option> on the git  clone  command
                                   line, with each option required to be in the form key=value.

                     Subversion

                            SVN_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the Subversion repository.

                            SVN_REVISION -r<rev>
                                   Revision to checkout from the Subversion repository.

                            SVN_USERNAME <username>
                                   Username for the Subversion checkout and update.

                            SVN_PASSWORD <password>
                                   Password for the Subversion checkout and update.

                            SVN_TRUST_CERT <bool>
                                   Specifies  whether  to  trust  the  Subversion  server  site  certificate. If
                                   enabled, the --trust-server-cert option is passed to  the  svn  checkout  and
                                   update commands.

                     Mercurial

                            HG_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the mercurial repository.

                            HG_TAG <tag>
                                   Mercurial branch name, tag or commit id.

                     CVS

                            CVS_REPOSITORY <cvsroot>
                                   CVSROOT of the CVS repository.

                            CVS_MODULE <mod>
                                   Module to checkout from the CVS repository.

                            CVS_TAG <tag>
                                   Tag to checkout from the CVS repository.

              Update/Patch Step Options:
                     Whenever  CMake is re-run, by default the external project’s sources will be updated if the
                     download method supports updates (e.g. a git repository would be  checked  if  the  GIT_TAG
                     does not refer to a specific commit).

                     UPDATE_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides  the download method’s update step with a custom command.  The command may
                            use generator expressions.

                     UPDATE_DISCONNECTED <bool>
                            When enabled, this option causes the  update  step  to  be  skipped.  It  does  not,
                            however,  prevent  the  download  step. The update step can still be added as a step
                            target (see ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()) and called manually. This  is  useful
                            if  you  want  to  allow  developers to build the project when disconnected from the
                            network (the network may still be needed for the download step though).

                            When this option is present, it is generally advisable to make  the  value  a  cache
                            variable under the developer’s control rather than hard-coding it. If this option is
                            not present, the default value is taken from  the  EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  directory
                            property.  If  that  is  also  not  defined,  updates  are  performed as normal. The
                            EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  directory  property  is  intended  as  a   convenience   for
                            controlling  the  UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  behavior for an entire section of a project’s
                            directory hierarchy and may be a more convenient method of giving developers control
                            over  whether  or not to perform updates (assuming the project also provides a cache
                            variable or some other convenient method for setting the directory property).

                     PATCH_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Specifies a custom command to patch the sources after  an  update.  By  default,  no
                            patch  command  is  defined.  Note  that  it  can  be  quite  difficult to define an
                            appropriate patch command that performs robustly, especially  for  download  methods
                            such  as  git  where  changing  the GIT_TAG will not discard changes from a previous
                            patch, but the patch command will be called again after updating to the new tag.

              Configure Step Options:
                     The configure step is run after the download and update steps.  By  default,  the  external
                     project is assumed to be a CMake project, but this can be overridden if required.

                     CONFIGURE_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            The default configure command runs CMake with options based on the main project. For
                            non-CMake external projects, the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option must be used  to  override
                            this  behavior  (generator  expressions are supported). For projects that require no
                            configure step, specify this option with an empty string as the command to execute.

                     CMAKE_COMMAND /.../cmake
                            Specify an alternative cmake executable for the  configure  step  (use  an  absolute
                            path).  This  is generally not recommended, since it is usually desirable to use the
                            same CMake version throughout the whole build. This option is ignored  if  a  custom
                            configure command has been specified with CONFIGURE_COMMAND.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR <gen>
                            Override  the  CMake generator used for the configure step. Without this option, the
                            same generator as the main build will be used. This option is ignored  if  a  custom
                            configure command has been specified with the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM <platform>
                            Pass    a   generator-specific   platform   name   to   the   CMake   command   (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM). It is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET <toolset>
                            Pass    a    generator-specific   toolset   name   to   the   CMake   command   (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET). It  is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE <instance>
                            Pass   a   generator-specific   instance   selection   to  the  CMake  command  (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE). It is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_ARGS <arg>...
                            The  specified  arguments  are  passed  to  the  cmake command line. They can be any
                            argument the cmake command understands, not  just  cache  values  defined  by  -D...
                            arguments  (see  also  CMake  Options).  In  addition,  arguments  may use generator
                            expressions.

                     CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS <arg>...
                            This is an alternate way of specifying cache variables  where  command  line  length
                            issues  may  become  a  problem.  The  arguments  are  expected  to  be  in the form
                            -Dvar:STRING=value, which are then transformed into CMake set()  commands  with  the
                            FORCE  option  used.  These set() commands are written to a pre-load script which is
                            then applied using the cmake -C command line option.  Arguments  may  use  generator
                            expressions.

                     CMAKE_CACHE_DEFAULT_ARGS <arg>...
                            This  is  the  same  as the CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS option except the set() commands do not
                            include the FORCE keyword. This means the values act as initial  defaults  only  and
                            will  not  override  any  variables already set from a previous run. Use this option
                            with care, as it can lead to different  behavior  depending  on  whether  the  build
                            starts from a fresh build directory or re-uses previous build contents.

                            If the CMake generator is the Green Hills MULTI and not overridden then the original
                            project’s settings for  the  GHS  toolset  and  target  system  customization  cache
                            variables are propagated into the external project.

                     SOURCE_SUBDIR <dir>
                            When  no  CONFIGURE_COMMAND  option  is  specified,  the  configure step assumes the
                            external project has a CMakeLists.txt file at the top of its source  tree  (i.e.  in
                            SOURCE_DIR).  The  SOURCE_SUBDIR  option  can  be  used  to  point to an alternative
                            directory within the source tree to use as the top of the CMake source tree instead.
                            This  must  be  a  relative  path  and  it  will be interpreted as being relative to
                            SOURCE_DIR.  When BUILD_IN_SOURCE 1 is specified, the BUILD_COMMAND is used to point
                            to an alternative directory within the source tree.

              Build Step Options:
                     If  the  configure  step  assumed  the external project uses CMake as its build system, the
                     build step will also. Otherwise, the build step will  assume  a  Makefile-based  build  and
                     simply  run  make  with no arguments as the default build step. This can be overridden with
                     custom build commands if required.

                     BUILD_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides the default build command (generator expressions are supported).  If  this
                            option  is not given, the default build command will be chosen to integrate with the
                            main build in the most appropriate way  (e.g.  using  recursive  make  for  Makefile
                            generators  or  cmake --build if the project uses a CMake build). This option can be
                            specified with an empty string as the command to make the build step do nothing.

                     BUILD_IN_SOURCE <bool>
                            When this option is enabled, the build will be done  directly  within  the  external
                            project’s source tree. This should generally be avoided, the use of a separate build
                            directory is usually preferred, but it can  be  useful  when  the  external  project
                            assumes  an  in-source  build.  The  BINARY_DIR  option  should  not be specified if
                            building in-source.

                     BUILD_ALWAYS <bool>
                            Enabling this option forces the build step to always be run. This can be the easiest
                            way  to  robustly  ensure  that  the  external  project’s own build dependencies are
                            evaluated rather than relying on the default success  timestamp-based  method.  This
                            option is not normally needed unless developers are expected to modify something the
                            external project’s build depends on in a way that is not  detectable  via  the  step
                            target  dependencies  (e.g.  SOURCE_DIR  is  used  without  a  download  method  and
                            developers might modify the sources in SOURCE_DIR).

                     BUILD_BYPRODUCTS <file>...
                            Specifies files that will be generated by the build command but which might or might
                            not  have their modification time updated by subsequent builds. These ultimately get
                            passed  through  as  BYPRODUCTS  to  the  build  step’s  own  underlying   call   to
                            add_custom_command().

              Install Step Options:
                     If  the  configure  step  assumed  the external project uses CMake as its build system, the
                     install step will also. Otherwise, the install step will assume a Makefile-based build  and
                     simply  run  make  install  as  the  default build step. This can be overridden with custom
                     install commands if required.

                     INSTALL_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            The external project’s own install step is invoked as part  of  the  main  project’s
                            build. It is done after the external project’s build step and may be before or after
                            the external project’s test step (see the  TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL  option  below).  The
                            external  project’s  install rules are not part of the main project’s install rules,
                            so if anything from the external project should be installed as  part  of  the  main
                            build,  these  need  to  be  specified  in  the  main  build as additional install()
                            commands. The default install  step  builds  the  install  target  of  the  external
                            project,  but  this  can  be  overridden  with  a  custom  command using this option
                            (generator expressions are supported). Passing an empty string as  the  <cmd>  makes
                            the install step do nothing.

              Test Step Options:
                     The  test  step  is  only  defined  if  at least one of the following TEST_...  options are
                     provided.

                     TEST_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides the default test command (generator expressions are  supported).  If  this
                            option  is not given, the default behavior of the test step is to build the external
                            project’s own test target. This option can be  specified  with  <cmd>  as  an  empty
                            string,  which  allows the test step to still be defined, but it will do nothing. Do
                            not specify any of the other TEST_... options if providing an empty  string  as  the
                            test  command,  but  prefer to omit all TEST_... options altogether if the test step
                            target is not needed.

                     TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL <bool>
                            When this option is enabled, the test step will be executed before the install step.
                            The default behavior is for the test step to run after the install step.

                     TEST_AFTER_INSTALL <bool>
                            This  option is mainly useful as a way to indicate that the test step is desired but
                            all default behavior is sufficient. Specifying this option with a boolean true value
                            ensures  the  test step is defined and that it comes after the install step. If both
                            TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL and TEST_AFTER_INSTALL  are  enabled,  the  latter  is  silently
                            ignored.

                     TEST_EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
                            If  enabled,  the  main build’s default ALL target will not depend on the test step.
                            This can be a useful way of ensuring the test step is defined but only gets  invoked
                            when manually requested.

              Output Logging Options:
                     Each  of the following LOG_... options can be used to wrap the relevant step in a script to
                     capture its output to files. The log files will  be  created  in  LOG_DIR  if  supplied  or
                     otherwise the STAMP_DIR directory with step-specific file names.

                     LOG_DOWNLOAD <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the download step is logged to files.

                     LOG_UPDATE <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the update step is logged to files.

                     LOG_PATCH <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the patch step is logged to files.

                     LOG_CONFIGURE <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the configure step is logged to files.

                     LOG_BUILD <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the build step is logged to files.

                     LOG_INSTALL <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the install step is logged to files.

                     LOG_TEST <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the test step is logged to files.

                     LOG_MERGED_STDOUTERR <bool>
                            When  enabled,  stdout  and stderr will be merged for any step whose output is being
                            logged to files.

                     LOG_OUTPUT_ON_FAILURE <bool>
                            This option only has an effect if at least one of the other  LOG_<step>  options  is
                            enabled.   If  an  error  occurs  for a step which has logging to file enabled, that
                            step’s output will be printed to the console  if  LOG_OUTPUT_ON_FAILURE  is  set  to
                            true.   For  cases  where a large amount of output is recorded, just the end of that
                            output may be printed to the console.

              Terminal Access Options:
                     Steps can be given direct access to the terminal in some cases. Giving a step access to the
                     terminal  may  allow  it  to receive terminal input if required, such as for authentication
                     details not provided by other options.  With the Ninja generator, these options  place  the
                     steps  in  the console job pool. Each step can be given access to the terminal individually
                     via the following options:

                     USES_TERMINAL_DOWNLOAD <bool>
                            Give the download step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_UPDATE <bool>
                            Give the update step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_CONFIGURE <bool>
                            Give the configure step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_BUILD <bool>
                            Give the build step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_INSTALL <bool>
                            Give the install step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_TEST <bool>
                            Give the test step access to the terminal.

              Target Options:

                     DEPENDS <targets>...
                            Specify other targets on which the external project depends. The other targets  will
                            be  brought  up  to  date  before  any of the external project’s steps are executed.
                            Because the external project uses additional  custom  targets  internally  for  each
                            step,  the  DEPENDS  option  is the most convenient way to ensure all of those steps
                            depend on the other targets.  Simply doing add_dependencies(<name>  <targets>)  will
                            not make any of the steps dependent on <targets>.

                     EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL <bool>
                            When  enabled, this option excludes the external project from the default ALL target
                            of the main build.

                     STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
                            Generate custom targets for the specified steps. This is required if the steps  need
                            to  be  triggered  manually  or  if  they  need  to be used as dependencies of other
                            targets. If this option is not specified,  the  default  value  is  taken  from  the
                            EP_STEP_TARGETS   directory  property.   See  ExternalProject_Add_Step()  below  for
                            further discussion of the effects of this option.

                     INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
                            Generate custom targets for the specified  steps  and  prevent  these  targets  from
                            having  the usual dependencies applied to them. If this option is not specified, the
                            default value is taken from the EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory property. This
                            option  is  mostly  useful for allowing individual steps to be driven independently,
                            such as for a  CDash  setup  where  each  step  should  be  initiated  and  reported
                            individually  rather  than  as one whole build. See ExternalProject_Add_Step() below
                            for further discussion of the effects of this option.

              Miscellaneous Options:

                     LIST_SEPARATOR <sep>
                            For any of the various ..._COMMAND options, replace ; with <sep>  in  the  specified
                            command  lines.  This  can  be  useful where list variables may be given in commands
                            where they should end up as space-separated arguments (<sep> would be a single space
                            character string in this case).

                     COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Any  of  the other ..._COMMAND options can have additional commands appended to them
                            by following them with as many COMMAND ... options as needed (generator  expressions
                            are supported). For example:

                               ExternalProject_Add(example
                                 ... # Download options, etc.
                                 BUILD_COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "Starting $<CONFIG> build"
                                 COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} --build <BINARY_DIR> --config $<CONFIG>
                                 COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "$<CONFIG> build complete"
                               )

              It  should also be noted that each build step is created via a call to ExternalProject_Add_Step().
              See that command’s documentation for the automatic  substitutions  that  are  supported  for  some
              options.

   Obtaining Project Properties
       ExternalProject_Get_Property
              The ExternalProject_Get_Property() function retrieves external project target properties:

                 ExternalProject_Get_Property(<name> <prop1> [<prop2>...])

              The  function  stores  property values in variables of the same name. Property names correspond to
              the keyword argument names of ExternalProject_Add().  For example, the source directory  might  be
              retrieved like so:

                 ExternalProject_Get_property(myExtProj SOURCE_DIR)
                 message("Source dir of myExtProj = ${SOURCE_DIR}")

   Explicit Step Management
       The  ExternalProject_Add()  function on its own is often sufficient for incorporating an external project
       into the main build. Certain scenarios require additional work to implement  desired  behavior,  such  as
       adding   in   a   custom   step   or   making  steps  available  as  manually  triggerable  targets.  The
       ExternalProject_Add_Step(),  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  and  ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
       functions provide the lower level control needed to implement such step-level capabilities.

       ExternalProject_Add_Step
              The  ExternalProject_Add_Step()  function  specifies  an  additional  custom  step for an external
              project defined by an earlier call to ExternalProject_Add():

                 ExternalProject_Add_Step(<name> <step> [<option>...])

              <name> is the same as the name passed to the original call to ExternalProject_Add(). The specified
              <step>  must  not  be  one  of the pre-defined steps (mkdir, download, update, skip-update, patch,
              configure, build, install or test). The supported options are:

              COMMAND <cmd>...
                     The command line to be executed by this custom step (generator expressions are  supported).
                     This  option  can be repeated multiple times to specify multiple commands to be executed in
                     order.

              COMMENT <text>...
                     Text to be printed when the custom step executes.

              DEPENDEES <step>...
                     Other steps (custom or pre-defined) on which this step depends.

              DEPENDERS <step>...
                     Other steps (custom or pre-defined) that depend on this new custom step.

              DEPENDS <file>...
                     Files on which this custom step depends.

              BYPRODUCTS <file>...
                     Files that will be generated by this custom step but which might or might  not  have  their
                     modification  time  updated  by  subsequent  builds.  This list of files will ultimately be
                     passed through as the BYPRODUCTS option to the add_custom_command() used to  implement  the
                     custom step internally.

              ALWAYS <bool>
                     When enabled, this option specifies that the custom step should always be run (i.e. that it
                     is always considered out of date).

              EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
                     When enabled, this option specifies that the external project’s main target does not depend
                     on the custom step.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY <dir>
                     Specifies  the  working  directory to set before running the custom step’s command. If this
                     option is not specified, the directory will be the value of the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at
                     the point where ExternalProject_Add_Step() was called.

              LOG <bool>
                     If set, this causes the output from the custom step to be captured to files in the external
                     project’s LOG_DIR if supplied or STAMP_DIR.

              USES_TERMINAL <bool>
                     If enabled, this gives the custom step direct access to the terminal if possible.

              The command line, comment, working directory and byproducts of every standard and custom step  are
              processed  to  replace  the  tokens  <SOURCE_DIR>,  <SOURCE_SUBDIR>,  <BINARY_DIR>,  <INSTALL_DIR>
              <TMP_DIR>, <DOWNLOAD_DIR> and <DOWNLOADED_FILE> with their corresponding property  values  defined
              in the original call to ExternalProject_Add().

       ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets
              The ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() function generates targets for the steps listed. The name of
              each created target will be of the form <name>-<step>:

                 ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(<name> [NO_DEPENDS] <step1> [<step2>...])

              Creating a target for a step allows it to be used as a dependency  of  another  target  or  to  be
              triggered  manually. Having targets for specific steps also allows them to be driven independently
              of each other by specifying targets on build command lines. For example, you may be submitting  to
              a  sub-project  based  dashboard  where you want to drive the configure portion of the build, then
              submit to the dashboard, followed by the build portion, followed by tests. If you invoke a  custom
              target  that  depends  on  a step halfway through the step dependency chain, then all the previous
              steps will also run to ensure everything is up to date.

              If the NO_DEPENDS option is specified, the step target will not depend on the dependencies of  the
              external   project   (i.e.   on   any   dependencies  of  the  <name>  custom  target  created  by
              ExternalProject_Add()). This is usually safe for the download, update and patch steps, since  they
              do  not typically require that the dependencies are updated and built. Using NO_DEPENDS for any of
              the other pre-defined steps, however, may break parallel builds. Only use NO_DEPENDS where  it  is
              certain  that  the  named  steps  genuinely  do  not have dependencies. For custom steps, consider
              whether or not the custom commands require the dependencies to be configured, built and installed.

              Internally, ExternalProject_Add() calls ExternalProject_Add_Step() to create  each  step.  If  any
              STEP_TARGETS  or  INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS  were specified, then ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()
              will also be called after ExternalProject_Add_Step(). INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS have the NO_DEPENDS
              option   set,   whereas  STEP_TARGETS  do  not.  Other  than  that,  the  two  options  result  in
              ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() being called in the same way. Even if a step is not mentioned in
              either  of  those  two  options,  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  can  still be called later to
              manually define a target for the step.

              The STEP_TARGETS and INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS options for ExternalProject_Add() are generally  the
              easiest  way  to  ensure  targets  are  created  for specific steps of interest. For custom steps,
              ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() must be called explicitly if a target should also be created for
              that  custom  step.  An  alternative  to  these two options is to populate the EP_STEP_TARGETS and
              EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory properties. These  act  as  defaults  for  the  step  target
              options  and  can  save  having  to  repeatedly specify the same set of step targets when multiple
              external projects are being defined.

       ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
              The ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies() function can be used to add dependencies to a step. The
              dependencies  added must be targets CMake already knows about (these can be ordinary executable or
              library targets, custom targets or even step targets of another external project):

                 ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(<name> <step> <target1> [<target2>...])

              This function takes care to set both target and file  level  dependencies  and  will  ensure  that
              parallel  builds will not break. It should be used instead of add_dependencies() whenever adding a
              dependency for some of the step targets generated by the ExternalProject module.

   Examples
       The following example shows how to download and build a hypothetical project called FooBar from github:

          include(ExternalProject)
          ExternalProject_Add(foobar
            GIT_REPOSITORY    git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
            GIT_TAG           origin/release/1.2.3
          )

       For the sake of the example, also define a second hypothetical external project called SecretSauce, which
       is  downloaded  from  a  web server. Two URLs are given to take advantage of a faster internal network if
       available, with a fallback to a slower external server. The project is a typical Makefile project with no
       configure  step,  so some of the default commands are overridden. The build is only required to build the
       sauce target:

          find_program(MAKE_EXE NAMES gmake nmake make)
          ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
            URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                              https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
            URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
            CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
            BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
          )

       Suppose the build step of secretsauce requires that foobar must already be built. This could be  enforced
       like so:

          ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(secretsauce build foobar)

       Another  alternative  would  be  to  create  a custom target for foobar’s build step and make secretsauce
       depend on that rather than the whole foobar project. This would mean foobar only needs to  be  built,  it
       doesn’t need to run its install or test steps before secretsauce can be built. The dependency can also be
       defined along with the secretsauce project:

          ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(foobar build)
          ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
            URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                              https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
            URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
            CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
            BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
            DEPENDS           foobar-build
          )

       Instead of calling ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(), the target could be defined along with  the  foobar
       project itself:

          ExternalProject_Add(foobar
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
            GIT_TAG        origin/release/1.2.3
            STEP_TARGETS   build
          )

       If  many  external projects should have the same set of step targets, setting a directory property may be
       more convenient. The build step target could be created  automatically  by  setting  the  EP_STEP_TARGETS
       directory property before creating the external projects with ExternalProject_Add():

          set_property(DIRECTORY PROPERTY EP_STEP_TARGETS build)

       Lastly,  suppose  that secretsauce provides a script called makedoc which can be used to generate its own
       documentation. Further suppose that the script expects the output directory to be provided  as  the  only
       parameter  and  that  it  should be run from the secretsauce source directory. A custom step and a custom
       target to trigger the script can be defined like so:

          ExternalProject_Add_Step(secretsauce docs
            COMMAND           <SOURCE_DIR>/makedoc <BINARY_DIR>
            WORKING_DIRECTORY <SOURCE_DIR>
            COMMENT           "Building secretsauce docs"
            ALWAYS            TRUE
            EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN TRUE
          )
          ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(secretsauce docs)

       The custom step could then be triggered from the main build like so:

          cmake --build . --target secretsauce-docs

   FeatureSummary
       Functions for generating a summary of enabled/disabled features.

       These functions can be used to generate a summary of enabled and disabled packages and/or feature  for  a
       build tree such as:

          -- The following OPTIONAL packages have been found:
          LibXml2 (required version >= 2.4), XML processing lib, <http://xmlsoft.org>
             * Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor
             * Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor
          PNG, A PNG image library., <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>
             * Enables saving screenshots
          -- The following OPTIONAL packages have not been found:
          Lua51, The Lua scripting language., <http://www.lua.org>
             * Enables macros in MyWordProcessor
          Foo, Foo provides cool stuff.

   Global Properties
       FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES

       The global property FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES defines the type of packages used by FeatureSummary.

       The  order in this list is important, the first package type in the list is the least important, the last
       is the most important. the of a package can only be changed to higher types.

       The default package types are , RUNTIME, OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED and  REQUIRED,  and  their  importance  is
       RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED < REQUIRED.

       FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES

       The global property FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES defines which package types are required.

       If  one  or  more  package  in  this  categories  has  not  been  found,  CMake  will  abort when calling
       feature_summary() with the ‘FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES’ option enabled.

       The default value for this global property is REQUIRED.

       FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE

       The global property FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE defines which package type is the default one.   When
       calling  feature_summary(),  if  the  user  did  not set the package type explicitly, the package will be
       assigned to this category.

       This value must be one of the types defined in the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global  property  unless  the
       package type is set for all the packages.

       The default value for this global property is OPTIONAL.

       FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION

       The  global  property  FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION can be defined for each type to replace the type
       name with the specified string whenever the package type is used in an output string.

       If not set, the string “<TYPE> packages” is used.

   Functions
       feature_summary

                 feature_summary( [FILENAME <file>]
                                  [APPEND]
                                  [VAR <variable_name>]
                                  [INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES]
                                  [FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES]
                                  [DESCRIPTION "<description>" | DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION]
                                  [QUIET_ON_EMPTY]
                                  WHAT (ALL
                                       | PACKAGES_FOUND | PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                       | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                       | ENABLED_FEATURES | DISABLED_FEATURES)
                                )

              The feature_summary() macro can be used to print information about enabled or disabled packages or
              features  of  a  project.  By default, only the names of the features/packages will be printed and
              their required version when one was specified.  Use set_package_properties() to  add  more  useful
              information, like e.g.  a download URL for the respective package or their purpose in the project.

              The WHAT option is the only mandatory option.  Here you specify what information will be printed:

              ALL    print everything

              ENABLED_FEATURES
                     the list of all features which are enabled

              DISABLED_FEATURES
                     the list of all features which are disabled

              PACKAGES_FOUND
                     the list of all packages which have been found

              PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                     the list of all packages which have not been found

              For  each  package  type  <TYPE>  defined  by  the  FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES  global property, the
              following information can also be used:

              <TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND
                     only those packages which have been found which have the type <TYPE>

              <TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                     only those packages which have not been found which have the type <TYPE>

              With the exception of the ALL value, these values can  be  combined  in  order  to  customize  the
              output. For example:

                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DISABLED_FEATURES)

              If  a  FILENAME  is  given,  the  information is printed into this file.  If APPEND is used, it is
              appended to this file, otherwise the file is overwritten if it already existed.  If the VAR option
              is  used,  the information is “printed” into the specified variable.  If FILENAME is not used, the
              information is printed to the terminal.  Using the DESCRIPTION option a  description  or  headline
              can  be  set  which  will  be  printed  above the actual content.  If only one type of package was
              requested, no title is printed, unless it is explicitly set using  either  DESCRIPTION  to  use  a
              custom  string,  or  DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION  to  use  a  default  title  for  the requested type.  If
              INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES is given, packages which have been searched  with  find_package(...  QUIET)
              will also be listed. By default they are skipped.  If FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES is given,
              CMake will abort if a package which  is  marked  as  one  of  the  package  types  listed  in  the
              FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES  global  property has not been found.  The default value for the
              FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property is REQUIRED.

              The FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE global property can be modified to change the default  package
              type assigned when not explicitly assigned by the user.

              If  the  QUIET_ON_EMPTY option is used, if only one type of package was requested, and no packages
              belonging to that category were found, then no output (including the DESCRIPTION)  is  printed  or
              added to the VAR variable.

              Example 1, append everything to a file:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 feature_summary(WHAT ALL
                                 FILENAME ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/all.log APPEND)

              Example  2,  print  the  enabled  features  into the variable enabledFeaturesText, including QUIET
              packages:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES
                                 INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES
                                 DESCRIPTION "Enabled Features:"
                                 VAR enabledFeaturesText)
                 message(STATUS "${enabledFeaturesText}")

              Example 3, change default package types and print only the categories that are not empty:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 set_property(GLOBAL APPEND PROPERTY FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES BUILD)
                 find_package(FOO)
                 set_package_properties(FOO PROPERTIES TYPE BUILD)
                 feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_FOUND
                                 Description "Build tools found:"
                                 QUIET_ON_EMPTY)
                 feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                 Description "Build tools not found:"
                                 QUIET_ON_EMPTY)

       set_package_properties

                 set_package_properties(<name> PROPERTIES
                                        [ URL <url> ]
                                        [ DESCRIPTION <description> ]
                                        [ TYPE (RUNTIME|OPTIONAL|RECOMMENDED|REQUIRED) ]
                                        [ PURPOSE <purpose> ]
                                       )

              Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which  can  then  be  displayed  via
              FEATURE_SUMMARY().   This  can  be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which
              uses the module after the find_package() call.  The features for which information can be set  are
              added automatically by the find_package() command.

              URL <url>
                     This  should  be  the  homepage  of the package, or something similar.  Ideally this is set
                     already directly in the Find-module.

              DESCRIPTION <description>
                     A short description what that package is, at  most  one  sentence.   Ideally  this  is  set
                     already directly in the Find-module.

              TYPE <type>
                     What  type  of  dependency has the using project on that package.  Default is OPTIONAL.  In
                     this case it is a package which can be used by the project when available at buildtime, but
                     it  also work without.  RECOMMENDED is similar to OPTIONAL, i.e.  the project will build if
                     the package is not present, but  the  functionality  of  the  resulting  binaries  will  be
                     severely limited.  If a REQUIRED package is not available at buildtime, the project may not
                     even build.  This can be combined with the FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES argument  for
                     feature_summary().   Last, a RUNTIME package is a package which is actually not used at all
                     during the build, but which is required for actually running the resulting binaries.  So if
                     such  a  package  is missing, the project can still be built, but it may not work later on.
                     If set_package_properties() is called multiple times for the same  package  with  different
                     TYPEs,  the  TYPE  is  only  changed  to  higher  TYPEs (RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED <
                     REQUIRED), lower TYPEs are ignored.  The TYPE property is project-specific, so it cannot be
                     set  by  the  Find-module, but must be set in the project.  Type accepted can be changed by
                     setting the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property.

              PURPOSE <purpose>
                     This describes which features this package enables in the project, i.e.  it tells the  user
                     what  functionality  he  gets  in  the  resulting binaries.  If set_package_properties() is
                     called multiple times for a package, all PURPOSE properties  are  appended  to  a  list  of
                     purposes of the package in the project.  As the TYPE property, also the PURPOSE property is
                     project-specific, so it cannot be set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project.

              Example for setting the info for a package:

                 find_package(LibXml2)
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        DESCRIPTION "A XML processing library."
                                        URL "http://xmlsoft.org/")
                 # or
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        TYPE RECOMMENDED
                                        PURPOSE "Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor")
                 # or
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        TYPE OPTIONAL
                                        PURPOSE "Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor")

                 find_package(DBUS)
                 set_package_properties(DBUS PROPERTIES
                   TYPE RUNTIME
                   PURPOSE "Necessary to disable the screensaver during a presentation")

       add_feature_info

                 add_feature_info(<name> <enabled> <description>)

              Use this macro to add information about a feature  with  the  given  <name>.   <enabled>  contains
              whether  this  feature  is  enabled  or  not.  It  can  be  a  variable  or  a list of conditions.
              <description> is  a  text  describing  the  feature.   The  information  can  be  displayed  using
              feature_summary() for ENABLED_FEATURES and DISABLED_FEATURES respectively.

              Example for setting the info for a feature:

                 option(WITH_FOO "Help for foo" ON)
                 add_feature_info(Foo WITH_FOO "The Foo feature provides very cool stuff.")

   Legacy Macros
       The following macros are provided for compatibility with previous CMake versions:

       set_package_info

                 set_package_info(<name> <description> [ <url> [<purpose>] ])

              Use  this  macro  to  set  up information about the named package, which can then be displayed via
              feature_summary().  This can be done either directly in the Find-module or in  the  project  which
              uses  the module after the find_package() call.  The features for which information can be set are
              added automatically by the find_package() command.

       set_feature_info

                 set_feature_info(<name> <description> [<url>])

              Does the same as:

                 set_package_info(<name> <description> <url>)

       print_enabled_features

                 print_enabled_features()

              Does the same as

                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Enabled features:")

       print_disabled_features

                 print_disabled_features()

              Does the same as

                 feature_summary(WHAT DISABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Disabled features:")

   FetchContent
   Overview
       This module enables populating content at configure time via any method supported by the  ExternalProject
       module.   Whereas  ExternalProject_Add()  downloads  at build time, the FetchContent module makes content
       available  immediately,  allowing  the  configure  step   to   use   the   content   in   commands   like
       add_subdirectory(), include() or file() operations.

       Content population details would normally be defined separately from the command that performs the actual
       population.  This separation ensures that all of the dependency details are defined before  anything  may
       try  to  use  those  details to populate content.  This is particularly important in more complex project
       hierarchies where dependencies may be shared between multiple projects.

       The following shows a typical example of declaring content details:

          FetchContent_Declare(
            googletest
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
            GIT_TAG        release-1.8.0
          )

       For most typical cases, populating the content can then be done with a single command like so:

          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(googletest)

       The above command not only populates the content, it also adds it to the main build (if possible) so that
       the main build can use the populated project’s targets, etc.  In some cases, the main project may need to
       have more precise control over the population or may be required  to  explicitly  define  the  population
       steps  (e.g.  if  CMake  versions  earlier  than 3.14 need to be supported).  The typical pattern of such
       custom steps looks like this:

          FetchContent_GetProperties(googletest)
          if(NOT googletest_POPULATED)
            FetchContent_Populate(googletest)
            add_subdirectory(${googletest_SOURCE_DIR} ${googletest_BINARY_DIR})
          endif()

       Regardless of  which  population  method  is  used,  when  using  the  declare-populate  pattern  with  a
       hierarchical  project  arrangement,  projects  at higher levels in the hierarchy are able to override the
       population details of content specified anywhere lower in the project hierarchy.  The ability  to  detect
       whether  content  has  already  been  populated ensures that even if multiple child projects want certain
       content to be available, the first one to populate it wins.  The other child project can simply make  use
       of  the  already  available  content  instead  of  repeating the population for itself.  See the Examples
       section which demonstrates this scenario.

       The FetchContent module also supports defining and populating content in a single call, with no check for
       whether  the  content  has  been  populated  elsewhere  in the project already.  This is a more low level
       operation and would not normally be the way the module is used, but it is sometimes  useful  as  part  of
       implementing some higher level feature or to populate some content in CMake’s script mode.

   Declaring Content Details
       FetchContent_Declare

                 FetchContent_Declare(<name> <contentOptions>...)

              The  FetchContent_Declare()  function  records  the  options  that  describe  how  to populate the
              specified content, but if such  details  have  already  been  recorded  earlier  in  this  project
              (regardless  of  where  in  the  project hierarchy), this and all later calls for the same content
              <name> are ignored.  This “first to record, wins” approach is what allows hierarchical projects to
              have parent projects override content details of child projects.

              The  content  <name>  can  be  any  string  without spaces, but good practice would be to use only
              letters, numbers and underscores.  The name will be treated case-insensitively and  it  should  be
              obvious  for  the  content  it  represents, often being the name of the child project or the value
              given to its top level project() command (if it  is  a  CMake  project).   For  well-known  public
              projects, the name should generally be the official name of the project.  Choosing an unusual name
              makes it unlikely that other projects needing that same content will use the same name, leading to
              the content being populated multiple times.

              The   <contentOptions>   can   be   any   of   the  download  or  update/patch  options  that  the
              ExternalProject_Add() command understands.  The configure,  build,  install  and  test  steps  are
              explicitly  disabled  and  therefore  options  related  to  them  will be ignored.  In most cases,
              <contentOptions> will just be a couple of options defining the download method and method-specific
              details like a commit tag or archive hash.  For example:

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   googletest
                   GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
                   GIT_TAG        release-1.8.0
                 )

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   myCompanyIcons
                   URL      https://intranet.mycompany.com/assets/iconset_1.12.tar.gz
                   URL_HASH 5588a7b18261c20068beabfb4f530b87
                 )

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   myCompanyCertificates
                   SVN_REPOSITORY svn+ssh://svn.mycompany.com/srv/svn/trunk/certs
                   SVN_REVISION   -r12345
                 )

   Populating The Content
       For  most  common  scenarios,  population  means  making content available to the main build according to
       previously declared details for that dependency.  There are two main patterns for populating content, one
       based  on  calling  FetchContent_GetProperties() and FetchContent_Populate() for more precise control and
       the other on calling FetchContent_MakeAvailable() for a simpler, more  automated  approach.   The  former
       generally follows this canonical pattern:

          # Check if population has already been performed
          FetchContent_GetProperties(<name>)
          string(TOLOWER "<name>" lcName)
          if(NOT ${lcName}_POPULATED)
            # Fetch the content using previously declared details
            FetchContent_Populate(<name>)

            # Set custom variables, policies, etc.
            # ...

            # Bring the populated content into the build
            add_subdirectory(${${lcName}_SOURCE_DIR} ${${lcName}_BINARY_DIR})
          endif()

       The  above  is  such  a  common  pattern  that,  where  no  custom  steps are needed between the calls to
       FetchContent_Populate()  and  add_subdirectory(),  equivalent  logic   can   be   obtained   by   calling
       FetchContent_MakeAvailable() instead (and should be preferred where it meets the needs of the project).

       FetchContent_Populate

                 FetchContent_Populate( <name> )

              In  most  cases, the only argument given to FetchContent_Populate() is the <name>.  When used this
              way, the  command  assumes  the  content  details  have  been  recorded  by  an  earlier  call  to
              FetchContent_Declare().   The  details  are stored in a global property, so they are unaffected by
              things like variable or directory scope.  Therefore, it doesn’t matter where in  the  project  the
              details  were  previously  declared,  as  long  as  they  have  been  declared  before the call to
              FetchContent_Populate().   Those  saved  details  are  then  used   to   construct   a   call   to
              ExternalProject_Add()  in  a private sub-build to perform the content population immediately.  The
              implementation of ExternalProject_Add() ensures that if the content has already been populated  in
              a  previous  CMake  run, that content will be reused rather than repopulating them again.  For the
              common case where population involves downloading content, the cost of the download is  only  paid
              once.

              An  internal  global  property  records  when  a  particular  content  population request has been
              processed.  If FetchContent_Populate() is called more than once for the same content name within a
              configure  run,  the  second  call will halt with an error.  Projects can and should check whether
              content population has already been processed with the FetchContent_GetProperties() command before
              calling FetchContent_Populate().

              FetchContent_Populate()  will  set three variables in the scope of the caller; <lcName>_POPULATED,
              <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR  and  <lcName>_BINARY_DIR,  where   <lcName>   is   the   lowercased   <name>.
              <lcName>_POPULATED  will  always  be set to True by the call.  <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR is the location
              where the content can  be  found  upon  return  (it  will  have  already  been  populated),  while
              <lcName>_BINARY_DIR  is a directory intended for use as a corresponding build directory.  The main
              use case for  the  two  directory  variables  is  to  call  add_subdirectory()  immediately  after
              population, i.e.:

                 FetchContent_Populate(FooBar ...)
                 add_subdirectory(${foobar_SOURCE_DIR} ${foobar_BINARY_DIR})

              The  values  of  the  three variables can also be retrieved from anywhere in the project hierarchy
              using the FetchContent_GetProperties() command.

              A number of cache variables influence the behavior  of  all  content  population  performed  using
              details saved from a FetchContent_Declare() call:

              FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR
                     In  most cases, the saved details do not specify any options relating to the directories to
                     use for the internal sub-build, final source and build areas.   It  is  generally  best  to
                     leave these decisions up to the FetchContent module to handle on the project’s behalf.  The
                     FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR cache variable controls the point under which all content  population
                     directories are collected, but in most cases developers would not need to change this.  The
                     default location is ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/_deps, but if developers change  this  value,  they
                     should  aim  to keep the path short and just below the top level of the build tree to avoid
                     running into path length problems on Windows.

              FETCHCONTENT_QUIET
                     The logging output during population can be quite verbose, making the configure stage quite
                     noisy.   This  cache  option (ON by default) hides all population output unless an error is
                     encountered.  If experiencing problems with  hung  downloads,  temporarily  switching  this
                     option off may help diagnose which content population is causing the issue.

              FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED
                     When  this  option is enabled, no attempt is made to download or update any content.  It is
                     assumed that all content has already been  populated  in  a  previous  run  or  the  source
                     directories  have  been  pointed  at  existing contents the developer has provided manually
                     (using options described further below).  When the developer knows  that  no  changes  have
                     been  made  to  any  content details, turning this option ON can significantly speed up the
                     configure stage.  It is OFF by default.

              FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED
                     This is a less severe download/update control compared to  FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED.
                     Instead  of  bypassing all download and update logic, the FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED
                     only disables the update stage.  Therefore, if content has not been downloaded  previously,
                     it  will  still be downloaded when this option is enabled.  This can speed up the configure
                     stage, but not as much as FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED.  It is OFF by default.

              In addition to the above cache variables, the following cache variables are also defined for  each
              content name (<ucName> is the uppercased value of <name>):

              FETCHCONTENT_SOURCE_DIR_<ucName>
                     If this is set, no download or update steps are performed for the specified content and the
                     <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR variable returned to the caller is  pointed  at  this  location.   This
                     gives  developers  a  way  to  have a separate checkout of the content that they can modify
                     freely without interference from the build.  The build simply uses  that  existing  source,
                     but  it  still  defines <lcName>_BINARY_DIR to point inside its own build area.  Developers
                     are strongly encouraged to use this mechanism rather than editing the sources populated  in
                     the  default  location,  as  changes  to  sources  in the default location can be lost when
                     content population details are changed by the project.

              FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED_<ucName>
                     This is the per-content equivalent  of  FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED.  If  the  global
                     option  or  this  option  is  ON,  then  updates  will  be  disabled for the named content.
                     Disabling updates for individual content can be useful for  content  whose  details  rarely
                     change, while still leaving other frequently changing content with updates enabled.

              The  FetchContent_Populate()  command  also  supports  a syntax allowing the content details to be
              specified directly rather than using any saved details.  This is more low-level and  use  of  this
              form  is  generally  to  be  avoided  in  favour of using saved content details as outlined above.
              Nevertheless, in certain situations it can be useful  to  invoke  the  content  population  as  an
              isolated  operation  (typically  as  part  of implementing some other higher level feature or when
              using CMake in script mode):

                 FetchContent_Populate( <name>
                   [QUIET]
                   [SUBBUILD_DIR <subBuildDir>]
                   [SOURCE_DIR <srcDir>]
                   [BINARY_DIR <binDir>]
                   ...
                 )

              This form has a number of key differences to that where only <name> is provided:

              • All required population details are assumed to have  been  provided  directly  in  the  call  to
                FetchContent_Populate(). Any saved details for <name> are ignored.

              • No check is made for whether content for <name> has already been populated.

              • No global property is set to record that the population has occurred.

              • No global properties record the source or binary directories used for the populated content.

              • The  FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED  and  FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED cache variables are
                ignored.

              The <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR and <lcName>_BINARY_DIR variables are still returned to  the  caller,  but
              since  these  locations  are not stored as global properties when this form is used, they are only
              available to  the  calling  scope  and  below  rather  than  the  entire  project  hierarchy.   No
              <lcName>_POPULATED variable is set in the caller’s scope with this form.

              The    supported    options    for   FetchContent_Populate()   are   the   same   as   those   for
              FetchContent_Declare().   Those  few  options  shown   just   above   are   either   specific   to
              FetchContent_Populate()  or  their  behavior  is  slightly modified from how ExternalProject_Add()
              treats them.

              QUIET  The QUIET option can be given to hide the output associated with populating  the  specified
                     content.   If  the  population  fails,  the output will be shown regardless of whether this
                     option was given or not so that the cause of the failure  can  be  diagnosed.   The  global
                     FETCHCONTENT_QUIET  cache variable has no effect on FetchContent_Populate() calls where the
                     content details are provided directly.

              SUBBUILD_DIR
                     The SUBBUILD_DIR argument can be provided to change the location of the  sub-build  created
                     to        perform       the       population.        The       default       value       is
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-subbuild and it would be unusual to need  to  override
                     this  default.   If  a  relative  path  is specified, it will be interpreted as relative to
                     CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.

              SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR
                     The SOURCE_DIR  and  BINARY_DIR  arguments  are  supported  by  ExternalProject_Add(),  but
                     different  default  values  are  used  by  FetchContent_Populate().  SOURCE_DIR defaults to
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-src       and       BINARY_DIR       defaults       to
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-build.   If  a  relative path is specified, it will be
                     interpreted as relative to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.

              In addition to the above explicit options, any  other  unrecognized  options  are  passed  through
              unmodified  to  ExternalProject_Add()  to  perform  the  download,  patch  and  update steps.  The
              following options are explicitly prohibited (they  are  disabled  by  the  FetchContent_Populate()
              command):

              • CONFIGURE_COMMANDBUILD_COMMANDINSTALL_COMMANDTEST_COMMAND

              If using FetchContent_Populate() within CMake’s script mode, be aware that the implementation sets
              up a sub-build which therefore requires a CMake generator and build tool to be available. If these
              cannot be found by default, then the CMAKE_GENERATOR and/or CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM variables will need
              to be set appropriately on the command line invoking the script.

       FetchContent_GetProperties
              When using saved content details, a call to FetchContent_Populate() records information in  global
              properties  which  can  be  queried  at any time.  This information includes the source and binary
              directories associated with the content and also whether or not the content  population  has  been
              processed during the current configure run.

                 FetchContent_GetProperties( <name>
                   [SOURCE_DIR <srcDirVar>]
                   [BINARY_DIR <binDirVar>]
                   [POPULATED <doneVar>]
                 )

              The SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR and POPULATED options can be used to specify which properties should be
              retrieved.  Each option accepts a value which is the name of the variable in which to  store  that
              property.  Most of the time though, only <name> is given, in which case the call will then set the
              same variables as a call to FetchContent_Populate(name).   This  allows  the  following  canonical
              pattern to be used, which ensures that the relevant variables will always be defined regardless of
              whether or not the population has been performed elsewhere in the project already:

                 FetchContent_GetProperties(foobar)
                 if(NOT foobar_POPULATED)
                   FetchContent_Populate(foobar)
                   ...
                 endif()

              The above pattern allows other parts of the overall project hierarchy to re-use the  same  content
              and ensure that it is only populated once.

       FetchContent_MakeAvailable

                 FetchContent_MakeAvailable( <name1> [<name2>...] )

              This  command  implements  the common pattern typically needed for most dependencies.  It iterates
              over each of the named dependencies in turn and for each one it loosely follows the same canonical
              pattern  as  presented  at the beginning of this section.  One small difference to that pattern is
              that it will only call add_subdirectory() on the populated content if there  is  a  CMakeLists.txt
              file  in its top level source directory.  This allows the command to be used for dependencies that
              make downloaded content available at a known location but which do not need or support being added
              directly to the build.

   Examples
       This  first  fairly straightforward example ensures that some popular testing frameworks are available to
       the main build:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            googletest
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
            GIT_TAG        release-1.8.0
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            Catch2
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/catchorg/Catch2.git
            GIT_TAG        v2.5.0
          )

          # After the following call, the CMake targets defined by googletest and
          # Catch2 will be defined and available to the rest of the build
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(googletest Catch2)

       In more complex project hierarchies, the dependency relationships can be more  complicated.   Consider  a
       hierarchy where projA is the top level project and it depends directly on projects projB and projC.  Both
       projB and projC can be built standalone and they also  both  depend  on  another  project  projD.   projB
       additionally  depends  on  projE.  This example assumes that all five projects are available on a company
       git server.  The CMakeLists.txt of each project might have sections like the following:

       projA:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projB
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projB.git
            GIT_TAG        4a89dc7e24ff212a7b5167bef7ab079d
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projC
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projC.git
            GIT_TAG        4ad4016bd1d8d5412d135cf8ceea1bb9
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        origin/integrationBranch
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projE
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projE.git
            GIT_TAG        origin/release/2.3-rc1
          )

          # Order is important, see notes in the discussion further below
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projD projB projC)

       projB:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        20b415f9034bbd2a2e8216e9a5c9e632
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projE
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projE.git
            GIT_TAG        68e20f674a48be38d60e129f600faf7d
          )

          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projD projE)

       projC:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        7d9a17ad2c962aa13e2fbb8043fb6b8a
          )

          # This particular version of projD requires workarounds
          FetchContent_GetProperties(projD)
          if(NOT projd_POPULATED)
            FetchContent_Populate(projD)

            # Copy an additional/replacement file into the populated source
            file(COPY someFile.c DESTINATION ${projd_SOURCE_DIR}/src)

            add_subdirectory(${projd_SOURCE_DIR} ${projd_BINARY_DIR})
          endif()

       A few key points should be noted in the above:

       • projB and projC define different content details for projD, but projA also defines  a  set  of  content
         details  for projD.  Because projA will define them first, the details from projB and projC will not be
         used.  The override details defined by projA are not required to match either of those  from  projB  or
         projC,  but  it  is up to the higher level project to ensure that the details it does define still make
         sense for the child projects.

       • In the projA call to FetchContent_MakeAvailable(), projD is listed ahead of projB and projC  to  ensure
         that projA is in control of how projD is populated.

       • While   projA   defines   content   details   for   projE,   it   does  not  need  to  explicitly  call
         FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projE) or FetchContent_Populate(projD) itself.  Instead, it leaves  that  to
         the  child  projB.   For  higher level projects, it is often enough to just define the override content
         details and leave the actual population to the child projects.  This saves repeating the same thing  at
         each level of the project hierarchy unnecessarily.

       Projects  don’t  always need to add the populated content to the build.  Sometimes the project just wants
       to make the downloaded content available at a predictable location.  The next example ensures that a  set
       of standard company toolchain files (and potentially even the toolchain binaries themselves) is available
       early enough to be used for that same build.

          cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.14)

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            mycom_toolchains
            URL  https://intranet.mycompany.com//toolchains_1.3.2.tar.gz
          )
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(mycom_toolchains)

          project(CrossCompileExample)

       The project could be configured to use one of the downloaded toolchains like so:

          cmake -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=_deps/mycom_toolchains-src/toolchain_arm.cmake /path/to/src

       When  CMake  processes  the  CMakeLists.txt  file,  it  will  download  and  unpack  the   tarball   into
       _deps/mycompany_toolchains-src relative to the build directory.  The CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE variable is not
       used until the project() command is reached, at which point CMake looks  for  the  named  toolchain  file
       relative  to  the build directory.  Because the tarball has already been downloaded and unpacked by then,
       the toolchain file will be in place, even the very first time that cmake is run in the build directory.

       Lastly, the following example demonstrates how one might download and unpack  a  firmware  tarball  using
       CMake’s  script  mode.   The  call  to  FetchContent_Populate() specifies all the content details and the
       unpacked firmware will be placed in a firmware directory below the current working directory.

       getFirmware.cmake:

          # NOTE: Intended to be run in script mode with cmake -P
          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Populate(
            firmware
            URL        https://mycompany.com/assets/firmware-1.23-arm.tar.gz
            URL_HASH   MD5=68247684da89b608d466253762b0ff11
            SOURCE_DIR firmware
          )

   FindPackageHandleStandardArgs
       This   module   provides   a   function   intended   to   be   used   in   Find   Modules    implementing
       find_package(<PackageName>)  calls.   It  handles  the  REQUIRED,  QUIET and version-related arguments of
       find_package.  It also sets the <PackageName>_FOUND variable.  The package is  considered  found  if  all
       variables listed contain valid results, e.g.  valid filepaths.

       find_package_handle_standard_args
              There are two signatures:

                 find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
                   (DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
                   <required-var>...
                   )

                 find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
                   [FOUND_VAR <result-var>]
                   [REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...]
                   [VERSION_VAR <version-var>]
                   [HANDLE_COMPONENTS]
                   [CONFIG_MODE]
                   [REASON_FAILURE_MESSAGE <reason-failure-message>]
                   [FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>]
                   )

              The  <PackageName>_FOUND  variable  will be set to TRUE if all the variables <required-var>... are
              valid and any optional constraints are satisfied, and  FALSE  otherwise.   A  success  or  failure
              message  may be displayed based on the results and on whether the REQUIRED and/or QUIET option was
              given to the find_package() call.

              The options are:

              (DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
                     In the simple signature this specifies the failure message.  Use DEFAULT_MSG to ask  for  a
                     default message to be computed (recommended).  Not valid in the full signature.

              FOUND_VAR <result-var>
                     Obsolete.   Specifies  either  <PackageName>_FOUND  or  <PACKAGENAME>_FOUND  as  the result
                     variable.  This exists only for compatibility with older  versions  of  CMake  and  is  now
                     ignored.  Result variables of both names are always set for compatibility.

              REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...
                     Specify  the  variables  which  are  required  for this package.  These may be named in the
                     generated failure message asking the user to set the missing  variable  values.   Therefore
                     these  should  typically be cache entries such as FOO_LIBRARY and not output variables like
                     FOO_LIBRARIES.

              VERSION_VAR <version-var>
                     Specify the name of a variable that holds the version of the package that has  been  found.
                     This  version will be checked against the (potentially) specified required version given to
                     the find_package()  call,  including  its  EXACT  option.   The  default  messages  include
                     information  about the required version and the version which has been actually found, both
                     if the version is ok or not.

              HANDLE_COMPONENTS
                     Enable handling of package components.   In  this  case,  the  command  will  report  which
                     components have been found and which are missing, and the <PackageName>_FOUND variable will
                     be set to FALSE if any of the required components (i.e.  not  the  ones  listed  after  the
                     OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS option of find_package()) are missing.

              CONFIG_MODE
                     Specify    that   the   calling   find   module   is   a   wrapper   around   a   call   to
                     find_package(<PackageName>   NO_MODULE).    This   implies   a   VERSION_VAR    value    of
                     <PackageName>_VERSION.    The   command   will  automatically  check  whether  the  package
                     configuration file was found.

              REASON_FAILURE_MESSAGE <reason-failure-message>
                     Specify a custom message of the reason for the  failure  which  will  be  appended  to  the
                     default generated message.

              FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>
                     Specify  a  custom  failure  message  instead  of using the default generated message.  Not
                     recommended.

       Example for the simple signature:

          find_package_handle_standard_args(LibXml2 DEFAULT_MSG
            LIBXML2_LIBRARY LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR)

       The LibXml2 package is considered to be found if both LIBXML2_LIBRARY and LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR are  valid.
       Then  also  LibXml2_FOUND  is  set  to  TRUE.   If it is not found and REQUIRED was used, it fails with a
       message(FATAL_ERROR), independent whether QUIET was used or  not.   If  it  is  found,  success  will  be
       reported,  including  the  content of the first <required-var>.  On repeated CMake runs, the same message
       will not be printed again.

       Example for the full signature:

          find_package_handle_standard_args(LibArchive
            REQUIRED_VARS LibArchive_LIBRARY LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR
            VERSION_VAR LibArchive_VERSION)

       In this case,  the  LibArchive  package  is  considered  to  be  found  if  both  LibArchive_LIBRARY  and
       LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR  are  valid.   Also the version of LibArchive will be checked by using the version
       contained in LibArchive_VERSION.  Since no FAIL_MESSAGE is given, the default messages will be printed.

       Another example for the full signature:

          find_package(Automoc4 QUIET NO_MODULE HINTS /opt/automoc4)
          find_package_handle_standard_args(Automoc4  CONFIG_MODE)

       In this case, a FindAutmoc4.cmake module wraps a call to find_package(Automoc4  NO_MODULE)  and  adds  an
       additional  search directory for automoc4.  Then the call to find_package_handle_standard_args produces a
       proper success/failure message.

   FindPackageMessage
          find_package_message(<name> "message for user" "find result details")

       This function is intended to be used in FindXXX.cmake modules files.  It will print a  message  once  for
       each  unique  find  result.   This  is  useful for telling the user where a package was found.  The first
       argument specifies the name (XXX) of the package.  The second argument specifies the message to  display.
       The  third  argument  lists  details  about  the  find  result so that if they change the message will be
       displayed again.  The macro also obeys the QUIET argument to the find_package command.

       Example:

          if(X11_FOUND)
            find_package_message(X11 "Found X11: ${X11_X11_LIB}"
              "[${X11_X11_LIB}][${X11_INCLUDE_DIR}]")
          else()
           ...
          endif()

   FortranCInterface
       Fortran/C Interface Detection

       This module automatically detects the API by which C and Fortran languages interact.

   Module Variables
       Variables that indicate if the mangling is found:

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_FOUND
              Global subroutines and functions.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_FOUND
              Module subroutines and functions (declared by “MODULE PROCEDURE”).

       This module also provides the following variables to specify the detected mangling, though a typical  use
       case does not need to reference them and can use the Module Functions below.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_PREFIX
              Prefix for a global symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SUFFIX
              Suffix for a global symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_CASE
              The case for a global symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__PREFIX
              Prefix for a global symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__SUFFIX
              Suffix for a global symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__CASE
              The case for a global symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_PREFIX
              Prefix for a module symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_MIDDLE
              Middle  of  a  module symbol without an underscore that appears between the name of the module and
              the name of the symbol.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_SUFFIX
              Suffix for a module symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_CASE
              The case for a module symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__PREFIX
              Prefix for a module symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__MIDDLE
              Middle of a module symbol with an underscore that appears between the name of the module  and  the
              name of the symbol.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__SUFFIX
              Suffix for a module symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__CASE
              The case for a module symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

   Module Functions
       FortranCInterface_HEADER
              The FortranCInterface_HEADER function is provided to generate a C header file containing macros to
              mangle symbol names:

                 FortranCInterface_HEADER(<file>
                                          [MACRO_NAMESPACE <macro-ns>]
                                          [SYMBOL_NAMESPACE <ns>]
                                          [SYMBOLS [<module>:]<function> ...])

              It generates in <file> definitions of the following macros:

                 #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL (name,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_(name,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_MODULE (mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_MODULE_(mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...

              These macros mangle four categories of Fortran symbols, respectively:

              • Global symbols without ‘_’: call mysub()

              • Global symbols with ‘_’   : call my_sub()

              • Module symbols without ‘_’: use mymod; call mysub()

              • Module symbols with ‘_’   : use mymod; call my_sub()

              If mangling for a category is not known, its macro is left  undefined.   All  macros  require  raw
              names in both lower case and upper case.

              The options are:

              MACRO_NAMESPACE
                     Replace the default FortranCInterface_ prefix with a given namespace <macro-ns>.

              SYMBOLS
                     List symbols to mangle automatically with C preprocessor definitions:

                        <function>          ==> #define <ns><function> ...
                        <module>:<function> ==> #define <ns><module>_<function> ...

                     If  the  mangling  for some symbol is not known then no preprocessor definition is created,
                     and a warning is displayed.

              SYMBOL_NAMESPACE
                     Prefix all preprocessor definitions generated by the SYMBOLS option with a given  namespace
                     <ns>.

       FortranCInterface_VERIFY
              The  FortranCInterface_VERIFY  function is provided to verify that the Fortran and C/C++ compilers
              work together:

                 FortranCInterface_VERIFY([CXX] [QUIET])

              It tests whether a simple test executable using Fortran and C (and C++  when  the  CXX  option  is
              given)   compiles   and   links   successfully.    The   result  is  stored  in  the  cache  entry
              FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_C (or FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_CXX if CXX is given) as a boolean.  If
              the  check  fails  and  QUIET  is  not  given  the  function terminates with a fatal error message
              describing the problem.  The purpose of this check is to  stop  a  build  early  for  incompatible
              compiler combinations.  The test is built in the Release configuration.

   Example Usage
          include(FortranCInterface)
          FortranCInterface_HEADER(FC.h MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_")

       This  creates  a  “FC.h”  header that defines mangling macros FC_GLOBAL(), FC_GLOBAL_(), FC_MODULE(), and
       FC_MODULE_().

          include(FortranCInterface)
          FortranCInterface_HEADER(FCMangle.h
                                   MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                                   SYMBOL_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                                   SYMBOLS mysub mymod:my_sub)

       This creates a “FCMangle.h” header that defines the same FC_*() mangling macros as the  previous  example
       plus preprocessor symbols FC_mysub and FC_mymod_my_sub.

   Additional Manglings
       FortranCInterface  is  aware  of  possible GLOBAL and MODULE manglings for many Fortran compilers, but it
       also provides an interface to specify new possible manglings.  Set the variables:

          FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
          FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS

       before including FortranCInterface to specify manglings of the symbols MySub, My_Sub, MyModule:MySub, and
       My_Module:My_Sub.  For example, the code:

          set(FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS mysub_ my_sub__ MYSUB_)
            #                                  ^^^^^  ^^^^^^   ^^^^^
          set(FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS
              __mymodule_MOD_mysub __my_module_MOD_my_sub)
            #   ^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^   ^^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^^
          include(FortranCInterface)

       tells  FortranCInterface to try given GLOBAL and MODULE manglings.  (The carets point at raw symbol names
       for clarity in this example but are not needed.)

   GenerateExportHeader
       Function for generation of export macros for libraries

       This module provides the function GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER().

       The GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable  for  preprocessor  inclusion
       which contains EXPORT macros to be used in library classes:

          GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER( LIBRARY_TARGET
                    [BASE_NAME <base_name>]
                    [EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <export_macro_name>]
                    [EXPORT_FILE_NAME <export_file_name>]
                    [DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <deprecated_macro_name>]
                    [NO_EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <no_export_macro_name>]
                    [INCLUDE_GUARD_NAME <include_guard_name>]
                    [STATIC_DEFINE <static_define>]
                    [NO_DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <no_deprecated_macro_name>]
                    [DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED]
                    [PREFIX_NAME <prefix_name>]
                    [CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE <variable>]
          )

       The  target  properties  CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET  and  VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN  can  be  used  to add the
       appropriate compile flags for targets.  See  the  documentation  of  those  target  properties,  and  the
       convenience variables CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN.

       By  default  GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER()  generates macro names in a file name determined by the name of the
       library.  This means that in the simplest case, users of GenerateExportHeader will be equivalent to:

          set(CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
          set(CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN 1)
          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib)
          install(TARGETS somelib DESTINATION ${LIBRARY_INSTALL_DIR})
          install(FILES
           someclass.h
           ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/somelib_export.h DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
          )

       And in the ABI header files:

          #include "somelib_export.h"
          class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass {
            ...
          };

       The CMake fragment will generate  a  file  in  the  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}  called  somelib_export.h
       containing  the  macros  SOMELIB_EXPORT, SOMELIB_NO_EXPORT, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_EXPORT
       and SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_NO_EXPORT.  They will be followed by content taken from the variable specified  by
       the  CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE  option,  if  any.   The  resulting file should be installed with other
       headers in the library.

       The BASE_NAME argument can be used to override the file name and the names used for the macros:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            BASE_NAME other_name
          )

       Generates a file called other_name_export.h containing the macros OTHER_NAME_EXPORT, OTHER_NAME_NO_EXPORT
       and OTHER_NAME_DEPRECATED etc.

       The BASE_NAME may be overridden by specifying other options in the function.  For example:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            EXPORT_MACRO_NAME OTHER_NAME_EXPORT
          )

       creates  the  macro  OTHER_NAME_EXPORT instead of SOMELIB_EXPORT, but other macros and the generated file
       name is as default:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME KDE_DEPRECATED
          )

       creates the macro KDE_DEPRECATED instead of SOMELIB_DEPRECATED.

       If LIBRARY_TARGET is a static library, macros are defined without values.

       If the same sources are used to create both  a  shared  and  a  static  library,  the  uppercased  symbol
       ${BASE_NAME}_STATIC_DEFINE should be used when building the static library:

          add_library(shared_variant SHARED ${lib_SRCS})
          add_library(static_variant ${lib_SRCS})
          generate_export_header(shared_variant BASE_NAME libshared_and_static)
          set_target_properties(static_variant PROPERTIES
            COMPILE_FLAGS -DLIBSHARED_AND_STATIC_STATIC_DEFINE)

       This will cause the export macros to expand to nothing when building the static library.

       If  DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED is specified, then a macro ${BASE_NAME}_NO_DEPRECATED will be defined This macro
       can be used to remove deprecated code from preprocessor output:

          option(EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED "Exclude deprecated parts of the library" FALSE)
          if (EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED)
            set(NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED)
          endif()
          generate_export_header(somelib ${NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED})

       And then in somelib:

          class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass
          {
          public:
          #ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
            SOMELIB_DEPRECATED void oldMethod();
          #endif
          };

          #ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
          void SomeClass::oldMethod() {  }
          #endif

       If PREFIX_NAME is specified, the argument will be used as a prefix to all generated macros.

       For example:

          generate_export_header(somelib PREFIX_NAME VTK_)

       Generates the macros VTK_SOMELIB_EXPORT etc.

          ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS( [<output_variable>] )

       The ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS function adds -fvisibility=hidden to CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS if supported, and is a
       no-op on Windows which does not need extra compiler flags for exporting support.  You may optionally pass
       a single argument to ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS that will be populated  with  the  CXX_FLAGS  required  to
       enable visibility support for the compiler/architecture in use.

       This    function    is    deprecated.     Set    the    target   properties   CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET   and
       VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN instead.

   GetPrerequisites
       Deprecated since version 3.16: Use file(GET_RUNTIME_DEPENDENCIES) instead.

       Functions to analyze and list executable file prerequisites.

       This module provides functions to list the .dll, .dylib or .so files that an executable or shared library
       file depends on.  (Its prerequisites.)

       It uses various tools to obtain the list of required shared library files:

          dumpbin (Windows)
          objdump (MinGW on Windows)
          ldd (Linux/Unix)
          otool (Mac OSX)

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          get_prerequisites
          list_prerequisites
          list_prerequisites_by_glob
          gp_append_unique
          is_file_executable
          gp_item_default_embedded_path
            (projects can override with gp_item_default_embedded_path_override)
          gp_resolve_item
            (projects can override with gp_resolve_item_override)
          gp_resolved_file_type
            (projects can override with gp_resolved_file_type_override)
          gp_file_type

       Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function, break, return and PARENT_SCOPE.

          GET_PREREQUISITES(<target> <prerequisites_var> <exclude_system> <recurse>
                            <exepath> <dirs> [<rpaths>])

       Get  the  list  of  shared  library  files  required  by  <target>.   The  list  in  the  variable  named
       <prerequisites_var> should be empty on first entry to this function.  On exit,  <prerequisites_var>  will
       contain the list of required shared library files.

       <target>  is the full path to an executable file.  <prerequisites_var> is the name of a CMake variable to
       contain the results.  <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or  exclude  “system”
       prerequisites.   If  <recurse>  is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only
       direct prerequisites  are  listed.   <exepath>  is  the  path  to  the  top  level  executable  used  for
       @executable_path  replacment on the Mac.  <dirs> is a list of paths where libraries might be found: these
       paths are searched first when a target without any path info is given.  Then  standard  system  locations
       are also searched: PATH, Framework locations, /usr/lib…

       The variable GET_PREREQUISITES_VERBOSE can be set to true to enable verbose output.

          LIST_PREREQUISITES(<target> [<recurse> [<exclude_system> [<verbose>]]])

       Print a message listing the prerequisites of <target>.

       <target>  is  the  name  of a shared library or executable target or the full path to a shared library or
       executable file.  If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0  only
       direct  prerequisites  are  listed.   <exclude_system>  must  be  0 or 1 indicating whether to include or
       exclude “system” prerequisites.  With <verbose> set to 0 only the full path names  of  the  prerequisites
       are printed, set to 1 extra informatin will be displayed.

          LIST_PREREQUISITES_BY_GLOB(<glob_arg> <glob_exp>)

       Print  the  prerequisites of shared library and executable files matching a globbing pattern.  <glob_arg>
       is  GLOB  or  GLOB_RECURSE  and  <glob_exp>  is  a  globbing  expression   used   with   “file(GLOB”   or
       “file(GLOB_RECURSE”  to  retrieve  a  list  of  matching  files.   If  a matching file is executable, its
       prerequisites are listed.

       Any additional (optional)  arguments  provided  are  passed  along  as  the  optional  arguments  to  the
       list_prerequisites calls.

          GP_APPEND_UNIQUE(<list_var> <value>)

       Append <value> to the list variable <list_var> only if the value is not already in the list.

          IS_FILE_EXECUTABLE(<file> <result_var>)

       Return 1 in <result_var> if <file> is a binary executable, 0 otherwise.

          GP_ITEM_DEFAULT_EMBEDDED_PATH(<item> <default_embedded_path_var>)

       Return the path that others should refer to the item by when the item is embedded inside a bundle.

       Override  on  a  per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_item_default_embedded_path_override
       function.

          GP_RESOLVE_ITEM(<context> <item> <exepath> <dirs> <resolved_item_var>
                          [<rpaths>])

       Resolve an item into an existing full path file.

       Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolve_item_override function.

          GP_RESOLVED_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <exepath> <dirs> <type_var>
                                [<rpaths>])

       Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>.  String describing  type  of  prerequisite  is
       returned in variable named <type_var>.

       Use  <exepath>  and <dirs> if necessary to resolve non-absolute <file> values – but only for non-embedded
       items.

       Possible types are:

          system
          local
          embedded
          other

       Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolved_file_type_override function.

          GP_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <type_var>)

       Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>.  String describing  type  of  prerequisite  is
       returned in variable named <type_var>.

       Possible types are:

          system
          local
          embedded
          other

   GNUInstallDirs
       Define GNU standard installation directories

       Provides install directory variables as defined by the GNU Coding Standards.

   Result Variables
       Inclusion of this module defines the following variables:

       CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
          Destination  for  files  of  a  given  type.   This  value may be passed to the DESTINATION options of
          install() commands for the corresponding file type.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir>
          The absolute path generated from the corresponding CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> value.  If  the  value  is  not
          already  an  absolute  path,  an absolute path is constructed typically by prepending the value of the
          CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX variable.  However, there are some special cases as documented below.

       where <dir> is one of:

       BINDIR user executables (bin)

       SBINDIR
              system admin executables (sbin)

       LIBEXECDIR
              program executables (libexec)

       SYSCONFDIR
              read-only single-machine data (etc)

       SHAREDSTATEDIR
              modifiable architecture-independent data (com)

       LOCALSTATEDIR
              modifiable single-machine data (var)

       RUNSTATEDIR
              run-time variable data (LOCALSTATEDIR/run)

       LIBDIR object code libraries (lib or lib64 or lib/<multiarch-tuple> on Debian)

       INCLUDEDIR
              C header files (include)

       OLDINCLUDEDIR
              C header files for non-gcc (/usr/include)

       DATAROOTDIR
              read-only architecture-independent data root (share)

       DATADIR
              read-only architecture-independent data (DATAROOTDIR)

       INFODIR
              info documentation (DATAROOTDIR/info)

       LOCALEDIR
              locale-dependent data (DATAROOTDIR/locale)

       MANDIR man documentation (DATAROOTDIR/man)

       DOCDIR documentation root (DATAROOTDIR/doc/PROJECT_NAME)

       If the includer does not define a value the above-shown default will be used and the value will appear in
       the cache for editing by the user.

   Special Cases
       The following values of CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX are special:

       /
          For  <dir>  other than the SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR and RUNSTATEDIR, the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
          is prefixed with usr/ if it is not user-specified as an absolute path.  For  example,  the  INCLUDEDIR
          value include becomes usr/include.  This is required by the GNU Coding Standards, which state:
              When  building  the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and /usr will be a symbolic link
              to /.

       /usr
          For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is  computed
          by  prepending  just  / to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
          path.  For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes  /etc.   This  is  required  by  the  GNU  Coding
          Standards.

       /opt/...
          For  <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed
          by appending the prefix to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
          path.   For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc/opt/....  This is defined by the Filesystem
          Hierarchy Standard.

   Macros
       GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir

                 GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir(absvar var)

              Set the given variable absvar to the absolute path contained within the variable var.  This is  to
              allow  the computation of an absolute path, accounting for all the special cases documented above.
              While this macro is used to compute the various CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> variables, it is  exposed
              publicly  to allow users who create additional path variables to also compute absolute paths where
              necessary, using the same logic.

   GoogleTest
       This module defines functions to help use the Google Test  infrastructure.   Two  mechanisms  for  adding
       tests  are provided. gtest_add_tests() has been around for some time, originally via find_package(GTest).
       gtest_discover_tests() was introduced in CMake 3.10.

       The (older) gtest_add_tests() scans source files to identify tests.  This is usually effective, with some
       caveats, including in cross-compiling environments, and makes setting additional properties on tests more
       convenient.  However, its handling  of  parameterized  tests  is  less  comprehensive,  and  it  requires
       re-running CMake to detect changes to the list of tests.

       The  (newer)  gtest_discover_tests()  discovers tests by asking the compiled test executable to enumerate
       its tests.  This is more robust and provides better handling of parameterized tests, and does not require
       CMake  to  be  re-run  when tests change.  However, it may not work in a cross-compiling environment, and
       setting test properties is less convenient.

       More details can be found in the documentation of the respective functions.

       Both commands are intended to replace use of add_test() to register tests, and  will  create  a  separate
       CTest  test  for  each  Google Test test case.  Note that this is in some cases less efficient, as common
       set-up and tear-down logic cannot be shared by multiple  test  cases  executing  in  the  same  instance.
       However,  it  provides  more  fine-grained pass/fail information to CTest, which is usually considered as
       more beneficial.  By  default,  the  CTest  test  name  is  the  same  as  the  Google  Test  name  (i.e.
       suite.testcase); see also TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX.

       gtest_add_tests
              Automatically add tests with CTest by scanning source code for Google Test macros:

                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET target
                                 [SOURCES src1...]
                                 [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                                 [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                                 [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                                 [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                                 [SKIP_DEPENDENCY]
                                 [TEST_LIST outVar]
                 )

              gtest_add_tests  attempts  to identify tests by scanning source files.  Although this is generally
              effective, it uses only a basic regular expression match, which can be defeated by  atypical  test
              declarations,  and is unable to fully “split” parameterized tests.  Additionally, it requires that
              CMake be re-run to discover any newly added, removed or renamed tests (by default, this means that
              CMake  is  re-run when any test source file is changed, but see SKIP_DEPENDENCY).  However, it has
              the advantage of declaring tests at CMake  time,  which  somewhat  simplifies  setting  additional
              properties on tests, and always works in a cross-compiling environment.

              The options are:

              TARGET target
                     Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target.  CMake
                     will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

              SOURCES src1...
                     When provided, only the listed files will be scanned for test cases.  If this option is not
                     given,  the  SOURCES  property  of  the specified target will be used to obtain the list of
                     sources.

              EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
                     Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
                     Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases.  If this option  is  not
                     provided, the current binary directory is used.

              TEST_PREFIX prefix
                     Specifies  a  prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case.  This can be
                     useful when the same source files are being used in multiple calls to gtest_add_test()  but
                     with different EXTRA_ARGS.

              TEST_SUFFIX suffix
                     Similar  to  TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test
                     case.  Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

              SKIP_DEPENDENCY
                     Normally, the function creates a dependency which will cause CMake to be re-run if  any  of
                     the sources being scanned are changed.  This is to ensure that the list of discovered tests
                     is updated.  If this behavior is not desired (as may be the case while actually writing the
                     test cases), this option can be used to prevent the dependency from being added.

              TEST_LIST outVar
                     The  variable  named  by  outVar  will  be  populated in the calling scope with the list of
                     discovered test cases.  This allows the caller to do things like manipulate test properties
                     of the discovered tests.

                 include(GoogleTest)
                 add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                                 TEST_SUFFIX .noArgs
                                 TEST_LIST   noArgsTests
                 )
                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                                 EXTRA_ARGS  --someArg someValue
                                 TEST_SUFFIX .withArgs
                                 TEST_LIST   withArgsTests
                 )
                 set_tests_properties(${noArgsTests}   PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 10)
                 set_tests_properties(${withArgsTests} PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 20)

              For backward compatibility, the following form is also supported:

                 gtest_add_tests(exe args files...)

              exe    The path to the test executable or the name of a CMake target.

              args   A  ;-list of extra arguments to be passed to executable.  The entire list must be passed as
                     a single argument.  Enclose it in quotes, or pass "" for no arguments.

              files...
                     A list of source files to search for tests and test fixtures.  Alternatively, use  AUTO  to
                     specify that exe is the name of a CMake executable target whose sources should be scanned.

                 include(GoogleTest)
                 set(FooTestArgs --foo 1 --bar 2)
                 add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
                 gtest_add_tests(FooTest "${FooTestArgs}" AUTO)

       gtest_discover_tests
              Automatically add tests with CTest by querying the compiled test executable for available tests:

                 gtest_discover_tests(target
                                      [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                                      [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                                      [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                                      [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                                      [NO_PRETTY_TYPES] [NO_PRETTY_VALUES]
                                      [PROPERTIES name1 value1...]
                                      [TEST_LIST var]
                                      [DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT seconds]
                 )

              gtest_discover_tests  sets  up a post-build command on the test executable that generates the list
              of tests by parsing the output  from  running  the  test  with  the  --gtest_list_tests  argument.
              Compared  to  the source parsing approach of gtest_add_tests(), this ensures that the full list of
              tests, including instantiations of parameterized tests, is obtained.  Since test discovery  occurs
              at  build  time,  it is not necessary to re-run CMake when the list of tests changes.  However, it
              requires that CROSSCOMPILING_EMULATOR is properly set in order to function  in  a  cross-compiling
              environment.

              Additionally,  setting  properties  on  tests is somewhat less convenient, since the tests are not
              available at CMake time.  Additional test properties may be assigned to the  set  of  tests  as  a
              whole  using  the  PROPERTIES option.  If more fine-grained test control is needed, custom content
              may be provided through an external CTest script using the TEST_INCLUDE_FILES directory  property.
              The set of discovered tests is made accessible to such a script via the <target>_TESTS variable.

              The options are:

              target Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target.  CMake
                     will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

              EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
                     Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
                     Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases.  If this option  is  not
                     provided, the current binary directory is used.

              TEST_PREFIX prefix
                     Specifies  a  prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case.  This can be
                     useful  when  the  same  test   executable   is   being   used   in   multiple   calls   to
                     gtest_discover_tests() but with different EXTRA_ARGS.

              TEST_SUFFIX suffix
                     Similar  to  TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test
                     case.  Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

              NO_PRETTY_TYPES
                     By default, the type index of type-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual type  name
                     in  the  CTest test name.  If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the type names are
                     unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

              NO_PRETTY_VALUES
                     By default, the value index of value-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual value in
                     the  CTest  test name.  If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the value strings are
                     unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

              PROPERTIES name1 value1...
                     Specifies additional properties to be set on all tests discovered  by  this  invocation  of
                     gtest_discover_tests.

              TEST_LIST var
                     Make   the  list  of  tests  available  in  the  variable  var,  rather  than  the  default
                     <target>_TESTS.  This can be useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple
                     calls to gtest_discover_tests().  Note that this variable is only available in CTest.

              DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT num
                     Specifies  how long (in seconds) CMake will wait for the test to enumerate available tests.
                     If the test takes longer than this, discovery  (and  your  build)  will  fail.   Most  test
                     executables   will   enumerate  their  tests  very  quickly,  but  under  some  exceptional
                     circumstances, a test may require a longer timeout.   The  default  is  5.   See  also  the
                     TIMEOUT option of execute_process().

                     NOTE:
                        In  CMake versions 3.10.1 and 3.10.2, this option was called TIMEOUT.  This clashed with
                        the TIMEOUT test property, which is one of the common properties that would be set  with
                        the  PROPERTIES  keyword, usually leading to legal but unintended behavior.  The keyword
                        was changed to DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT in CMake 3.10.3 to address this problem.  The ambiguous
                        behavior of the TIMEOUT keyword in 3.10.1 and 3.10.2 has not been preserved.

   InstallRequiredSystemLibraries
       Include  this  module  to search for compiler-provided system runtime libraries and add install rules for
       them.  Some optional variables may be set prior to including the module to adjust behavior:

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS
              Specify additional runtime libraries that may not  be  detected.   After  inclusion  any  detected
              libraries will be appended to this.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_SKIP
              Set to TRUE to skip calling the install(PROGRAMS) command to allow the includer to specify its own
              install rule, using the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS to get the list of libraries.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the debug runtime libraries when available with MSVC tools.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES_ONLY
              Set to TRUE to install only the debug runtime libraries  with  MSVC  tools  even  if  the  release
              runtime libraries are also available.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_UCRT_LIBRARIES
              Set  to  TRUE  to  install  the  Windows Universal CRT libraries for app-local deployment (e.g. to
              Windows XP).  This is meaningful only with MSVC from Visual Studio 2015 or higher.

              One may set a CMAKE_WINDOWS_KITS_10_DIR environment variable to an absolute path to tell CMake  to
              look  for  Windows  10  SDKs in a custom location.  The specified directory is expected to contain
              Redist/ucrt/DLLs/* directories.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_MFC_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the MSVC MFC runtime libraries.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_OPENMP_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the MSVC OpenMP runtime libraries

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_DESTINATION
              Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command DESTINATION option.  If not specified, the default is bin on
              Windows and lib elsewhere.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS
              Set  to  TRUE  to  disable warnings about required library files that do not exist.  (For example,
              Visual Studio Express editions may not provide the redistributable files.)

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_COMPONENT
              Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command COMPONENT option.  If not specified, no such option will  be
              used.

   ProcessorCount
       ProcessorCount(var)

       Determine the number of processors/cores and save value in ${var}

       Sets  the  variable  named  ${var}  to  the  number  of  physical  cores  available on the machine if the
       information can be determined.  Otherwise it is set to 0.  Currently this  functionality  is  implemented
       for AIX, cygwin, FreeBSD, HPUX, Linux, macOS, QNX, Sun and Windows.

       This function is guaranteed to return a positive integer (>=1) if it succeeds.  It returns 0 if there’s a
       problem determining the processor count.

       Example use, in a ctest -S dashboard script:

          include(ProcessorCount)
          ProcessorCount(N)
          if(NOT N EQUAL 0)
            set(CTEST_BUILD_FLAGS -j${N})
            set(ctest_test_args ${ctest_test_args} PARALLEL_LEVEL ${N})
          endif()

       This function is intended to offer an approximation of the value of the number of compute cores available
       on  the current machine, such that you may use that value for parallel building and parallel testing.  It
       is meant to help utilize as much of the machine as seems reasonable.  Of course, knowledge of  what  else
       might  be  running  on  the  machine  simultaneously  should  be  used when deciding whether to request a
       machine’s full capacity all for yourself.

   SelectLibraryConfigurations
          select_library_configurations(basename)

       This macro takes a library base name as an argument, and will choose good values for the variables

          basename_LIBRARY
          basename_LIBRARIES
          basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG
          basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE

       depending on what has been found and set.

       If only basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE is defined, basename_LIBRARY will be  set  to  the  release  value,  and
       basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG will be set to basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG-NOTFOUND.  If only basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG is
       defined, then basename_LIBRARY will take the debug value, and basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE  will  be  set  to
       basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE-NOTFOUND.

       If  the  generator supports configuration types, then basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will be set
       with debug and optimized flags specifying the library to be used for  the  given  configuration.   If  no
       build  type  has  been  set  or  the  generator  in  use  does  not  support  configuration  types,  then
       basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will take only the release value,  or  the  debug  value  if  the
       release one is not set.

   SquishTestScript
       This  script  launches  a  GUI  test using Squish.  You should not call the script directly; instead, you
       should access it via the SQUISH_ADD_TEST macro that is defined in FindSquish.cmake.

       This script starts the Squish server, launches the test on the  client,  and  finally  stops  the  squish
       server.  If any of these steps fail (including if the tests do not pass) then a fatal error is raised.

   TestBigEndian
       Define macro to determine endian type

       Check if the system is big endian or little endian

          TEST_BIG_ENDIAN(VARIABLE)
          VARIABLE - variable to store the result to

   TestForANSIForScope
       Check for ANSI for scope support

       Check if the compiler restricts the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement to the loop body.

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_FOR_SCOPE - holds result

   TestForANSIStreamHeaders
       Test for compiler support of ANSI stream headers iostream, etc.

       check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI iostream header (without the .h)

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STREAM_HEADERS - defined by the results

   TestForSSTREAM
       Test for compiler support of ANSI sstream header

       check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI sstream header

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - defined by the results

   TestForSTDNamespace
       Test for std:: namespace support

       check if the compiler supports std:: on stl classes

          CMAKE_NO_STD_NAMESPACE - defined by the results

   UseEcos
       This module defines variables and macros required to build eCos application.

       This  file  contains  the  following  macros:  ECOS_ADD_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES() - add the eCos include dirs
       ECOS_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name source1 …  sourceN )  -  create  an  eCos  executable  ECOS_ADJUST_DIRECTORY(VAR
       source1 …  sourceN ) - adjusts the path of the source files and puts the result into VAR

       Macros  for  selecting  the  toolchain:  ECOS_USE_ARM_ELF_TOOLS()  - enable the ARM ELF toolchain for the
       directory where it is called ECOS_USE_I386_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the i386 ELF toolchain for the  directory
       where it is called ECOS_USE_PPC_EABI_TOOLS() - enable the PowerPC toolchain for the directory where it is
       called

       It contains the following variables: ECOS_DEFINITIONS ECOSCONFIG_EXECUTABLE ECOS_CONFIG_FILE  -  defaults
       to  ecos.ecc, if your eCos configuration file has a different name, adjust this variable for internal use
       only:

          ECOS_ADD_TARGET_LIB

   UseJavaClassFilelist
       This script create a list of compiled Java class files to be added to a jar file.  This avoids  including
       cmake files which get created in the binary directory.

   UseJava
       Use Module for Java

       This  file  provides  functions  for  Java.   It  is  assumed that FindJava has already been loaded.  See
       FindJava for information on how to load Java into your CMake project.

   Creating And Installing JARs
          add_jar(<target_name>
                  [SOURCES] <source1> [<source2>...] [<resource1>...]
                  [INCLUDE_JARS <jar1> [<jar2>...]]
                  [ENTRY_POINT <entry>]
                  [VERSION <version>]
                  [OUTPUT_NAME <name>]
                  [OUTPUT_DIR <dir>]
                  [GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS <target> [DESTINATION <dir>]]
                  )

       This command creates a <target_name>.jar.  It compiles the  given  <source>  files  and  adds  the  given
       <resource>  files  to the jar file.  Source files can be java files or listing files (prefixed by @).  If
       only resource files are given then just a jar file is created.  The list of INCLUDE_JARS are added to the
       classpath  when compiling the java sources and also to the dependencies of the target.  INCLUDE_JARS also
       accepts other target names created by add_jar().   For  backwards  compatibility,  jar  files  listed  as
       sources are ignored (as they have been since the first version of this module).

       The default OUTPUT_DIR can also be changed by setting the variable CMAKE_JAVA_TARGET_OUTPUT_DIR.

       Optionally,  using  option  GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS,  native  header  files  can be generated for methods
       declared as native.  These files provide the connective glue that allow your Java and C code to interact.
       An  INTERFACE target will be created for an easy usage of generated files.  Sub-option DESTINATION can be
       used to specify the output directory for generated header files.

       GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS option requires, at least, version 1.8 of the JDK.

       The add_jar() function sets the following target properties on <target_name>:

       INSTALL_FILES
              The files which should be installed.  This is used by install_jar().

       JNI_SYMLINK
              The JNI symlink which should be installed.  This is used by install_jni_symlink().

       JAR_FILE
              The location of the jar file so that you can include it.

       CLASSDIR
              The directory where the class files can be found.  For example to use them with javah.

          install_jar(<target_name> <destination>)
          install_jar(<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

       This command installs the <target_name> files to the given <destination>.  It should  be  called  in  the
       same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

       The  install_jar()  function  sets  the  INSTALL_DESTINATION  target property on jars so installed.  This
       property holds the <destination> as described above, and is used by install_jar_exports().  You  can  get
       this information with get_property() and the INSTALL_DESTINATION property key.

          install_jni_symlink(<target_name> <destination>)
          install_jni_symlink(<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

       This  command installs the <target_name> JNI symlinks to the given <destination>.  It should be called in
       the same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

          install_jar_exports(TARGETS <jars>...
                              [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
                              FILE <filename>
                              DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

       This command installs  a  target  export  file  <filename>  for  the  named  jar  targets  to  the  given
       <destination> directory.  Its function is similar to that of install(EXPORTS).

          export_jars(TARGETS <jars>...
                      [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
                      FILE <filename>)

       This  command  writes  a  target  export  file  <filename> for the named <jars> targets.  Its function is
       similar to that of export().

   Examples
       To add compile flags to the target you can set these flags with the following variable:

          set(CMAKE_JAVA_COMPILE_FLAGS -nowarn)

       To add a path or a jar file to the class path you can do this with the CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH variable.

          set(CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH /usr/share/java/shibboleet.jar)

       To use a different output name for the target you can set it with:

          add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_NAME shibboleet.jar)

       To use a different output directory than CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR you can set it with:

          add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_DIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin)

       To define an entry point in your jar you can set it with the ENTRY_POINT named argument:

          add_jar(example ENTRY_POINT com/examples/MyProject/Main)

       To define a custom manifest for the jar, you can set it with the MANIFEST named argument:

          add_jar(example MANIFEST /path/to/manifest)

       To add a version to the target output name you can set it using the VERSION named argument to  add_jar().
       The following example will create a jar file with the name shibboleet-1.0.0.jar and will create a symlink
       shibboleet.jar pointing to the jar with the version information.

          add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)

       If the target is a JNI library, utilize the following commands to create a JNI symbolic link:

          set(CMAKE_JNI_TARGET TRUE)
          add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)
          install_jar(shibboleet ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/shibboleet)
          install_jni_symlink(shibboleet ${JAVA_LIB_INSTALL_DIR})

       If a single target needs to produce more than  one  jar  from  its  java  source  code,  to  prevent  the
       accumulation  of  duplicate  class  files in subsequent jars, set/reset CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX prior to
       calling the add_jar() function:

          set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/foo)
          add_jar(foo foo.java)

          set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/bar)
          add_jar(bar bar.java)

       For an optimum usage of option GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS, it is recommended to include  module  JNI  before
       any  call  to add_jar(). The produced target for native headers can then be used to compile C/C++ sources
       with the target_link_libraries() command.

          find_package(JNI)
          add_jar(foo foo.java GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS foo-native)
          add_library(bar bar.cpp)
          target_link_libraries(bar PRIVATE foo-native)

   Finding JARs
          find_jar(<VAR>
                   <name> | NAMES <name1> [<name2>...]
                   [PATHS <path1> [<path2>... ENV <var>]]
                   [VERSIONS <version1> [<version2>]]
                   [DOC "cache documentation string"]
                  )

       This command is used to find a full path to the named jar.  A cache entry named by <VAR>  is  created  to
       store  the  result  of  this  command.   If  the  full path to a jar is found the result is stored in the
       variable and the search will not repeated unless the variable is  cleared.   If  nothing  is  found,  the
       result  will  be  <VAR>-NOTFOUND,  and the search will be attempted again next time find_jar() is invoked
       with the same variable.  The name of the full path to a file that is searched for  is  specified  by  the
       names  listed  after  NAMES  argument.   Additional  search  locations  can  be specified after the PATHS
       argument.  If you require special a version of a jar file you can specify it with the VERSIONS  argument.
       The argument after DOC will be used for the documentation string in the cache.

   Javadoc
       The  create_javadoc()  command  can be used to create java documentation based on files or packages.  For
       more details please read the javadoc manpage.

       There are two main signatures for create_javadoc().  The first signature works with package  names  on  a
       path with source files.

          create_javadoc(<VAR>
                         PACKAGES <pkg1> [<pkg2>...]
                         [SOURCEPATH <sourcepath>]
                         [CLASSPATH <classpath>]
                         [INSTALLPATH <install path>]
                         [DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
                         [WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
                         [AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
                         [USE TRUE|FALSE]
                         [VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
                         )

       For example:

          create_javadoc(my_example_doc
            PACKAGES com.example.foo com.example.bar
            SOURCEPATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}"
            CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
            WINDOWTITLE "My example"
            DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
            AUTHOR TRUE
            USE TRUE
            VERSION TRUE
          )

       The second signature for create_javadoc() works on a given list of files.

          create_javadoc(<VAR>
                         FILES <file1> [<file2>...]
                         [CLASSPATH <classpath>]
                         [INSTALLPATH <install path>]
                         [DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
                         [WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
                         [AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
                         [USE TRUE|FALSE]
                         [VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
                        )

       For example:

          create_javadoc(my_example_doc
            FILES ${example_SRCS}
            CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
            WINDOWTITLE "My example"
            DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
            AUTHOR TRUE
            USE TRUE
            VERSION TRUE
          )

       Both  signatures  share  most  of  the  options.   These options are the same as what you can find in the
       javadoc manpage.  Please look at the manpage  for  CLASSPATH,  DOCTITLE,  WINDOWTITLE,  AUTHOR,  USE  and
       VERSION.

       If you don’t set the INSTALLPATH, then by default the documentation will be installed to :

          ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/javadoc/<VAR>

   Header Generation
          create_javah(TARGET <target> | GENERATED_FILES <VAR>
                       CLASSES <class>...
                       [CLASSPATH <classpath>...]
                       [DEPENDS <depend>...]
                       [OUTPUT_NAME <path>|OUTPUT_DIR <path>]
                       )

       Create C header files from java classes. These files provide the connective glue that allow your Java and
       C code to interact.

       Deprecated since version 3.11.

       NOTE:
          This command will no longer be supported starting with version 10 of the JDK due to the suppression of
          javah tool.  The add_jar(GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS) command should be used instead.

       There  are  two  main signatures for create_javah().  The first signature returns generated files through
       variable specified by the GENERATED_FILES option.  For example:

          create_javah(GENERATED_FILES files_headers
            CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
            CLASSPATH hello.jar
          )

       The second signature for create_javah() creates a target which encapsulates header files generation. E.g.

          create_javah(TARGET target_headers
            CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
            CLASSPATH hello.jar
          )

       Both signatures share same options.

       CLASSES <class>...
              Specifies Java classes used to generate headers.

       CLASSPATH <classpath>...
              Specifies various paths to look up classes. Here .class files, jar files  or  targets  created  by
              command add_jar can be used.

       DEPENDS <depend>...
              Targets on which the javah target depends.

       OUTPUT_NAME <path>
              Concatenates  the resulting header files for all the classes listed by option CLASSES into <path>.
              Same behavior as option -o of javah tool.

       OUTPUT_DIR <path>
              Sets the directory where the header files will be generated.  Same behavior as option -d of  javah
              tool.  If not specified, CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR is used as the output directory.

   UseJavaSymlinks
       Helper script for UseJava.cmake

   UseSWIG
       This file provides support for SWIG. It is assumed that FindSWIG module has already been loaded.

       Defines the following command for use with SWIG:

       swig_add_library
              Define swig module with given name and specified language:

                 swig_add_library(<name>
                                  [TYPE <SHARED|MODULE|STATIC|USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS>]
                                  LANGUAGE <language>
                                  [NO_PROXY]
                                  [OUTPUT_DIR <directory>]
                                  [OUTFILE_DIR <directory>]
                                  SOURCES <file>...
                                 )

              Targets  created  with  the swig_add_library command have the same capabilities as targets created
              with the add_library() command, so those targets can be used with any command expecting  a  target
              (e.g.  target_link_libraries()).

              NOTE:
                 This  command  creates  a  target  with the specified <name> when policy CMP0078 is set to NEW.
                 Otherwise, the legacy behavior will choose  a  different  target  name  and  store  it  in  the
                 SWIG_MODULE_<name>_REAL_NAME variable.

              NOTE:
                 For  multi-config  generators,  this  module  does  not  support  configuration-specific  files
                 generated by SWIG. All build configurations must result in the same generated source file.

              TYPE   SHARED, MODULE and STATIC have the same semantic  as  for  the  add_library()  command.  If
                     USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS  is  specified,  the  library  type will be STATIC or SHARED based on
                     whether the current value of the BUILD_SHARED_LIBS variable is ON. If no type is specified,
                     MODULE will be used.

              LANGUAGE
                     Specify the target language.

              NO_PROXY
                     Prevent the generation of the wrapper layer (swig -noproxy option).

              OUTPUT_DIR
                     Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option). If not given, the
                     CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR variable will be used.  If neither is specified, the default  depends  on
                     the value of the UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION variable as follows:

                     • If   UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION   is   1   or   is   undefined,  output  is  written  to  the
                       CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR directory.

                     • If UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is 2, a dedicated directory will be used.   The  path  of  this
                       directory can be retrieved from the SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY target property.

              OUTFILE_DIR
                     Specify  an  output  directory name where the generated source file will be placed (swig -o
                     option). If not specified, the SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR  variable  will  be  used.  If  neither  is
                     specified, OUTPUT_DIR or CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used instead.

              SOURCES
                     List  of sources for the library. Files with extension .i will be identified as sources for
                     the SWIG tool. Other files will be handled in  the  standard  way.  This  behavior  can  be
                     overriden by specifying the variable SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS.

              NOTE:
                 If  UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is set to 2, it is strongly recommended to use a dedicated directory
                 unique to the target when either the OUTPUT_DIR option or the  CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR  variable  are
                 specified.  The output directory contents are erased as part of the target build, so to prevent
                 interference between targets or losing other important files, each target should have  its  own
                 dedicated output directory.

       swig_link_libraries
              Link libraries to swig module:

                 swig_link_libraries(<name> <item>...)

              This command has same capabilities as target_link_libraries() command.

              NOTE:
                 If  variable  UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE is set to STANDARD, this command is deprecated and
                 target_link_libraries() command must be used instead.

       Source file properties on module files must be set before the invocation of the swig_add_library  command
       to specify special behavior of SWIG and ensure generated files will receive the required settings.

       CPLUSPLUS
              Call SWIG in c++ mode.  For example:

                 set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY CPLUSPLUS ON)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)

       INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS
              Add  custom  flags  to  SWIG  compiler  and  have same semantic as properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES,
              COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

       USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES
              If set to TRUE, contents  of  target  property  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  will  be  forwarded  to  SWIG
              compiler.  If set to FALSE target property INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES will be ignored. If not set, target
              property SWIG_USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES will be considered.

       GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              Add custom flags  to  the  C/C++  generated  source.  They  will  fill,  respectively,  properties
              INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS of generated C/C++ file.

       DEPENDS
              Specify additional dependencies to the source file.

       SWIG_MODULE_NAME
              Specify  the  actual  import  name  of  the module in the target language.  This is required if it
              cannot be scanned automatically from source or different  from  the  module  file  basename.   For
              example:

                 set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY SWIG_MODULE_NAME mymod_realname)

              NOTE:
                 If policy CMP0086 is set to NEW, -module <module_name> is passed to SWIG compiler.

       Target library properties can be set to apply same configuration to all SWIG input files.

       SWIG_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              These  properties  will  be  applied  to  all  SWIG  input  files and have same semantic as target
              properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

                 set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
                 set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS MY_DEF1 MY_DEF2)
                 set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS -bla -blb)

       SWIG_USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES
              If set to TRUE, contents  of  target  property  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  will  be  forwarded  to  SWIG
              compiler.   If  set  to FALSE or not defined, target property INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES will be ignored.
              This behavior can be overridden by specifying source property USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES.

       SWIG_GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              These properties will populate, respectively, properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES,  COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
              and COMPILE_FLAGS of all generated C/C++ files.

       SWIG_DEPENDS
              Add dependencies to all SWIG input files.

       The  following  target  properties are output properties and can be used to get information about support
       files generated by SWIG interface compilation.

       SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES
              This output property list of wrapper files generated during SWIG compilation.

                 set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
                 get_property(support_files TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES)

              NOTE:
                 Only most principal support files are listed. In case some advanced features of SWIG  are  used
                 (for  example  %template),  associated  support  files  may  not  be  listed. Prefer to use the
                 SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY property to handle support files.

       SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY
              This output property specifies the directory where support files will be generated.

       Some variables can be set to customize the behavior of swig_add_library as well as SWIG:

       UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION
              Specify different behaviors for UseSWIG module.

              • Set to 1 or undefined: Legacy behavior is applied.

              • Set to 2: A new strategy is applied regarding support files: the  output  directory  of  support
                files is erased before SWIG interface compilation.

       CMAKE_SWIG_FLAGS
              Add flags to all swig calls.

       CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR
              Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option).

       SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR
              Specify  an  output  directory  name  where  the  generated  source  file  will be placed.  If not
              specified, CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used.

       SWIG_MODULE_<name>_EXTRA_DEPS
              Specify extra dependencies for the generated module for <name>.

       SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS
              Specify a list of source file extensions to override the default behavior of considering  only  .i
              files as sources for the SWIG tool. For example:

                 set(SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS ".i" ".swg")

   UsewxWidgets
       Convenience include for using wxWidgets library.

       Determines   if   wxWidgets   was   FOUND   and   sets   the   appropriate  libs,  incdirs,  flags,  etc.
       INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and LINK_DIRECTORIES are called.

       USAGE

          # Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
          find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
          include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
          # and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
          target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

       DEPRECATED

          LINK_LIBRARIES is not called in favor of adding dependencies per target.

       AUTHOR

          Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de>

   WriteCompilerDetectionHeader
       This module provides the function write_compiler_detection_header().

       This function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor inclusion which contains macros to
       be used in source code:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
                    FILE <file>
                    PREFIX <prefix>
                    [OUTPUT_FILES_VAR <output_files_var> OUTPUT_DIR <output_dir>]
                    COMPILERS <compiler> [...]
                    FEATURES <feature> [...]
                    [BARE_FEATURES <feature> [...]]
                    [VERSION <version>]
                    [PROLOG <prolog>]
                    [EPILOG <epilog>]
                    [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS]
                    [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS]
          )

       This generates the file <file> with macros which all have the prefix <prefix>.

       By  default,  all  content  is  written directly to the <file>.  The OUTPUT_FILES_VAR may be specified to
       cause the compiler-specific content to be written  to  separate  files.   The  separate  files  are  then
       available  in the <output_files_var> and may be consumed by the caller for installation for example.  The
       OUTPUT_DIR specifies a relative path from the main <file> to the compiler-specific files. For example:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
            FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            PREFIX ClimbingStats
            OUTPUT_FILES_VAR support_files
            OUTPUT_DIR compilers
            COMPILERS GNU Clang MSVC Intel
            FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
          )
          install(FILES
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            DESTINATION include
          )
          install(FILES
            ${support_files}
            DESTINATION include/compilers
          )

       VERSION may be used to specify the API version to be generated.  Future versions of CMake  may  introduce
       alternative APIs.  A given API is selected by any <version> value greater than or equal to the version of
       CMake that introduced the given API and less than the version of CMake  that  introduced  its  succeeding
       API.   The  value  of  the  CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION  variable  is  used  if no explicit version is
       specified.  (As of CMake version 3.16.3 there is only one API version.)

       PROLOG may be specified as text content to write at the start of the header. EPILOG may be  specified  as
       text content to write at the end of the header

       At  least  one  <compiler> and one <feature> must be listed.  Compilers which are known to CMake, but not
       specified are detected and a preprocessor #error is generated for them.  A  preprocessor  macro  matching
       <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler>  is  generated for each compiler known to CMake to contain the value 0 or
       1.

       Possible compiler identifiers are  documented  with  the  CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_ID  variable.   Available
       features  in  this version of CMake are listed in the CMAKE_C_KNOWN_FEATURES and CMAKE_CXX_KNOWN_FEATURES
       global properties.  The {c,cxx}_std_* meta-features are ignored if requested.

       See the cmake-compile-features(7) manual for information on compile features.

       BARE_FEATURES will define the compatibility macros with the name used in newer versions of  the  language
       standard, so the code can use the new feature name unconditionally.

       ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS  and ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS cause the module to generate conditions that
       treat unknown compilers as simply lacking all features.  Without these options the default behavior is to
       generate a #error for unknown compilers and versions.

   Feature Test Macros
       For  each  compiler, a preprocessor macro is generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> which has
       the content either 0 or 1, depending on the compiler in use. Preprocessor  macros  for  compiler  version
       components  are  generated  matching  <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR and
       <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH  containing  decimal  values  for  the  corresponding  compiler   version
       components, if defined.

       A  preprocessor test is generated based on the compiler version denoting whether each feature is enabled.
       A preprocessor macro matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_<FEATURE>, where <FEATURE> is  the  upper-case  <feature>
       name,  is  generated  to  contain  the value 0 or 1 depending on whether the compiler in use supports the
       feature:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
            FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            PREFIX ClimbingStats
            COMPILERS GNU Clang AppleClang MSVC Intel
            FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
          )

          #if ClimbingStats_COMPILER_CXX_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES
          template<typename... T>
          void someInterface(T t...) { /* ... */ }
          #else
          // Compatibility versions
          template<typename T1>
          void someInterface(T1 t1) { /* ... */ }
          template<typename T1, typename T2>
          void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2) { /* ... */ }
          template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
          void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2, T3 t3) { /* ... */ }
          #endif

   Symbol Macros
       Some additional symbol-defines are created for particular features  for  use  as  symbols  which  may  be
       conditionally defined empty:

          class MyClass ClimbingStats_FINAL
          {
              ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR int someInterface() { return 42; }
          };

       The  ClimbingStats_FINAL macro will expand to final if the compiler (and its flags) support the cxx_final
       feature, and the ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR macro will expand to constexpr if cxx_constexpr is supported.

       If BARE_FEATURES cxx_final was given as argument the final keyword will be  defined  for  old  compilers,
       too.

       The following features generate corresponding symbol defines and if they are available as BARE_FEATURES:

                       ┌──────────────────────┬───────────────────────────┬─────────────┬──────┐
                       │Feature               │ Define                    │ Symbol      │ bare │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │c_restrict<PREFIX>_RESTRICTrestrict    │ yes  │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_constexpr<PREFIX>_CONSTEXPRconstexpr   │ yes  │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_deleted_functions<PREFIX>_DELETED_FUNCTION= delete    │      │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_extern_templates<PREFIX>_EXTERN_TEMPLATEextern      │      │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_final<PREFIX>_FINALfinal       │ yes  │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_noexcept<PREFIX>_NOEXCEPTnoexcept    │ yes  │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_noexcept<PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT_EXPR(X)noexcept(X) │      │
                       ├──────────────────────┼───────────────────────────┼─────────────┼──────┤
                       │cxx_override<PREFIX>_OVERRIDEoverride    │ yes  │
                       └──────────────────────┴───────────────────────────┴─────────────┴──────┘

   Compatibility Implementation Macros
       Some features are suitable for wrapping in a macro with a backward compatibility  implementation  if  the
       compiler does not support the feature.

       When  the  cxx_static_assert  feature  is not provided by the compiler, a compatibility implementation is
       available via the <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT(COND) and  <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(COND,  MSG)  function-like
       macros.  The  macros  expand  to  static_assert  where  that  compiler  feature  is  available,  and to a
       compatibility implementation otherwise. In the first form, the condition is stringified  in  the  message
       field  of  static_assert.   In  the  second  form,  the  message  MSG  is  passed to the message field of
       static_assert, or ignored if using the backward compatibility implementation.

       The cxx_attribute_deprecated feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED,  which  expands  to
       either   the   standard   [[deprecated]]   attribute   or   a   compiler-specific   decorator   such   as
       __attribute__((__deprecated__)) used by GNU compilers.

       The cxx_alignas feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNAS which expands to either the standard
       alignas  decorator  or  a  compiler-specific  decorator such as __attribute__ ((__aligned__)) used by GNU
       compilers.

       The cxx_alignof feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNOF which expands to either the standard
       alignof decorator or a compiler-specific decorator such as __alignof__ used by GNU compilers.

                    ┌─────────────────────────┬────────────────────────────┬────────────────┬──────┐
                    │Feature                  │ Define                     │ Symbol         │ bare │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_alignas<PREFIX>_ALIGNASalignas        │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_alignof<PREFIX>_ALIGNOFalignof        │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_nullptr<PREFIX>_NULLPTRnullptr        │ yes  │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_static_assert<PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERTstatic_assert  │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_static_assert<PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSGstatic_assert  │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_attribute_deprecated<PREFIX>_DEPRECATED[[deprecated]] │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_attribute_deprecated<PREFIX>_DEPRECATED_MSG[[deprecated]] │      │
                    ├─────────────────────────┼────────────────────────────┼────────────────┼──────┤
                    │cxx_thread_local<PREFIX>_THREAD_LOCALthread_local   │      │
                    └─────────────────────────┴────────────────────────────┴────────────────┴──────┘

       A  use-case  which  arises with such deprecation macros is the deprecation of an entire library.  In that
       case, all public API in the library may be decorated with the <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED macro.  This results in
       very  noisy build output when building the library itself, so the macro may be may be defined to empty in
       that case when building the deprecated library:

          add_library(compat_support ${srcs})
          target_compile_definitions(compat_support
            PRIVATE
              CompatSupport_DEPRECATED=
          )

FIND MODULES

       These modules search for third-party software.  They  are  normally  called  through  the  find_package()
       command.

   FindALSA
       Find Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA)

       Find the alsa libraries (asound)

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target ALSA::ALSA, if ALSA has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       ALSA_FOUND
              True if ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR & ALSA_LIBRARY are found

       ALSA_LIBRARIES
              List of libraries when using ALSA.

       ALSA_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Where to find the ALSA headers.

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR
              the ALSA include directory

       ALSA_LIBRARY
              the absolute path of the asound library

   FindArmadillo
       Find the Armadillo C++ library.  Armadillo is library for linear algebra & scientific computing.

       Using Armadillo:

          find_package(Armadillo REQUIRED)
          include_directories(${ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS})
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo ${ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES})

       This module sets the following variables:

          ARMADILLO_FOUND - set to true if the library is found
          ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS - list of required include directories
          ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES - list of libraries to be linked
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_MAJOR - major version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_MINOR - minor version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_PATCH - patch version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_STRING - version number as a string (ex: "1.0.4")
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_NAME - name of the version (ex: "Antipodean Antileech")

   FindASPELL
       Try to find ASPELL

       Once done this will define

          ASPELL_FOUND - system has ASPELL
          ASPELL_EXECUTABLE - the ASPELL executable
          ASPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the ASPELL include directory
          ASPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use ASPELL
          ASPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using ASPELL

   FindAVIFile
       Locate AVIFILE library and include paths

       AVIFILE  (http://avifile.sourceforge.net/)  is  a  set  of libraries for i386 machines to use various AVI
       codecs.  Support is limited beyond Linux.  Windows provides native AVI support, and so doesn’t need  this
       library.  This module defines

          AVIFILE_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find avifile.h , etc.
          AVIFILE_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
          AVIFILE_DEFINITIONS, definitions to use when compiling
          AVIFILE_FOUND, If false, don't try to use AVIFILE

   FindBISON
       Find bison executable and provide a macro to generate custom build rules.

       The module defines the following variables:

       BISON_EXECUTABLE
              path to the bison program

       BISON_VERSION
              version of bison

       BISON_FOUND
              “True” if the program was found

       The  minimum  required  version  of  bison  can  be  specified  using  the  standard  CMake  syntax, e.g.
       find_package(BISON 2.1.3).

       If bison is found, the module defines the macro:

          BISON_TARGET(<Name> <YaccInput> <CodeOutput>
                       [COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>]
                       [DEFINES_FILE <file>]
                       [VERBOSE [<file>]]
                       [REPORT_FILE <file>]
                       )

       which will create a custom rule to  generate  a  parser.   <YaccInput>  is  the  path  to  a  yacc  file.
       <CodeOutput>  is the name of the source file generated by bison.  A header file is also be generated, and
       contains the token list.

       The options are:

       COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>
              Specify flags to be added to the bison command line.

       DEFINES_FILE <file>
              Specify a non-default header <file> to be generated by bison.

       VERBOSE [<file>]
              Tell bison to write a report file of the grammar and parser.  If <file>  is  given,  it  specifies
              path  the  report  file is copied to.  [<file>] is left for backward compatibility of this module.
              Use VERBOSE REPORT_FILE <file>.

       REPORT_FILE <file>
              Specify a non-default report <file>, if generated.

       The macro defines the following variables:

       BISON_<Name>_DEFINED
              True is the macro ran successfully

       BISON_<Name>_INPUT
              The input source file, an alias for <YaccInput>

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_SOURCE
              The source file generated by bison

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_HEADER
              The header file generated by bison

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUTS
              All files generated by bison including the source, the header and the report

       BISON_<Name>_COMPILE_FLAGS
              Options used in the bison command line

       Example usage:

          find_package(BISON)
          BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp
                       DEFINES_FILE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.h)
          add_executable(Foo main.cpp ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS})

   FindBLAS
       Find Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms (BLAS) library

       This module finds an installed Fortran library that implements the  BLAS  linear-algebra  interface  (see
       http://www.netlib.org/blas/).   The list of libraries searched for is taken from the autoconf macro file,
       acx_blas.m4 (distributed at http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_blas.html).

   Input Variables
       The following variables may be set to influence this module’s behavior:

       BLA_STATIC
              if ON use static linkage

       BLA_VENDOR
              If set, checks only the specified vendor, if not  set  checks  all  the  possibilities.   List  of
              vendors valid in this module:

              • Goto

              • OpenBLAS

              • FLAME

              • ATLAS PhiPACK

              • CXML

              • DXML

              • SunPerf

              • SCSL

              • SGIMATH

              • IBMESSL

              • Intel10_32 (intel mkl v10 32 bit)

              • Intel10_64lp (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, lp64 model)

              • Intel10_64lp_seq (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, lp64 model)

              • Intel10_64ilp (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, ilp64 model)

              • Intel10_64ilp_seq (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, ilp64 model)

              • Intel (obsolete versions of mkl 32 and 64 bit)

              • ACML

              • ACML_MP

              • ACML_GPU

              • Apple

              • NAS

              • Generic

       BLA_F95
              if ON tries to find the BLAS95 interfaces

       BLA_PREFER_PKGCONFIG
              if  set  pkg-config  will  be  used to search for a BLAS library first and if one is found that is
              preferred

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       BLAS_FOUND
              library implementing the BLAS interface is found

       BLAS_LINKER_FLAGS
              uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l and -L).

       BLAS_LIBRARIES
              uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to link against to use BLAS  (may  be  empty  if
              compiler implicitly links BLAS)

       BLAS95_LIBRARIES
              uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to link against to use BLAS95 interface

       BLAS95_FOUND
              library implementing the BLAS95 interface is found

       NOTE:
          C or CXX must be enabled to use Intel Math Kernel Library (MKL)

          For example, to use Intel MKL libraries and/or Intel compiler:

              set(BLA_VENDOR Intel10_64lp)
              find_package(BLAS)

   Hints
       Set MKLROOT environment variable to a directory that contains an MKL installation.

   FindBacktrace
       Find provider for backtrace(3).

       Checks  if OS supports backtrace(3) via either libc or custom library.  This module defines the following
       variables:

       Backtrace_HEADER
              The header file needed for backtrace(3). Cached.  Could be forcibly set by user.

       Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The include directories needed to use backtrace(3) header.

       Backtrace_LIBRARIES
              The libraries (linker flags) needed to use backtrace(3), if any.

       Backtrace_FOUND
              Is set if and only if backtrace(3) support detected.

       The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

       Backtrace_LIBRARY
              The external library providing backtrace, if any.

       Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIR
              The directory holding the backtrace(3) header.

       Typical usage is to generate of header file using configure_file() with the contents like the following:

          #cmakedefine01 Backtrace_FOUND
          #if Backtrace_FOUND
          # include <${Backtrace_HEADER}>
          #endif

       And then reference that generated header file in actual source.

   FindBoost
       Find Boost include dirs and libraries

       Use this module by invoking find_package with the form:

          find_package(Boost
            [version] [EXACT]      # Minimum or EXACT version e.g. 1.67.0
            [REQUIRED]             # Fail with error if Boost is not found
            [COMPONENTS <libs>...] # Boost libraries by their canonical name
                                   # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"
            [OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS <libs>...]
                                   # Optional Boost libraries by their canonical name)
            )                      # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"

       This module finds headers and requested  component  libraries  OR  a  CMake  package  configuration  file
       provided by a “Boost CMake” build.  For the latter case skip to the “Boost CMake” section below.  For the
       former case results are reported in variables:

          Boost_FOUND            - True if headers and requested libraries were found
          Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS     - Boost include directories
          Boost_LIBRARY_DIRS     - Link directories for Boost libraries
          Boost_LIBRARIES        - Boost component libraries to be linked
          Boost_<C>_FOUND        - True if component <C> was found (<C> is upper-case)
          Boost_<C>_LIBRARY      - Libraries to link for component <C> (may include
                                   target_link_libraries debug/optimized keywords)
          Boost_VERSION_MACRO    - BOOST_VERSION value from boost/version.hpp
          Boost_VERSION_STRING   - Boost version number in x.y.z format
          Boost_VERSION          - if CMP0093 NEW => same as Boost_VERSION_STRING
                                   if CMP0093 OLD or unset => same as Boost_VERSION_MACRO
          Boost_LIB_VERSION      - Version string appended to library filenames
          Boost_VERSION_MAJOR    - Boost major version number (X in X.y.z)
                                   alias: Boost_MAJOR_VERSION
          Boost_VERSION_MINOR    - Boost minor version number (Y in x.Y.z)
                                   alias: Boost_MINOR_VERSION
          Boost_VERSION_PATCH    - Boost subminor version number (Z in x.y.Z)
                                   alias: Boost_SUBMINOR_VERSION
          Boost_VERSION_COUNT    - Amount of version components (3)
          Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS (Windows)
                                 - Pass to add_definitions() to have diagnostic
                                   information about Boost's automatic linking
                                   displayed during compilation

       Note that Boost Python components require a Python version suffix (Boost 1.67 and later),  e.g.  python36
       or  python27  for  the  versions  built  against  Python 3.6 and 2.7, respectively.  This also applies to
       additional components using Python including mpi_python  and  numpy.   Earlier  Boost  releases  may  use
       distribution-specific  suffixes  such  as 2, 3 or 2.7.  These may also be used as suffixes, but note that
       they are not portable.

       This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

          BOOST_ROOT             - Preferred installation prefix
           (or BOOSTROOT)
          BOOST_INCLUDEDIR       - Preferred include directory e.g. <prefix>/include
          BOOST_LIBRARYDIR       - Preferred library directory e.g. <prefix>/lib
          Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS  - Set to ON to disable searching in locations not
                                   specified by these hint variables. Default is OFF.
          Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
                                 - List of Boost versions not known to this module
                                   (Boost install locations may contain the version)

       and saves search results persistently in CMake cache entries:

          Boost_INCLUDE_DIR         - Directory containing Boost headers
          Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE - Directory containing release Boost libraries
          Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG   - Directory containing debug Boost libraries
          Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG   - Component <C> library debug variant
          Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE - Component <C> library release variant

       The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

          Boost::headers                - Target for header-only dependencies
                                          (Boost include directory)
                                          alias: Boost::boost
          Boost::<C>                    - Target for specific component dependency
                                          (shared or static library); <C> is lower-
                                          case
          Boost::diagnostic_definitions - interface target to enable diagnostic
                                          information about Boost's automatic linking
                                          during compilation (adds BOOST_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC)
          Boost::disable_autolinking    - interface target to disable automatic
                                          linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_NO_LIB)
          Boost::dynamic_linking        - interface target to enable dynamic linking
                                          linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_DYN_LINK)

       Implicit dependencies such as Boost::filesystem requiring Boost::system will  be  automatically  detected
       and  satisfied,  even  if  system  is not specified when using find_package() and if Boost::system is not
       added to target_link_libraries().  If using Boost::thread,  then  Threads::Threads  will  also  be  added
       automatically.

       It  is  important  to  note  that  the imported targets behave differently than variables created by this
       module: multiple calls to find_package(Boost) in the same directory  or  sub-directories  with  different
       options (e.g. static or shared) will not override the values of the targets created by the first call.

       Users  may  set these hints or results as CACHE entries.  Projects should not read these entries directly
       but instead use the above result variables.  Note that some hint names start in upper-case “BOOST”.   One
       may specify these as environment variables if they are not specified as CMake variables or cache entries.

       This  module  first  searches  for  the  Boost  header  files  using  the above hint variables (excluding
       BOOST_LIBRARYDIR) and saves the result in Boost_INCLUDE_DIR.  Then it searches  for  requested  component
       libraries  using  the  above  hints  (excluding  BOOST_INCLUDEDIR  and  Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS), “lib”
       directories near Boost_INCLUDE_DIR, and the library name configuration  settings  below.   It  saves  the
       library  directories  in  Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG  and  Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE  and individual library
       locations in Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG and Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE.  When one changes  settings  used  by
       previous  searches in the same build tree (excluding environment variables) this module discards previous
       search results affected by the changes and searches again.

       Boost libraries come in many variants encoded in their file name.  Users or projects may tell this module
       which variant to find by setting variables:

          Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS     - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
                                     and use the debug libraries.  Default is ON.
          Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS   - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
                                     and use the release libraries.  Default is ON.
          Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED  - Set to OFF to use the non-multithreaded
                                     libraries ('mt' tag).  Default is ON.
          Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS    - Set to ON to force the use of the static
                                     libraries.  Default is OFF.
          Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
                                     libraries linked statically to the C++ runtime
                                     ('s' tag).  Default is platform dependent.
          Boost_USE_DEBUG_RUNTIME  - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
                                     libraries linked to the MS debug C++ runtime
                                     ('g' tag).  Default is ON.
          Boost_USE_DEBUG_PYTHON   - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with a
                                     debug Python build ('y' tag). Default is OFF.
          Boost_USE_STLPORT        - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
                                     STLPort ('p' tag).  Default is OFF.
          Boost_USE_STLPORT_DEPRECATED_NATIVE_IOSTREAMS
                                   - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
                                     STLPort deprecated "native iostreams"
                                     ('n' tag).  Default is OFF.
          Boost_COMPILER           - Set to the compiler-specific library suffix
                                     (e.g. "-gcc43").  Default is auto-computed
                                     for the C++ compiler in use.  A list may be
                                     used if multiple compatible suffixes should
                                     be tested for, in decreasing order of
                                     preference.
          Boost_ARCHITECTURE       - Set to the architecture-specific library suffix
                                     (e.g. "-x64").  Default is auto-computed for the
                                     C++ compiler in use.
          Boost_THREADAPI          - Suffix for "thread" component library name,
                                     such as "pthread" or "win32".  Names with
                                     and without this suffix will both be tried.
          Boost_NAMESPACE          - Alternate namespace used to build boost with
                                     e.g. if set to "myboost", will search for
                                     myboost_thread instead of boost_thread.

       Other variables one may set to control this module are:

          Boost_DEBUG              - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindBoost.
                                     Please enable this before filing any bug report.
          Boost_REALPATH           - Set to ON to resolve symlinks for discovered
                                     libraries to assist with packaging.  For example,
                                     the "system" component library may be resolved to
                                     "/usr/lib/libboost_system.so.1.67.0" instead of
                                     "/usr/lib/libboost_system.so".  This does not
                                     affect linking and should not be enabled unless
                                     the user needs this information.
          Boost_LIBRARY_DIR        - Default value for Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and
                                     Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG.

       On  Visual  Studio  and  Borland  compilers  Boost  headers  request  automatic  linking to corresponding
       libraries.  This requires matching libraries to be linked explicitly or available  in  the  link  library
       search  path.   In this case setting Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS to OFF may not achieve dynamic linking.  Boost
       automatic linking typically requests static libraries with a few exceptions (such as Boost.Python).  Use:

          add_definitions(${Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS})

       to ask Boost to report information about automatic linking requests.

       Example to find Boost headers only:

          find_package(Boost 1.36.0)
          if(Boost_FOUND)
            include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
            add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          endif()

       Example to find Boost libraries and use imported targets:

          find_package(Boost 1.56 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
                       date_time filesystem iostreams)
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo Boost::date_time Boost::filesystem
                                    Boost::iostreams)

       Example to find Boost Python 3.6 libraries and use imported targets:

          find_package(Boost 1.67 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
                       python36 numpy36)
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo Boost::python36 Boost::numpy36)

       Example to find Boost headers and some static (release only) libraries:

          set(Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS        ON)  # only find static libs
          set(Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS         OFF) # ignore debug libs and
          set(Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS       ON)  # only find release libs
          set(Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED      ON)
          set(Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME    OFF)
          find_package(Boost 1.66.0 COMPONENTS date_time filesystem system ...)
          if(Boost_FOUND)
            include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
            add_executable(foo foo.cc)
            target_link_libraries(foo ${Boost_LIBRARIES})
          endif()

   Boost CMake
       If Boost was built using the  boost-cmake  project  or  from  Boost  1.70.0  on  it  provides  a  package
       configuration  file  for  use  with  find_package’s  config  mode.   This  module  looks  for the package
       configuration file called BoostConfig.cmake or boost-config.cmake and stores the result  in  CACHE  entry
       “Boost_DIR”.   If found, the package configuration file is loaded and this module returns with no further
       action.  See documentation of the Boost CMake package configuration for details on what it provides.

       Set Boost_NO_BOOST_CMAKE to ON, to disable the search for boost-cmake.

   FindBullet
       Try to find the Bullet physics engine

          This module defines the following variables

          BULLET_FOUND - Was bullet found
          BULLET_INCLUDE_DIRS - the Bullet include directories
          BULLET_LIBRARIES - Link to this, by default it includes
                             all bullet components (Dynamics,
                             Collision, LinearMath, & SoftBody)

          This module accepts the following variables

          BULLET_ROOT - Can be set to bullet install path or Windows build path

   FindBZip2
       Try to find BZip2

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target BZip2::BZip2, if BZip2 has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       BZIP2_FOUND
              system has BZip2

       BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the BZip2 include directories

       BZIP2_LIBRARIES
              Link these to use BZip2

       BZIP2_NEED_PREFIX
              this is set if the functions are prefixed with BZ2_

       BZIP2_VERSION_STRING
              the version of BZip2 found

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIR
              the BZip2 include directory

   FindCABLE
       Find CABLE

       This module finds if CABLE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries  are.   This
       code sets the following variables:

          CABLE             the path to the cable executable
          CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY the path to the Tcl wrapper library
          CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR the path to the include directory

       To  build  Tcl  wrappers,  you should add shared library and link it to ${CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY}.  You should
       also add ${CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR} as an include directory.

   FindCoin3D
       Find Coin3D (Open Inventor)

       Coin3D is an implementation of the Open Inventor API.  It provides data structures and algorithms for  3D
       visualization.

       This module defines the following variables

          COIN3D_FOUND         - system has Coin3D - Open Inventor
          COIN3D_INCLUDE_DIRS  - where the Inventor include directory can be found
          COIN3D_LIBRARIES     - Link to this to use Coin3D

   FindCups
       Find the Common UNIX Printing System (CUPS).

       Set CUPS_REQUIRE_IPP_DELETE_ATTRIBUTE to TRUE if you need a version which features this function (i.e. at
       least 1.1.19)

   Imported targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target Cups::Cups, if Cups has been found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       CUPS_FOUND
              true if CUPS headers and libraries were found

       CUPS_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directory containing the Cups headers

       CUPS_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use CUPS.

       CUPS_VERSION_STRING
              the version of CUPS found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       CUPS_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing the Cups headers

   FindCURL
       Find the native CURL headers and libraries.

       This module accept optional COMPONENTS to check supported features and protocols:

          PROTOCOLS: ICT FILE FTP FTPS GOPHER HTTP HTTPS IMAP IMAPS LDAP LDAPS POP3
                     POP3S RTMP RTSP SCP SFTP SMB SMBS SMTP SMTPS TELNET TFTP
          FEATURES:  SSL IPv6 UnixSockets libz AsynchDNS IDN GSS-API PSL SPNEGO
                     Kerberos NTLM NTLM_WB TLS-SRP HTTP2 HTTPS-proxy

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target CURL::libcurl, if curl has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       CURL_FOUND
              “True” if curl found.

       CURL_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find curl/curl.h, etc.

       CURL_LIBRARIES
              List of libraries when using curl.

       CURL_VERSION_STRING
              The version of curl found.

   FindCurses
       Find the curses or ncurses include file and library.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       CURSES_FOUND
              True if Curses is found.

       CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The include directories needed to use Curses.

       CURSES_LIBRARIES
              The libraries needed to use Curses.

       CURSES_CFLAGS
              Parameters which ought be given to C/C++ compilers when using Curses.

       CURSES_HAVE_CURSES_H
              True if curses.h is available.

       CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_H
              True if ncurses.h is available.

       CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_NCURSES_H
              True if ncurses/ncurses.h is available.

       CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_CURSES_H
              True if ncurses/curses.h is available.

       Set CURSES_NEED_NCURSES to  TRUE  before  the  find_package(Curses)  call  if  NCurses  functionality  is
       required.   Set CURSES_NEED_WIDE to TRUE before the find_package(Curses) call if unicode functionality is
       required.

   Backward Compatibility
       The following variable are provided for backward compatibility:

       CURSES_INCLUDE_DIR
              Path to Curses include.  Use CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

       CURSES_LIBRARY
              Path to Curses library.  Use CURSES_LIBRARIES instead.

   FindCVS
       Find the Concurrent Versions System (CVS).

       The module defines the following variables:

          CVS_EXECUTABLE - path to cvs command line client
          CVS_FOUND - true if the command line client was found

       Example usage:

          find_package(CVS)
          if(CVS_FOUND)
            message("CVS found: ${CVS_EXECUTABLE}")
          endif()

   FindCxxTest
       Find CxxTest unit testing framework.

       Find the CxxTest suite and declare a helper macro for creating  unit  tests  and  integrating  them  with
       CTest.  For more details on CxxTest see http://cxxtest.tigris.org

       INPUT Variables

          CXXTEST_USE_PYTHON [deprecated since 1.3]
              Only used in the case both Python & Perl
              are detected on the system to control
              which CxxTest code generator is used.
              Valid only for CxxTest version 3.

          NOTE: In older versions of this Find Module,
          this variable controlled if the Python test
          generator was used instead of the Perl one,
          regardless of which scripting language the
          user had installed.

          CXXTEST_TESTGEN_ARGS (since CMake 2.8.3)
              Specify a list of options to pass to the CxxTest code
              generator.  If not defined, --error-printer is
              passed.

       OUTPUT Variables

          CXXTEST_FOUND
              True if the CxxTest framework was found
          CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Where to find the CxxTest include directory
          CXXTEST_PERL_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
              The perl-based test generator
          CXXTEST_PYTHON_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
              The python-based test generator
          CXXTEST_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE (since CMake 2.8.3)
              The test generator that is actually used (chosen using user preferences
              and interpreters found in the system)
          CXXTEST_TESTGEN_INTERPRETER (since CMake 2.8.3)
              The full path to the Perl or Python executable on the system, on
              platforms where the script cannot be executed using its shebang line.

       MACROS for optional use by CMake users:

          CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(<test_name> <gen_source_file> <input_files_to_testgen...>)
             Creates a CxxTest runner and adds it to the CTest testing suite
             Parameters:
                 test_name               The name of the test
                 gen_source_file         The generated source filename to be
                                         generated by CxxTest
                 input_files_to_testgen  The list of header files containing the
                                         CxxTest::TestSuite's to be included in
                                         this runner

          #==============
          Example Usage:

          find_package(CxxTest)
          if(CXXTEST_FOUND)
              include_directories(${CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIR})
              enable_testing()

              CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(unittest_foo foo_test.cc
                                ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/foo_test.h)
              target_link_libraries(unittest_foo foo) # as needed
          endif()

          This will (if CxxTest is found):
          1. Invoke the testgen executable to autogenerate foo_test.cc in the
             binary tree from "foo_test.h" in the current source directory.
          2. Create an executable and test called unittest_foo.

          #=============
          Example foo_test.h:

          #include <cxxtest/TestSuite.h>

          class MyTestSuite : public CxxTest::TestSuite
          {
          public:
             void testAddition( void )
             {
                TS_ASSERT( 1 + 1 > 1 );
                TS_ASSERT_EQUALS( 1 + 1, 2 );
             }
          };

   FindCygwin
       Find Cygwin, a POSIX-compatible environment that runs natively on Microsoft Windows

   FindDart
       Find DART

       This module looks for the dart testing software and sets DART_ROOT to point to where it found it.

   FindDCMTK
       Find DICOM ToolKit (DCMTK) libraries and applications

       The module defines the following variables:

          DCMTK_INCLUDE_DIRS  - Directories to include to use DCMTK
          DCMTK_LIBRARIES     - Files to link against to use DCMTK
          DCMTK_FOUND         - If false, don't try to use DCMTK
          DCMTK_DIR           - (optional) Source directory for DCMTK

   Compatibility
       This  module is able to find a version of DCMTK that does or does not export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file. It
       applies a two step process:

       • Step 1:  Attempt to find DCMTK version providing a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

       • Step 2:  If step 1 failed, rely on FindDCMTK.cmake to set DCMTK_* variables details below.

       Recent DCMTK provides a DCMTKConfig.cmake package configuration file.  To  exclusively  use  the  package
       configuration file (recommended when possible), pass the NO_MODULE option to find_package(). For example,
       find_package(DCMTK NO_MODULE).  This requires official DCMTK snapshot 3.6.1_20140617 or newer.

       Until all clients update to the more recent DCMTK, build systems will need to support different  versions
       of DCMTK.

       On any given system, the following combinations of DCMTK versions could be considered:

                              ┌───────┬─────────────────┬─────────────────┬─────────────┐
                              │       │ SYSTEM DCMTK    │ LOCAL DCMTK     │ Supported ? │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case A │ NA              │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ YES         │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case B │ NA              │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES         │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case C │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ NA              │ YES         │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case D │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ NA              │ YES         │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case E │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ YES (*)     │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case F │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ NO          │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case G │ [ ] DCMTKConfig │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES         │
                              ├───────┼─────────────────┼─────────────────┼─────────────┤
                              │Case H │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ [X] DCMTKConfig │ YES         │
                              └───────┴─────────────────┴─────────────────┴─────────────┘
          (*) See Troubleshooting section.

       Legend:
          NA ……………: Means that no System or Local DCMTK is available

          [ ] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK does NOT export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

          [X] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK exports a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

   Troubleshooting
       What to do if my project finds a different version of DCMTK?

       Remove DCMTK entry from the CMake cache per find_package() documentation.

   FindDevIL
       This module locates the developer’s image library.  http://openil.sourceforge.net/

       This module sets:

          IL_LIBRARIES -   the name of the IL library. These include the full path to
                           the core DevIL library. This one has to be linked into the
                           application.
          ILU_LIBRARIES -  the name of the ILU library. Again, the full path. This
                           library is for filters and effects, not actual loading. It
                           doesn't have to be linked if the functionality it provides
                           is not used.
          ILUT_LIBRARIES - the name of the ILUT library. Full path. This part of the
                           library interfaces with OpenGL. It is not strictly needed
                           in applications.
          IL_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find the il.h, ilu.h and ilut.h files.
          DevIL_FOUND    - this is set to TRUE if all the above variables were set.
                           This will be set to false if ILU or ILUT are not found,
                           even if they are not needed. In most systems, if one
                           library is found all the others are as well. That's the
                           way the DevIL developers release it.

   FindDoxygen
       Doxygen  is  a documentation generation tool (see http://www.doxygen.org).  This module looks for Doxygen
       and some optional tools it supports. These tools are enabled as components in the find_package() command:

       dot    Graphviz dot utility used to render various graphs.

       mscgen Message Chart Generator utility used by Doxygen’s \msc and \mscfile commands.

       dia    Dia the diagram editor used by Doxygen’s \diafile command.

       Examples:

          # Require dot, treat the other components as optional
          find_package(Doxygen
                       REQUIRED dot
                       OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS mscgen dia)

       The following variables are defined by this module:

       DOXYGEN_FOUND
              True if the doxygen executable was found.

       DOXYGEN_VERSION
              The version reported by doxygen --version.

       The module defines IMPORTED targets for Doxygen and each component found.  These can be used as  part  of
       custom  commands,  etc.  and  should  be  preferred  over  old-style  (and now deprecated) variables like
       DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE. The following import targets are defined if their corresponding executable  could  be
       found (the component import targets will only be defined if that component was requested):

          Doxygen::doxygen
          Doxygen::dot
          Doxygen::mscgen
          Doxygen::dia

   Functions
       doxygen_add_docs
              This  function  is intended as a convenience for adding a target for generating documentation with
              Doxygen. It aims to provide sensible defaults so that projects  can  generally  just  provide  the
              input  files  and  directories  and that will be sufficient to give sensible results. The function
              supports the ability to customize the Doxygen configuration used to build the documentation.

                 doxygen_add_docs(targetName
                     [filesOrDirs...]
                     [ALL]
                     [USE_STAMP_FILE]
                     [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                     [COMMENT comment])

              The function constructs a Doxyfile and defines a custom target that runs Doxygen on that generated
              file.  The  listed  files and directories are used as the INPUT of the generated Doxyfile and they
              can contain wildcards.  Any files that are listed explicitly will also be added as SOURCES of  the
              custom target so they will show up in an IDE project’s source list.

              So  that  relative  input  paths work as expected, by default the working directory of the Doxygen
              command will be the  current  source  directory  (i.e.   CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR).  This  can  be
              overridden  with  the  WORKING_DIRECTORY  option to change the directory used as the relative base
              point. Note also that Doxygen’s default behavior is to strip the working directory  from  relative
              paths in the generated documentation (see the STRIP_FROM_PATH Doxygen config option for details).

              If  provided,  the  optional  comment  will  be  passed as the COMMENT for the add_custom_target()
              command used to create the custom target internally.

              If ALL is set, the target will be added to the default build target.

              If USE_STAMP_FILE is set, the custom command defined by this function will  create  a  stamp  file
              with the name <targetName>.stamp in the current binary directory whenever doxygen is re-run.  With
              this option present, all items in <filesOrDirs> must be files (i.e. no  directories,  symlinks  or
              wildcards)  and  each  of the files must exist at the time doxygen_add_docs() is called.  An error
              will be raised if any of the items listed is missing or is  not  a  file  when  USE_STAMP_FILE  is
              given.   A  dependency will be created on each of the files so that doxygen will only be re-run if
              one of the files is updated.  Without the USE_STAMP_FILE option, doxygen will always be re-run  if
              the  <targetName>  target  is  built  regardless  of  whether anything listed in <filesOrDirs> has
              changed.

              The contents of the generated Doxyfile can be customized by setting CMake variables before calling
              doxygen_add_docs().  Any  variable  with  a  name  of  the  form DOXYGEN_<tag> will have its value
              substituted for the corresponding <tag> configuration option in  the  Doxyfile.  See  the  Doxygen
              documentation for the full list of supported configuration options.

              Some  of  Doxygen’s  defaults  are  overridden  to  provide  more appropriate behavior for a CMake
              project. Each of the following will be explicitly set unless the  variable  already  has  a  value
              before doxygen_add_docs() is called (with some exceptions noted):

              DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT
                     Set  to YES if the dot component was requested and it was found, NO otherwise. Any existing
                     value of DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is ignored.

              DOXYGEN_DOT_MULTI_TARGETS
                     Set to YES by this module (note that this requires a dot version newer than  1.8.10).  This
                     option is only meaningful if DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is also set to YES.

              DOXYGEN_GENERATE_LATEX
                     Set to NO by this module.

              DOXYGEN_WARN_FORMAT
                     For Visual Studio based generators, this is set to the form recognized by the Visual Studio
                     IDE: $file($line) : $text. For  all  other  generators,  Doxygen’s  default  value  is  not
                     overridden.

              DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NAME
                     Populated with the name of the current project (i.e.  PROJECT_NAME).

              DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NUMBER
                     Populated with the version of the current project (i.e.  PROJECT_VERSION).

              DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF
                     Populated with the description of the current project (i.e.  PROJECT_DESCRIPTION).

              DOXYGEN_INPUT
                     Projects  should  not  set  this  variable.  It will be populated with the set of files and
                     directories passed to doxygen_add_docs(), thereby providing consistent  behavior  with  the
                     other  built-in commands like add_executable(), add_library() and add_custom_target(). If a
                     variable named DOXYGEN_INPUT is set by the project, it will be ignored and a  warning  will
                     be issued.

              DOXYGEN_RECURSIVE
                     Set to YES by this module.

              DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
                     If  the  set  of  inputs  includes directories, this variable will specify patterns used to
                     exclude files from them. The following patterns are added by doxygen_add_docs()  to  ensure
                     CMake-specific  files  and  directories  are not included in the input. If the project sets
                     DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS, those contents are merged with these additional  patterns  rather
                     than replacing them:

                        */.git/*
                        */.svn/*
                        */.hg/*
                        */CMakeFiles/*
                        */_CPack_Packages/*
                        DartConfiguration.tcl
                        CMakeLists.txt
                        CMakeCache.txt

              DOXYGEN_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
                     Set  to  CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR by this module. Note that if the project provides its own
                     value for this and it is a relative path, it will be converted to an absolute path relative
                     to  the  current  binary  directory. This is necessary because doxygen will normally be run
                     from a directory within the source tree so that relative source paths work as expected.  If
                     this  directory  does  not  exist,  it  will  be recursively created prior to executing the
                     doxygen commands.

       To change any of these defaults or override any other  Doxygen  config  option,  set  relevant  variables
       before calling doxygen_add_docs(). For example:

              set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_HTML NO)
              set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_MAN YES)

              doxygen_add_docs(
                  doxygen
                  ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}
                  COMMENT "Generate man pages"
              )

       A  number  of Doxygen config options accept lists of values, but Doxygen requires them to be separated by
       whitespace. CMake variables hold lists as a string with items separated by semi-colons, so  a  conversion
       needs  to  be  performed. The doxygen_add_docs() command specifically checks the following Doxygen config
       options and will convert their associated CMake variable’s contents into the required form if set.

          ABBREVIATE_BRIEF
          ALIASES
          CITE_BIB_FILES
          DIAFILE_DIRS
          DOTFILE_DIRS
          DOT_FONTPATH
          ENABLED_SECTIONS
          EXAMPLE_PATH
          EXAMPLE_PATTERNS
          EXCLUDE
          EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
          EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS
          EXPAND_AS_DEFINED
          EXTENSION_MAPPING
          EXTRA_PACKAGES
          EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS
          FILE_PATTERNS
          FILTER_PATTERNS
          FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS
          HTML_EXTRA_FILES
          HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
          IGNORE_PREFIX
          IMAGE_PATH
          INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS
          INCLUDE_PATH
          INPUT
          LATEX_EXTRA_FILES
          LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
          MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS
          MSCFILE_DIRS
          PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH
          PREDEFINED
          QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS
          QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS
          STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH
          STRIP_FROM_PATH
          TAGFILES
          TCL_SUBST

       The following single value Doxygen options will be quoted automatically if  they  contain  at  least  one
       space:

          CHM_FILE
          DIA_PATH
          DOCBOOK_OUTPUT
          DOCSET_FEEDNAME
          DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME
          DOT_FONTNAME
          DOT_PATH
          EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID
          FILE_VERSION_FILTER
          GENERATE_TAGFILE
          HHC_LOCATION
          HTML_FOOTER
          HTML_HEADER
          HTML_OUTPUT
          HTML_STYLESHEET
          INPUT_FILTER
          LATEX_FOOTER
          LATEX_HEADER
          LATEX_OUTPUT
          LAYOUT_FILE
          MAN_OUTPUT
          MAN_SUBDIR
          MATHJAX_CODEFILE
          MSCGEN_PATH
          OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
          PERL_PATH
          PLANTUML_JAR_PATH
          PROJECT_BRIEF
          PROJECT_LOGO
          PROJECT_NAME
          QCH_FILE
          QHG_LOCATION
          QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME
          QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
          RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE
          RTF_OUTPUT
          RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE
          SEARCHDATA_FILE
          USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE
          WARN_FORMAT
          WARN_LOGFILE
          XML_OUTPUT

       There  are  situations  where  it  may  be undesirable for a particular config option to be automatically
       quoted by doxygen_add_docs(), such as ALIASES which may need to include its own  embedded  quoting.   The
       DOXYGEN_VERBATIM_VARS  variable can be used to specify a list of Doxygen variables (including the leading
       DOXYGEN_ prefix) which should not be quoted.  The project is then responsible  for  ensuring  that  those
       variables’  values  make  sense  when  placed  directly  in  the Doxygen input file.  In the case of list
       variables, list items are still separated by spaces, it is only the automatic quoting  that  is  skipped.
       For  example,  the following allows doxygen_add_docs() to apply quoting to DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF, but not
       each item in the DOXYGEN_ALIASES list (bracket syntax can also be used  to  make  working  with  embedded
       quotes easier):

          set(DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF "String with spaces")
          set(DOXYGEN_ALIASES
              [[somealias="@some_command param"]]
              "anotherAlias=@foobar"
          )
          set(DOXYGEN_VERBATIM_VARS DOXYGEN_ALIASES)

       The resultant Doxyfile will contain the following lines:

          PROJECT_BRIEF = "String with spaces"
          ALIASES       = somealias="@some_command param" anotherAlias=@foobar

   Deprecated Result Variables
       For  compatibility with previous versions of CMake, the following variables are also defined but they are
       deprecated and should no longer be used:

       DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the doxygen command. If projects need to refer to  the  doxygen  executable  directly,
              they should use the Doxygen::doxygen import target instead.

       DOXYGEN_DOT_FOUND
              True if the dot executable was found.

       DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the dot command. If projects need to refer to the dot executable directly, they should
              use the Doxygen::dot import target instead.

       DOXYGEN_DOT_PATH
              The path to the directory containing the dot executable as reported in DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE. The
              path  may  have forward slashes even on Windows and is not suitable for direct substitution into a
              Doxyfile.in template.  If  you  need  this  value,  get  the  IMPORTED_LOCATION  property  of  the
              Doxygen::dot  target  and use get_filename_component() to extract the directory part of that path.
              You may also want to consider using  file(TO_NATIVE_PATH)  to  prepare  the  path  for  a  Doxygen
              configuration file.

   Deprecated Hint Variables
       DOXYGEN_SKIP_DOT
              This  variable  has  no  effect for the component form of find_package.  In backward compatibility
              mode (i.e. without components list) it prevents the finder module from  searching  for  Graphviz’s
              dot utility.

   FindEnvModules
       Locate  an  environment  module  implementation and make commands available to CMake scripts to use them.
       This is compatible with both Lua-based Lmod and TCL-based EnvironmentModules.

       This module is intended for the use case of setting up the compiler  and  library  environment  within  a
       CTest Script (ctest -S).  It can also be used in a CMake Script (cmake -P).

       NOTE:
          The  loaded  environment will not survive past the end of the calling process.  Do not use this module
          in project code (CMakeLists.txt files) to load a compiler environment; it will not be available during
          the  build.   Instead  load the environment manually before running CMake or using the generated build
          system.

   Example Usage
          set(CTEST_BUILD_NAME "CrayLinux-CrayPE-Cray-dynamic")
          set(CTEST_BUILD_CONFIGURATION Release)
          set(CTEST_BUILD_FLAGS "-k -j8")
          set(CTEST_CMAKE_GENERATOR "Unix Makefiles")

          ...

          find_package(EnvModules REQUIRED)

          env_module(purge)
          env_module(load modules)
          env_module(load craype)
          env_module(load PrgEnv-cray)
          env_module(load craype-knl)
          env_module(load cray-mpich)
          env_module(load cray-libsci)

          set(ENV{CRAYPE_LINK_TYPE} dynamic)

          ...

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       EnvModules_FOUND
              True if a compatible environment modules framework was found.

   Cache Variables
       The following cache variable will be set:

       EnvModules_COMMAND
              The low level module command to use.  Currently supported implementations are the Lua  based  Lmod
              and TCL based EnvironmentModules.

   Environment Variables
       ENV{MODULESHOME}
              Usually  set by the module environment implementation, used as a hint to locate the module command
              to execute.

   Provided Functions
       This defines the following CMake functions for interacting with environment modules:

       env_module
              Execute an aribitrary module command:

                 env_module(cmd arg1 ... argN)
                 env_module(
                   COMMAND cmd arg1 ... argN
                   [OUTPUT_VARIABLE <out-var>]
                   [RESULT_VARIABLE <ret-var>]
                 )

              The options are:

              cmd arg1 ... argN
                     The module sub-command and arguments to execute as if they  were  passed  directly  to  the
                     module command in your shell environment.

              OUTPUT_VARIABLE <out-var>
                     The standard output from executing the module command.

              RESULT_VARIABLE <ret-var>
                     The return code from executing the module command.

       env_module_swap
              Swap one module for another:

                 env_module_swap(out_mod in_mod
                   [OUTPUT_VARIABLE <out-var>]
                   [RESULT_VARIABLE <ret-var>]
                 )

              This is functionally equivalent to the module swap out_mod in_mod shell command.  The options are:

              OUTPUT_VARIABLE <out-var>
                     The standard output from executing the module command.

              RESULT_VARIABLE <ret-var>
                     The return code from executing the module command.

       env_module_list
              Retrieve the list of currently loaded modules:

                 env_module_list(<out-var>)

              This  is  functionally  equivalent  to  the  module  list  shell command.  The result is stored in
              <out-var> as a properly formatted CMake semicolon-separated list variable.

       env_module_avail
              Retrieve the list of available modules:

                 env_module_avail([<mod-prefix>] <out-var>)

              This is functionally equivalent to the module avail <mod-prefix> shell  command.   The  result  is
              stored in <out-var> as a properly formatted CMake semicolon-separated list variable.

   FindEXPAT
       Find the native Expat headers and library.  Expat is a stream-oriented XML parser library written in C.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       EXPAT::EXPAT
              The Expat expat library, if found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       EXPAT_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find expat.h, etc.

       EXPAT_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use Expat.

       EXPAT_FOUND
              true if the Expat headers and libraries were found.

   FindFLEX
       Find Fast Lexical Analyzer (Flex) executable and provides a macro to generate custom build rules

       The module defines the following variables:

          FLEX_FOUND - True is flex executable is found
          FLEX_EXECUTABLE - the path to the flex executable
          FLEX_VERSION - the version of flex
          FLEX_LIBRARIES - The flex libraries
          FLEX_INCLUDE_DIRS - The path to the flex headers

       The  minimum required version of flex can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g.  find_package(FLEX
       2.5.13)

       If flex is found on the system, the module provides the macro:

          FLEX_TARGET(Name FlexInput FlexOutput
                      [COMPILE_FLAGS <string>]
                      [DEFINES_FILE <string>]
                      )

       which creates a custom command to generate the FlexOutput file from the FlexInput file.  If COMPILE_FLAGS
       option  is  specified,  the  next  parameter  is added to the flex command line. If flex is configured to
       output a header file, the DEFINES_FILE option may be used to specify its name. Name is an alias  used  to
       get details of this custom command.  Indeed the macro defines the following variables:

          FLEX_${Name}_DEFINED - true is the macro ran successfully
          FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUTS - the source file generated by the custom rule, an
          alias for FlexOutput
          FLEX_${Name}_INPUT - the flex source file, an alias for ${FlexInput}
          FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUT_HEADER - the header flex output, if any.

       Flex  scanners  often  use  tokens  defined  by  Bison:  the code generated by Flex depends of the header
       generated by Bison.  This module also defines a macro:

          ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(FlexTarget BisonTarget)

       which adds the required dependency between a scanner and a parser where FlexTarget  and  BisonTarget  are
       the first parameters of respectively FLEX_TARGET and BISON_TARGET macros.

          ====================================================================
          Example:

          find_package(BISON)
          find_package(FLEX)

          BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp)
          FLEX_TARGET(MyScanner lexer.l  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/lexer.cpp)
          ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(MyScanner MyParser)

           include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
           add_executable(Foo
              Foo.cc
              ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS}
              ${FLEX_MyScanner_OUTPUTS}
           )
           target_link_libraries(Foo ${FLEX_LIBRARIES})
          ====================================================================

   FindFLTK2
       Find the native FLTK 2.0 includes and library

       The following settings are defined

          FLTK2_FLUID_EXECUTABLE, where to find the Fluid tool
          FLTK2_WRAP_UI, This enables the FLTK2_WRAP_UI command
          FLTK2_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find include files
          FLTK2_LIBRARIES, list of fltk2 libraries
          FLTK2_FOUND, Don't use FLTK2 if false.

       The following settings should not be used in general.

          FLTK2_BASE_LIBRARY   = the full path to fltk2.lib
          FLTK2_GL_LIBRARY     = the full path to fltk2_gl.lib
          FLTK2_IMAGES_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk2_images.lib

   FindFLTK
       Find the Fast Light Toolkit (FLTK) library

   Input Variables
       By  default  this  module  will  search for all of the FLTK components and add them to the FLTK_LIBRARIES
       variable.  You can limit the components which get placed in FLTK_LIBRARIES by defining one or more of the
       following three options:

       FLTK_SKIP_OPENGL
              Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK GL library

       FLTK_SKIP_FORMS
              Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK Forms library

       FLTK_SKIP_IMAGES
              Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK Images library

       FLTK is composed also by a binary tool. You can set the following option:

       FLTK_SKIP_FLUID
              Set to true to not look for the FLUID binary

   Result Variables
       The following variables will be defined:

       FLTK_FOUND
              True if all components not skipped were found

       FLTK_INCLUDE_DIR
              Path to the include directory for FLTK header files

       FLTK_LIBRARIES
              List of the FLTK libraries found

       FLTK_FLUID_EXECUTABLE
              Path to the FLUID binary tool

       FLTK_WRAP_UI
              True if FLUID is found, used to enable the FLTK_WRAP_UI command

   Cache Variables
       The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

       FLTK_BASE_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              The FLTK base library (optimized)

       FLTK_BASE_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The FLTK base library (debug)

       FLTK_GL_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              The FLTK GL library (optimized)

       FLTK_GL_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The FLTK GL library (debug)

       FLTK_FORMS_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              The FLTK Forms library (optimized)

       FLTK_FORMS_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The FLTK Forms library (debug)

       FLTK_IMAGES_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              The FLTK Images protobuf library (optimized)

       FLTK_IMAGES_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The FLTK Images library (debug)

   FindFontconfig
       Find Fontconfig headers and library.

   Imported Targets
       Fontconfig::Fontconfig
              The Fontconfig library, if found.

   Result Variables
       This will define the following variables in your project:

       Fontconfig_FOUND
              true if (the requested version of) Fontconfig is available.

       Fontconfig_VERSION
              the version of Fontconfig.

       Fontconfig_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use Fontconfig.

       Fontconfig_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find the Fontconfig headers.

       Fontconfig_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              this should be passed to target_compile_options(), if the target is not used for linking

   FindFreetype
       Find the FreeType font renderer includes and library.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

       Freetype::Freetype
              The Freetype freetype library, if found

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       FREETYPE_FOUND
              true if the Freetype headers and libraries were found

       FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS
              directories containing the Freetype headers. This is the concatenation of the variables:

              FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build
                     directory holding the main Freetype API configuration header

              FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2
                     directory holding Freetype public headers

       FREETYPE_LIBRARIES
              the library to link against

       FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING
              the version of freetype found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   Hints
       The user may set the environment variable FREETYPE_DIR to the root directory of a Freetype installation.

   FindGCCXML
       Find the GCC-XML front-end executable.

       This module will define the following variables:

          GCCXML - the GCC-XML front-end executable.

   FindGDAL
       Find Geospatial Data Abstraction Library (GDAL).

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target GDAL::GDAL if GDAL has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       GDAL_FOUND
              True if GDAL is found.

       GDAL_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Include directories for GDAL headers.

       GDAL_LIBRARIES
              Libraries to link to GDAL.

       GDAL_VERSION
              The version of GDAL found.

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       GDAL_LIBRARY
              The libgdal library file.

       GDAL_INCLUDE_DIR
              The directory containing gdal.h.

   Hints
       Set GDAL_DIR or GDAL_ROOT in the environment to specify the GDAL installation prefix.

   FindGettext
       Find GNU gettext tools

       This module looks for the GNU gettext tools.  This module defines the following values:

          GETTEXT_MSGMERGE_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgmerge tool.
          GETTEXT_MSGFMT_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgfmt tool.
          GETTEXT_FOUND: True if gettext has been found.
          GETTEXT_VERSION_STRING: the version of gettext found (since CMake 2.8.8)

       Additionally it provides the following macros:

       GETTEXT_CREATE_TRANSLATIONS ( outputFile [ALL] file1 …  fileN )

          This will create a target "translations" which will convert the
          given input po files into the binary output mo file. If the
          ALL option is used, the translations will also be created when
          building the default target.

       GETTEXT_PROCESS_POT_FILE( <potfile> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <destdir>] LANGUAGES <lang1> <lang2> …  )

          Process the given pot file to mo files.
          If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
          be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
          (by default use share/locale/).
          If ALL is specified, the pot file is processed when building the all traget.
          It creates a custom target "potfile".

       GETTEXT_PROCESS_PO_FILES( <lang> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <dir>] PO_FILES <po1> <po2> …  )

          Process the given po files to mo files for the given language.
          If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
          be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
          (by default use share/locale/).
          If ALL is specified, the po files are processed when building the all traget.
          It creates a custom target "pofiles".

       NOTE:
          If you wish to use the Gettext library (libintl), use FindIntl.

   FindGIF
       This finds the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) library (giflib)

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

       GIF::GIF
              The giflib library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       GIF_FOUND
              If false, do not try to use GIF.

       GIF_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find gif_lib.h, etc.

       GIF_LIBRARIES
              the libraries needed to use GIF.

       GIF_VERSION
              3, 4 or a full version string (eg 5.1.4) for versions >= 4.1.6.

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       GIF_INCLUDE_DIR
              where to find the GIF headers.

       GIF_LIBRARY
              where to find the GIF library.

   Hints
       GIF_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure --prefix=$GIF_DIR.

   FindGit
       The module defines the following IMPORTED targets (when CMAKE_ROLE is PROJECT):

       Git::Git
              Executable of the Git command-line client.

       The module defines the following variables:

       GIT_EXECUTABLE
              Path to Git command-line client.

       Git_FOUND, GIT_FOUND
              True if the Git command-line client was found.

       GIT_VERSION_STRING
              The version of Git found.

       Example usage:

          find_package(Git)
          if(Git_FOUND)
            message("Git found: ${GIT_EXECUTABLE}")
          endif()

   FindGLEW
       Find the OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (GLEW)

   Input Variables
       The following variables may be set to influence this module’s behavior:

       GLEW_USE_STATIC_LIBS
              to find and create IMPORTED target for static linkage.

       GLEW_VERBOSE
              to output a detailed log of this module.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following Imported Targets:

       GLEW::glew
              The GLEW shared library.

       GLEW::glew_s
              The GLEW static library, if GLEW_USE_STATIC_LIBS is set to TRUE.

       GLEW::GLEW
              Duplicates either GLEW::glew or GLEW::glew_s based on availability.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       GLEW_INCLUDE_DIRS
              include directories for GLEW

       GLEW_LIBRARIES
              libraries to link against GLEW

       GLEW_SHARED_LIBRARIES
              libraries to link against shared GLEW

       GLEW_STATIC_LIBRARIES
              libraries to link against static GLEW

       GLEW_FOUND
              true if GLEW has been found and can be used

       GLEW_VERSION
              GLEW version

       GLEW_VERSION_MAJOR
              GLEW major version

       GLEW_VERSION_MINOR
              GLEW minor version

       GLEW_VERSION_MICRO
              GLEW micro version

   FindGLUT
       Find OpenGL Utility Toolkit (GLUT) library and include files.

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

       GLUT::GLUT
              Defined if the system has GLUT.

   Result Variables
       This module sets the following variables:

          GLUT_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find GL/glut.h, etc.
          GLUT_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
          GLUT_FOUND, If false, do not try to use GLUT.

       Also defined, but not for general use are:

          GLUT_glut_LIBRARY = the full path to the glut library.
          GLUT_Xmu_LIBRARY  = the full path to the Xmu library.
          GLUT_Xi_LIBRARY   = the full path to the Xi Library.

   FindGnuplot
       this module looks for gnuplot

       Once done this will define

          GNUPLOT_FOUND - system has Gnuplot
          GNUPLOT_EXECUTABLE - the Gnuplot executable
          GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Gnuplot found (since CMake 2.8.8)

       GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 3.7.1.

   FindGnuTLS
       Find the GNU Transport Layer Security library (gnutls)

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target GnuTLS::GnuTLS, if gnutls has been found.

   Result Variables
       GNUTLS_FOUND
              System has gnutls

       GNUTLS_INCLUDE_DIR
              The gnutls include directory

       GNUTLS_LIBRARIES
              The libraries needed to use gnutls

       GNUTLS_DEFINITIONS
              Compiler switches required for using gnutls

       GNUTLS_VERSION
              version of gnutls.

   FindGSL
       Find the native GNU Scientific Library (GSL) includes and libraries.

       The  GNU  Scientific  Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It is free software
       under the GNU General Public License.

   Imported Targets
       If GSL is found, this module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

          GSL::gsl      - The main GSL library.
          GSL::gslcblas - The CBLAS support library used by GSL.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

          GSL_FOUND          - True if GSL found on the local system
          GSL_INCLUDE_DIRS   - Location of GSL header files.
          GSL_LIBRARIES      - The GSL libraries.
          GSL_VERSION        - The version of the discovered GSL install.

   Hints
       Set GSL_ROOT_DIR to a directory that contains a GSL installation.

       This   script   expects   to   find   libraries   at   $GSL_ROOT_DIR/lib   and   the   GSL   headers   at
       $GSL_ROOT_DIR/include/gsl.   The  library  directory may optionally provide Release and Debug folders. If
       available, the libraries named gsld, gslblasd or cblasd are recognized as debug libraries.  For Unix-like
       systems, this script will use $GSL_ROOT_DIR/bin/gsl-config (if found) to aid in the discovery of GSL.

   Cache Variables
       This  module  may  set  the  following  variables  depending  on  platform  and  type of GSL installation
       discovered.  These variables may optionally be set to help this module find the correct files:

          GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY       - Location of the GSL CBLAS library.
          GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY_DEBUG - Location of the debug GSL CBLAS library (if any).
          GSL_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE   - Location of the ``gsl-config`` script (if any).
          GSL_LIBRARY             - Location of the GSL library.
          GSL_LIBRARY_DEBUG       - Location of the debug GSL library (if any).

   FindGTest
       Locate the Google C++ Testing Framework.

       New in version 3.16.3-1ubuntu1.20.04.1: Upstream GTestConfig.cmake is used if possible.

   Imported targets
          This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       GTest::gtest
              The Google Test gtest library, if found; adds Thread::Thread automatically

       GTest::gtest_main
              The Google Test gtest_main library, if found

              For backwards compatibility, this module defines additionally the  following  deprecated  IMPORTED
              targets (available since 3.5):

       GTest::GTest
              The Google Test gtest library, if found; adds Thread::Thread automatically

       GTest::Main
              The Google Test gtest_main library, if found

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       GTEST_FOUND
              Found the Google Testing framework

       GTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directory containing the Google Test headers

       The  library  variables below are set as normal variables.  These contain debug/optimized keywords when a
       debugging library is found.

       GTEST_LIBRARIES
              The Google Test gtest library; note it also requires linking with an appropriate thread library

       GTEST_MAIN_LIBRARIES
              The Google Test gtest_main library

       GTEST_BOTH_LIBRARIES
              Both gtest and gtest_main

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       GTEST_ROOT
              The root directory of the Google Test installation (may also be set as an environment variable)

       GTEST_MSVC_SEARCH
              If compiling with MSVC, this variable can be set to MT or MD (the default) to enable  searching  a
              GTest build tree

   Example usage
          enable_testing()
          find_package(GTest REQUIRED)

          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo GTest::GTest GTest::Main)

          add_test(AllTestsInFoo foo)

   Deeper integration with CTest
       See GoogleTest for information on the gtest_add_tests() and gtest_discover_tests() commands.

   FindGTK2
       Find  the  GTK2  widget  libraries  and  several  of its other optional components like gtkmm, glade, and
       glademm.

       NOTE: If you intend to use version checking, CMake 2.6.2 or later is

          required.

       Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module.  See example below.

          gtk
          gtkmm
          glade
          glademm

       The following variables will be defined for your use

          GTK2_FOUND - Were all of your specified components found?
          GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS - All include directories
          GTK2_LIBRARIES - All libraries
          GTK2_TARGETS - All imported targets
          GTK2_DEFINITIONS - Additional compiler flags

          GTK2_VERSION - The version of GTK2 found (x.y.z)
          GTK2_MAJOR_VERSION - The major version of GTK2
          GTK2_MINOR_VERSION - The minor version of GTK2
          GTK2_PATCH_VERSION - The patch version of GTK2

       Optional variables you can define prior to calling this module:

          GTK2_DEBUG - Enables verbose debugging of the module
          GTK2_ADDITIONAL_SUFFIXES - Allows defining additional directories to
                                     search for include files

       ================= Example Usage:

          Call find_package() once, here are some examples to pick from:

          Require GTK 2.6 or later
              find_package(GTK2 2.6 REQUIRED gtk)

          Require GTK 2.10 or later and Glade
              find_package(GTK2 2.10 REQUIRED gtk glade)

          Search for GTK/GTKMM 2.8 or later
              find_package(GTK2 2.8 COMPONENTS gtk gtkmm)

          if(GTK2_FOUND)
             include_directories(${GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS})
             add_executable(mygui mygui.cc)
             target_link_libraries(mygui ${GTK2_LIBRARIES})
          endif()

   FindGTK
       Find GTK, glib and GTKGLArea

          GTK_INCLUDE_DIR   - Directories to include to use GTK
          GTK_LIBRARIES     - Files to link against to use GTK
          GTK_FOUND         - GTK was found
          GTK_GL_FOUND      - GTK's GL features were found

   FindHDF5
       Find Hierarchical Data Format (HDF5), a library for reading and writing self describing array data.

       This module invokes the HDF5 wrapper compiler that should be installed alongside  HDF5.   Depending  upon
       the  HDF5  Configuration,  the  wrapper  compiler  is called either h5cc or h5pcc.  If this succeeds, the
       module will then call the compiler with the show argument to see what flags are used  when  compiling  an
       HDF5 client application.

       The module will optionally accept the COMPONENTS argument.  If no COMPONENTS are specified, then the find
       module will default to finding only the HDF5 C library.  If one or more  COMPONENTS  are  specified,  the
       module  will  attempt  to  find  the  language  bindings  for  the  specified components.  The only valid
       components are C, CXX, Fortran, HL, and Fortran_HL.  If the COMPONENTS argument is not given, the  module
       will attempt to find only the C bindings.

       This  module  will  read  the  variable HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES to determine whether or not to prefer a
       static link to a dynamic link for HDF5 and all of it’s dependencies.  To use this feature, make sure that
       the HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES variable is set before the call to find_package.

       To provide the module with a hint about where to find your HDF5 installation, you can set the environment
       variable HDF5_ROOT.  The Find module will then look in this path when  searching  for  HDF5  executables,
       paths, and libraries.

       Both  the  serial and parallel HDF5 wrappers are considered and the first directory to contain either one
       will be used.  In the event that both appear in the same directory the serial version  is  preferentially
       selected. This behavior can be reversed by setting the variable HDF5_PREFER_PARALLEL to True.

       In  addition  to  finding the includes and libraries required to compile an HDF5 client application, this
       module also makes an effort to find tools that come with the HDF5 distribution that  may  be  useful  for
       regression testing.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       HDF5_FOUND
              HDF5 was found on the system

       HDF5_VERSION
              HDF5 library version

       HDF5_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Location of the HDF5 header files

       HDF5_DEFINITIONS
              Required compiler definitions for HDF5

       HDF5_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for all requested bindings

       HDF5_HL_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the HDF5 high level API for all bindings, if the HL component is enabled

       Available  components  are:  C  CXX  Fortran  and HL.  For each enabled language binding, a corresponding
       HDF5_${LANG}_LIBRARIES variable, and potentially HDF5_${LANG}_DEFINITIONS, will be defined.   If  the  HL
       component  is  enabled,  then  an  HDF5_${LANG}_HL_LIBRARIES  will  also be defined.  With all components
       enabled, the following variables will be defined:

       HDF5_C_DEFINITIONS
              Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C bindings

       HDF5_CXX_DEFINITIONS
              Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C++ bindings

       HDF5_Fortran_DEFINITIONS
              Required compiler definitions for HDF5 Fortran bindings

       HDF5_C_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Required include directories for HDF5 C bindings

       HDF5_CXX_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Required include directories for HDF5 C++ bindings

       HDF5_Fortran_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Required include directories for HDF5 Fortran bindings

       HDF5_C_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the HDF5 C bindings

       HDF5_CXX_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the HDF5 C++ bindings

       HDF5_Fortran_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the HDF5 Fortran bindings

       HDF5_C_HL_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the high level C bindings

       HDF5_CXX_HL_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the high level C++ bindings

       HDF5_Fortran_HL_LIBRARIES
              Required libraries for the high level Fortran bindings.

       HDF5_IS_PARALLEL
              HDF5 library has parallel IO support

       HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE
              path to the HDF5 C wrapper compiler

       HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE
              path to the HDF5 C++ wrapper compiler

       HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE
              path to the HDF5 Fortran wrapper compiler

       HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE
              path to the primary C compiler which is also the HDF5 wrapper

       HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE
              path to the primary C++ compiler which is also the HDF5 wrapper

       HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE
              path to the primary Fortran compiler which is also the HDF5 wrapper

       HDF5_DIFF_EXECUTABLE
              path to the HDF5 dataset comparison tool

   Hints
       The following variable can be set to guide the search for HDF5 libraries and includes:

       HDF5_ROOT
              Specify the path to the HDF5 installation to use.

       HDF5_FIND_DEBUG
              Set true to get extra debugging output.

       HDF5_NO_FIND_PACKAGE_CONFIG_FILE
              Set true to skip trying to find hdf5-config.cmake.

   FindHg
       Extract information from a mercurial working copy.

       The module defines the following variables:

          HG_EXECUTABLE - path to mercurial command line client (hg)
          HG_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
          HG_VERSION_STRING - the version of mercurial found

       If the command line client executable is found the following macro is defined:

          HG_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix>)

       Hg_WC_INFO extracts information of a mercurial working copy at a given location.  This macro defines  the
       following variables:

          <var-prefix>_WC_CHANGESET - current changeset
          <var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision

       Example usage:

          find_package(Hg)
          if(HG_FOUND)
            message("hg found: ${HG_EXECUTABLE}")
            HG_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
            message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
            message("Current changeset is ${Project_WC_CHANGESET}")
          endif()

   FindHSPELL
       Try to find Hebrew spell-checker (Hspell) and morphology engine.

       Once done this will define

          HSPELL_FOUND - system has Hspell
          HSPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the Hspell include directory
          HSPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use Hspell
          HSPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using Hspell

          HSPELL_VERSION_STRING - The version of Hspell found (x.y)
          HSPELL_MAJOR_VERSION  - the major version of Hspell
          HSPELL_MINOR_VERSION  - The minor version of Hspell

   FindHTMLHelp
       This module looks for Microsoft HTML Help Compiler

       It defines:

          HTML_HELP_COMPILER     : full path to the Compiler (hhc.exe)
          HTML_HELP_INCLUDE_PATH : include path to the API (htmlhelp.h)
          HTML_HELP_LIBRARY      : full path to the library (htmlhelp.lib)

   FindIce
       Find the ZeroC Internet Communication Engine (ICE) programs, libraries and datafiles.

       This  module supports multiple components.  Components can include any of: Freeze, Glacier2, Ice, IceBox,
       IceDB, IceDiscovery, IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery, IcePatch, IceSSL, IceStorm, IceUtil, IceXML, or Slice.

       Ice  3.7  and  later  also  include  C++11-specific  components:   Glacier2++11,   Ice++11,   IceBox++11,
       IceDiscovery++11 IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery++11, IceSSL++11, IceStorm++11

       Note that the set of supported components is Ice version-specific.

       This module reports information about the Ice installation in several variables.  General variables:

          Ice_VERSION - Ice release version
          Ice_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
          Ice_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
          Ice_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice headers
          Ice_SLICE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice slice interface
                           definitions

       Imported targets:

          Ice::<C>

       Where <C> is the name of an Ice component, for example Ice::Glacier2 or Ice++11.

       Ice slice programs are reported in:

          Ice_SLICE2CONFLUENCE_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2confluence executable
          Ice_SLICE2CPP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cpp executable
          Ice_SLICE2CS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cs executable
          Ice_SLICE2FREEZEJ_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freezej executable
          Ice_SLICE2FREEZE_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freeze executable
          Ice_SLICE2HTML_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2html executable
          Ice_SLICE2JAVA_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2java executable
          Ice_SLICE2JS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2js executable
          Ice_SLICE2MATLAB_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2matlab executable
          Ice_SLICE2OBJC_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2objc executable
          Ice_SLICE2PHP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2php executable
          Ice_SLICE2PY_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2py executable
          Ice_SLICE2RB_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2rb executable

       Ice programs are reported in:

          Ice_GLACIER2ROUTER_EXECUTABLE - path to glacier2router executable
          Ice_ICEBOX_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox executable
          Ice_ICEBOXXX11_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox++11 executable
          Ice_ICEBOXADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxadmin executable
          Ice_ICEBOXD_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxd executable
          Ice_ICEBOXNET_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxnet executable
          Ice_ICEBRIDGE_EXECUTABLE - path to icebridge executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridadmin executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icegriddb executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDNODE_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnode executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDNODED_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnoded executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRY_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistry executable
          Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRYD_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistryd executable
          Ice_ICEPATCH2CALC_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2calc executable
          Ice_ICEPATCH2CLIENT_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2client executable
          Ice_ICEPATCH2SERVER_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2server executable
          Ice_ICESERVICEINSTALL_EXECUTABLE - path to iceserviceinstall executable
          Ice_ICESTORMADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormadmin executable
          Ice_ICESTORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormdb executable
          Ice_ICESTORMMIGRATE_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormmigrate executable

       Ice db programs (Windows only; standard system versions on all other platforms) are reported in:

          Ice_DB_ARCHIVE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_archive executable
          Ice_DB_CHECKPOINT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_checkpoint executable
          Ice_DB_DEADLOCK_EXECUTABLE - path to db_deadlock executable
          Ice_DB_DUMP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_dump executable
          Ice_DB_HOTBACKUP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_hotbackup executable
          Ice_DB_LOAD_EXECUTABLE - path to db_load executable
          Ice_DB_LOG_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_log_verify executable
          Ice_DB_PRINTLOG_EXECUTABLE - path to db_printlog executable
          Ice_DB_RECOVER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_recover executable
          Ice_DB_STAT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_stat executable
          Ice_DB_TUNER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_tuner executable
          Ice_DB_UPGRADE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_upgrade executable
          Ice_DB_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_verify executable
          Ice_DUMPDB_EXECUTABLE - path to dumpdb executable
          Ice_TRANSFORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to transformdb executable

       Ice component libraries are reported in:

          Ice_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
          Ice_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

       Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

       This module reads hints about search results from:

          Ice_HOME - the root of the Ice installation

       The environment variable ICE_HOME may also be used; the Ice_HOME variable takes precedence.

       NOTE:
          On  Windows,  Ice  3.7.0 and later provide libraries via the NuGet package manager.  Appropriate NuGet
          packages will be searched for using CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, or alternatively Ice_HOME may  be  set  to  the
          location of a specific NuGet package to restrict the search.

       The following cache variables may also be set:

          Ice_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
          Ice_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice headers
          Ice_SLICE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice slice interface
                          definitions
          Ice_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

       NOTE:
          In  most  cases  none  of  the  above variables will require setting, unless multiple Ice versions are
          available and a specific version is required.  On Windows, the most recent  version  of  Ice  will  be
          found  through the registry.  On Unix, the programs, headers and libraries will usually be in standard
          locations, but Ice_SLICE_DIRS might not  be  automatically  detected  (commonly  known  locations  are
          searched).   All  the  other  variables  are  defaulted  using Ice_HOME, if set.  It’s possible to set
          Ice_HOME and selectively specify alternative  locations  for  the  other  components;  this  might  be
          required for e.g. newer versions of Visual Studio if the heuristics are not sufficient to identify the
          correct programs and libraries for the specific Visual Studio version.

       Other variables one may set to control this module are:

          Ice_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindIce.

   FindIcotool
       Find icotool

       This module looks for icotool. Convert and create Win32 icon and cursor files.  This module  defines  the
       following values:

          ICOTOOL_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the icotool tool.
          ICOTOOL_FOUND: True if icotool has been found.
          ICOTOOL_VERSION_STRING: the version of icotool found.

   FindICU
       Find the International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries and programs.

       This  module  supports multiple components.  Components can include any of: data, i18n, io, le, lx, test,
       tu and uc.

       Note that on Windows data is named dt and i18n is named in; any  of  the  names  may  be  used,  and  the
       appropriate platform-specific library name will be automatically selected.

       This module reports information about the ICU installation in several variables.  General variables:

          ICU_VERSION - ICU release version
          ICU_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
          ICU_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
          ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the ICU headers

       Imported targets:

          ICU::<C>

       Where <C> is the name of an ICU component, for example ICU::i18n.

       ICU programs are reported in:

          ICU_GENCNVAL_EXECUTABLE - path to gencnval executable
          ICU_ICUINFO_EXECUTABLE - path to icuinfo executable
          ICU_GENBRK_EXECUTABLE - path to genbrk executable
          ICU_ICU-CONFIG_EXECUTABLE - path to icu-config executable
          ICU_GENRB_EXECUTABLE - path to genrb executable
          ICU_GENDICT_EXECUTABLE - path to gendict executable
          ICU_DERB_EXECUTABLE - path to derb executable
          ICU_PKGDATA_EXECUTABLE - path to pkgdata executable
          ICU_UCONV_EXECUTABLE - path to uconv executable
          ICU_GENCFU_EXECUTABLE - path to gencfu executable
          ICU_MAKECONV_EXECUTABLE - path to makeconv executable
          ICU_GENNORM2_EXECUTABLE - path to gennorm2 executable
          ICU_GENCCODE_EXECUTABLE - path to genccode executable
          ICU_GENSPREP_EXECUTABLE - path to gensprep executable
          ICU_ICUPKG_EXECUTABLE - path to icupkg executable
          ICU_GENCMN_EXECUTABLE - path to gencmn executable

       ICU component libraries are reported in:

          ICU_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
          ICU_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

       ICU datafiles are reported in:

          ICU_MAKEFILE_INC - Makefile.inc
          ICU_PKGDATA_INC - pkgdata.inc

       Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

       This module reads hints about search results from:

          ICU_ROOT - the root of the ICU installation

       The environment variable ICU_ROOT may also be used; the ICU_ROOT variable takes precedence.

       The following cache variables may also be set:

          ICU_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
          ICU_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the ICU headers
          ICU_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

       NOTE:
          In  most  cases  none  of  the  above variables will require setting, unless multiple ICU versions are
          available and a specific version is required.

       Other variables one may set to control this module are:

          ICU_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindICU.

   FindImageMagick
       Find ImageMagick binary suite.

       This module will search for a set of ImageMagick tools specified  as  components  in  the  find_package()
       call.   Typical  components  include,  but  are not limited to (future versions of ImageMagick might have
       additional components not listed here):

          animate
          compare
          composite
          conjure
          convert
          display
          identify
          import
          mogrify
          montage
          stream

       If no component is specified in the find_package() call,  then  it  only  searches  for  the  ImageMagick
       executable directory.  This code defines the following variables:

          ImageMagick_FOUND                  - TRUE if all components are found.
          ImageMagick_EXECUTABLE_DIR         - Full path to executables directory.
          ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND      - TRUE if <component> is found.
          ImageMagick_<component>_EXECUTABLE - Full path to <component> executable.
          ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING         - the version of ImageMagick found
                                               (since CMake 2.8.8)

       ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 5.2.3.

       There are also components for the following ImageMagick APIs:

          Magick++
          MagickWand
          MagickCore

       For these components the following variables are set:

          ImageMagick_FOUND                    - TRUE if all components are found.
          ImageMagick_INCLUDE_DIRS             - Full paths to all include dirs.
          ImageMagick_LIBRARIES                - Full paths to all libraries.
          ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND        - TRUE if <component> is found.
          ImageMagick_<component>_INCLUDE_DIRS - Full path to <component> include dirs.
          ImageMagick_<component>_LIBRARIES    - Full path to <component> libraries.

       Example Usages:

          find_package(ImageMagick)
          find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert)
          find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert mogrify display)
          find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++)
          find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++ convert)

       Note that the standard find_package() features are supported (i.e., QUIET, REQUIRED, etc.).

   FindIconv
       This  module finds the iconv() POSIX.1 functions on the system.  These functions might be provided in the
       regular C library or externally in the form of an additional library.

       The following variables are provided to indicate iconv support:

       Iconv_FOUND
              Variable indicating if the iconv support was found.

       Iconv_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The directories containing the iconv headers.

       Iconv_LIBRARIES
              The iconv libraries to be linked.

       Iconv_IS_BUILT_IN
              A variable indicating whether iconv support is stemming from the C library or not. Even if  the  C
              library  provides  iconv(), the presence of an external libiconv implementation might lead to this
              being false.

       Additionally, the following IMPORTED target is being provided:

       Iconv::Iconv
              Imported target for using iconv.

       The following cache variables may also be set:

       Iconv_INCLUDE_DIR
              The directory containing the iconv headers.

       Iconv_LIBRARY
              The iconv library (if not implicitly given in the C library).

       NOTE:
          On POSIX platforms, iconv might be part of the C library and the cache variables Iconv_INCLUDE_DIR and
          Iconv_LIBRARY might be empty.

   FindIntl
       Find the Gettext libintl headers and libraries.

       This  module  reports  information  about the Gettext libintl installation in several variables.  General
       variables:

          Intl_FOUND - true if the libintl headers and libraries were found
          Intl_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directory containing the libintl headers
          Intl_LIBRARIES - libintl libraries to be linked

       The following cache variables may also be set:

          Intl_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the libintl headers
          Intl_LIBRARY - the libintl library (if any)

       NOTE:
          On some platforms, such as Linux with GNU libc, the gettext functions are present in  the  C  standard
          library and libintl is not required.  Intl_LIBRARIES will be empty in this case.

       NOTE:
          If you wish to use the Gettext tools (msgmerge, msgfmt, etc.), use FindGettext.

   FindITK
       This module no longer exists.

       This  module  existed  in  versions  of  CMake  prior  to  3.1,  but  became  only  a thin wrapper around
       find_package(ITK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated  conventions.   Now
       find_package(ITK) will search for ITKConfig.cmake directly.

   FindJasper
       Try to find the Jasper JPEG2000 library

       Once done this will define

          JASPER_FOUND - system has Jasper
          JASPER_INCLUDE_DIR - the Jasper include directory
          JASPER_LIBRARIES - the libraries needed to use Jasper
          JASPER_VERSION_STRING - the version of Jasper found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   FindJava
       Find Java

       This  module  finds  if  Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  The
       caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java installation prefix explicitly.

       See also the FindJNI module to find Java Native Interface (JNI).

       Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module. See example below.

          Runtime     = Java Runtime Environment used to execute Java byte-compiled applications
          Development = Development tools (java, javac, javah, jar and javadoc), includes Runtime component
          IdlJ        = Interface Description Language (IDL) to Java compiler
          JarSigner   = Signer and verifier tool for Java Archive (JAR) files

       This module sets the following result variables:

          Java_JAVA_EXECUTABLE      = the full path to the Java runtime
          Java_JAVAC_EXECUTABLE     = the full path to the Java compiler
          Java_JAVAH_EXECUTABLE     = the full path to the Java header generator
          Java_JAVADOC_EXECUTABLE   = the full path to the Java documentation generator
          Java_IDLJ_EXECUTABLE      = the full path to the Java idl compiler
          Java_JAR_EXECUTABLE       = the full path to the Java archiver
          Java_JARSIGNER_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java jar signer
          Java_VERSION_STRING       = Version of java found, eg. 1.6.0_12
          Java_VERSION_MAJOR        = The major version of the package found.
          Java_VERSION_MINOR        = The minor version of the package found.
          Java_VERSION_PATCH        = The patch version of the package found.
          Java_VERSION_TWEAK        = The tweak version of the package found (after '_')
          Java_VERSION              = This is set to: $major[.$minor[.$patch[.$tweak]]]

       The minimum required version of Java can be specified using the find_package() syntax, e.g.

          find_package(Java 1.8)

       NOTE: ${Java_VERSION} and ${Java_VERSION_STRING} are not guaranteed to be identical.   For  example  some
       java version may return: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.8.0_17 and Java_VERSION = 1.8.0.17

       another example is the Java OEM, with: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.8.0-oem and Java_VERSION = 1.8.0

       For these components the following variables are set:

          Java_FOUND                    - TRUE if all components are found.
          Java_<component>_FOUND        - TRUE if <component> is found.

       Example Usages:

          find_package(Java)
          find_package(Java 1.8 REQUIRED)
          find_package(Java COMPONENTS Runtime)
          find_package(Java COMPONENTS Development)

   FindJNI
       Find Java Native Interface (JNI) libraries.

       JNI  enables  Java  code  running  in  a  Java  Virtual  Machine  (JVM)  to  call and be called by native
       applications and libraries written in other languages such as C, C++.

       This module finds if Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines  what  the  name  of  the library is.  The caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java
       installation prefix explicitly.

   Result Variables
       This module sets the following result variables:

       JNI_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the include dirs to use

       JNI_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to use (JAWT and JVM)

       JNI_FOUND
              TRUE if JNI headers and libraries were found.

   Cache Variables
       The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

       JAVA_AWT_LIBRARY
              the path to the Java AWT Native Interface (JAWT) library

       JAVA_JVM_LIBRARY
              the path to the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) library

       JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH
              the include path to jni.h

       JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH2
              the include path to jni_md.h and jniport.h

       JAVA_AWT_INCLUDE_PATH
              the include path to jawt.h

   FindJPEG
       Find the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) library (libjpeg)

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       JPEG::JPEG
              The JPEG library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       JPEG_FOUND
              If false, do not try to use JPEG.

       JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find jpeglib.h, etc.

       JPEG_LIBRARIES
              the libraries needed to use JPEG.

       JPEG_VERSION
              the version of the JPEG library found

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find jpeglib.h, etc.

       JPEG_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              where to find the JPEG library (optimized).

       JPEG_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              where to find the JPEG library (debug).

   Obsolete variables
       JPEG_INCLUDE_DIR
              where to find jpeglib.h, etc. (same as JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS)

       JPEG_LIBRARY
              where to find the JPEG library.

   FindKDE3
       Find the KDE3 include and library dirs, KDE preprocessors and define a some macros

       This module defines the following variables:

       KDE3_DEFINITIONS
              compiler definitions required for compiling KDE software

       KDE3_INCLUDE_DIR
              the KDE include directory

       KDE3_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the KDE and the Qt include directory, for use with include_directories()

       KDE3_LIB_DIR
              the directory where the KDE libraries are installed, for use with link_directories()

       QT_AND_KDECORE_LIBS
              this contains both the Qt and the kdecore library

       KDE3_DCOPIDL_EXECUTABLE
              the dcopidl executable

       KDE3_DCOPIDL2CPP_EXECUTABLE
              the dcopidl2cpp executable

       KDE3_KCFGC_EXECUTABLE
              the kconfig_compiler executable

       KDE3_FOUND
              set to TRUE if all of the above has been found

       The following user adjustable options are provided:

       KDE3_BUILD_TESTS
              enable this to build KDE testcases

       It also adds the following macros (from KDE3Macros.cmake) SRCS_VAR is always the variable which  contains
       the list of source files for your application or library.

       KDE3_AUTOMOC(file1 …  fileN)

          Call this if you want to have automatic moc file handling.
          This means if you include "foo.moc" in the source file foo.cpp
          a moc file for the header foo.h will be created automatically.
          You can set the property SKIP_AUTOMAKE using set_source_files_properties()
          to exclude some files in the list from being processed.

       KDE3_ADD_MOC_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1 …  fileN )

          If you don't use the KDE3_AUTOMOC() macro, for the files
          listed here moc files will be created (named "foo.moc.cpp")

       KDE3_ADD_DCOP_SKELS(SRCS_VAR header1.h …  headerN.h )

          Use this to generate DCOP skeletions from the listed headers.

       KDE3_ADD_DCOP_STUBS(SRCS_VAR header1.h …  headerN.h )

          Use this to generate DCOP stubs from the listed headers.

       KDE3_ADD_UI_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.ui …  fileN.ui )

          Use this to add the Qt designer ui files to your application/library.

       KDE3_ADD_KCFG_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.kcfgc …  fileN.kcfgc )

          Use this to add KDE kconfig compiler files to your application/library.

       KDE3_INSTALL_LIBTOOL_FILE(target)

          This will create and install a simple libtool file for the given target.

       KDE3_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name file1 …  fileN )

          Currently identical to add_executable(), may provide some advanced
          features in the future.

       KDE3_ADD_KPART(name [WITH_PREFIX] file1 …  fileN )

          Create a KDE plugin (KPart, kioslave, etc.) from the given source files.
          If WITH_PREFIX is given, the resulting plugin will have the prefix "lib",
          otherwise it won't.
          It creates and installs an appropriate libtool la-file.

       KDE3_ADD_KDEINIT_EXECUTABLE(name file1 …  fileN )

          Create a KDE application in the form of a module loadable via kdeinit.
          A library named kdeinit_<name> will be created and a small executable
          which links to it.

       The option KDE3_ENABLE_FINAL to enable all-in-one compilation is no longer supported.

       Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

   FindKDE4
       Find  KDE4 and provide all necessary variables and macros to compile software for it.  It looks for KDE 4
       in the following directories in the given order:

          CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
          KDEDIRS
          /opt/kde4

       Please look in FindKDE4Internal.cmake and KDE4Macros.cmake for more information.  They are installed with
       the KDE 4 libraries in $KDEDIRS/share/apps/cmake/modules/.

       Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

   FindLAPACK
       Find Linear Algebra PACKage (LAPACK) library

       This  module  finds an installed fortran library that implements the LAPACK linear-algebra interface (see
       http://www.netlib.org/lapack/).

       The  approach  follows  that  taken  for  the  autoconf  macro  file,   acx_lapack.m4   (distributed   at
       http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_lapack.html).

   Input Variables
       The following variables may be set to influence this module’s behavior:

       BLA_STATIC
              if ON use static linkage

       BLA_VENDOR
              If  set,  checks  only  the  specified  vendor,  if not set checks all the possibilities.  List of
              vendors valid in this module:

              • Intel10_32 (intel mkl v10 32 bit)

              • Intel10_64lp (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, lp64 model)

              • Intel10_64lp_seq (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, lp64 model)

              • Intel10_64ilp (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, ilp64 model)

              • Intel10_64ilp_seq (intel mkl v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, ilp64 model)

              • Intel (obsolete versions of mkl 32 and 64 bit)

              • OpenBLASFLAMEACMLAppleNASGeneric

       BLA_F95
              if ON tries to find BLAS95/LAPACK95

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       LAPACK_FOUND
              library implementing the LAPACK interface is found

       LAPACK_LINKER_FLAGS
              uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l and -L).

       LAPACK_LIBRARIES
              uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to link against to use LAPACK

       LAPACK95_LIBRARIES
              uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to link against to use LAPACK95

       LAPACK95_FOUND
              library implementing the LAPACK95 interface is found

       NOTE:
          C or CXX must be enabled to use Intel MKL

          For example, to use Intel MKL libraries and/or Intel compiler:

              set(BLA_VENDOR Intel10_64lp)
              find_package(LAPACK)

   FindLATEX
       Find LaTeX

       This module finds an installed LaTeX and determines the  location  of  the  compiler.   Additionally  the
       module looks for Latex-related software like BibTeX.

       This module sets the following result variables:

          LATEX_FOUND:          whether found Latex and requested components
          LATEX_<component>_FOUND:  whether found <component>
          LATEX_COMPILER:       path to the LaTeX compiler
          PDFLATEX_COMPILER:    path to the PdfLaTeX compiler
          XELATEX_COMPILER:     path to the XeLaTeX compiler
          LUALATEX_COMPILER:    path to the LuaLaTeX compiler
          BIBTEX_COMPILER:      path to the BibTeX compiler
          BIBER_COMPILER:       path to the Biber compiler
          MAKEINDEX_COMPILER:   path to the MakeIndex compiler
          XINDY_COMPILER:       path to the xindy compiler
          DVIPS_CONVERTER:      path to the DVIPS converter
          DVIPDF_CONVERTER:     path to the DVIPDF converter
          PS2PDF_CONVERTER:     path to the PS2PDF converter
          PDFTOPS_CONVERTER:    path to the pdftops converter
          LATEX2HTML_CONVERTER: path to the LaTeX2Html converter
          HTLATEX_COMPILER:     path to the htlatex compiler

       Possible components are:

          PDFLATEX
          XELATEX
          LUALATEX
          BIBTEX
          BIBER
          MAKEINDEX
          XINDY
          DVIPS
          DVIPDF
          PS2PDF
          PDFTOPS
          LATEX2HTML
          HTLATEX

       Example Usages:

          find_package(LATEX)
          find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS PDFLATEX)
          find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS BIBTEX PS2PDF)

   FindLibArchive
       Find libarchive library and headers.  Libarchive is multi-format archive and compression library.

       The module defines the following variables:

          LibArchive_FOUND        - true if libarchive was found
          LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIRS - include search path
          LibArchive_LIBRARIES    - libraries to link
          LibArchive_VERSION      - libarchive 3-component version number

   FindLibinput
       Find libinput headers and library.

   Imported Targets
       Libinput::Libinput
              The libinput library, if found.

   Result Variables
       This will define the following variables in your project:

       Libinput_FOUND
              true if (the requested version of) libinput is available.

       Libinput_VERSION
              the version of libinput.

       Libinput_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use libinput.

       Libinput_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find the libinput headers.

       Libinput_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              this should be passed to target_compile_options(), if the target is not used for linking

   FindLibLZMA
       Find LZMA compression algorithm headers and library.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target LibLZMA::LibLZMA, if liblzma has been found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       LIBLZMA_FOUND
              True if liblzma headers and library were found.

       LIBLZMA_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Directory where liblzma headers are located.

       LIBLZMA_LIBRARIES
              Lzma libraries to link against.

       LIBLZMA_HAS_AUTO_DECODER
              True if lzma_auto_decoder() is found (required).

       LIBLZMA_HAS_EASY_ENCODER
              True if lzma_easy_encoder() is found (required).

       LIBLZMA_HAS_LZMA_PRESET
              True if lzma_lzma_preset() is found (required).

       LIBLZMA_VERSION_MAJOR
              The major version of lzma

       LIBLZMA_VERSION_MINOR
              The minor version of lzma

       LIBLZMA_VERSION_PATCH
              The patch version of lzma

       LIBLZMA_VERSION_STRING
              version number as a string (ex: “5.0.3”)

   FindLibXml2
       Find the XML processing library (libxml2).

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target LibXml2::LibXml2, if libxml2 has been found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       LibXml2_FOUND
              true if libxml2 headers and libraries were found

       LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing LibXml2 headers

       LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIRS
              list of the include directories needed to use LibXml2

       LIBXML2_LIBRARIES
              LibXml2 libraries to be linked

       LIBXML2_DEFINITIONS
              the compiler switches required for using LibXml2

       LIBXML2_XMLLINT_EXECUTABLE
              path to the XML checking tool xmllint coming with LibXml2

       LIBXML2_VERSION_STRING
              the version of LibXml2 found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing LibXml2 headers

       LIBXML2_LIBRARY
              path to the LibXml2 library

   FindLibXslt
       Find the XSL Transformations, Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformations (XSLT) library (LibXslt)

       Once done this will define

          LIBXSLT_FOUND - system has LibXslt
          LIBXSLT_INCLUDE_DIR - the LibXslt include directory
          LIBXSLT_LIBRARIES - Link these to LibXslt
          LIBXSLT_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using LibXslt
          LIBXSLT_VERSION_STRING - version of LibXslt found (since CMake 2.8.8)

       Additionally, the following two variables are set (but not required for using xslt):

       LIBXSLT_EXSLT_LIBRARIES
              Link to these if you need to link against the exslt library.

       LIBXSLT_XSLTPROC_EXECUTABLE
              Contains the full path to the xsltproc executable if found.

   FindLTTngUST
       Find Linux Trace Toolkit Next Generation (LTTng-UST) library.

   Imported target
       This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

       LTTng::UST
              The LTTng-UST library, if found

   Result variables
       This module sets the following

       LTTNGUST_FOUND
              TRUE if system has LTTng-UST

       LTTNGUST_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The LTTng-UST include directories

       LTTNGUST_LIBRARIES
              The libraries needed to use LTTng-UST

       LTTNGUST_VERSION_STRING
              The LTTng-UST version

       LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACEF
              TRUE if the tracef() API is available in the system’s LTTng-UST

       LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACELOG
              TRUE if the tracelog() API is available in the system’s LTTng-UST

   FindLua50
       Locate Lua library.  This module defines:

          ::
          LUA50_FOUND,  if  false, do not try to link to Lua LUA_LIBRARIES, both lua and lualib LUA_INCLUDE_DIR,
          where to find lua.h and lualib.h (and probably lauxlib.h)

       Note that the expected include convention is

          #include "lua.h"

       and not

          #include <lua/lua.h>

       This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

   FindLua51
       Locate Lua library.  This module defines:

          ::
          LUA51_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Lua LUA_LIBRARIES LUA_INCLUDE_DIR, where  to  find  lua.h
          LUA_VERSION_STRING, the version of Lua found (since CMake 2.8.8)

       Note that the expected include convention is

          #include "lua.h"

       and not

          #include <lua/lua.h>

       This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

   FindLua
       Locate Lua library.

       This module defines:

          ::
          LUA_FOUND           -  if  false,  do  not try to link to Lua LUA_LIBRARIES      - both lua and lualib
          LUA_INCLUDE_DIR     -  where  to  find  lua.h  LUA_VERSION_STRING  -  the   version   of   Lua   found
          LUA_VERSION_MAJOR   -  the  major  version  of  Lua  LUA_VERSION_MINOR   -  the  minor  version of Lua
          LUA_VERSION_PATCH  - the patch version of Lua

       Note that the expected include convention is

          #include "lua.h"

       and not

          #include <lua/lua.h>

       This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

   FindMatlab
       Finds Matlab or Matlab Compiler Runtime (MCR) and provides  Matlab  tools,  libraries  and  compilers  to
       CMake.

       This  package  primary  purpose is to find the libraries associated with Matlab or the MCR in order to be
       able to build Matlab extensions (mex files). It can also be used:

       • to run specific commands in Matlab in case Matlab is available

       • for declaring Matlab unit test

       • to retrieve various information from Matlab (mex extensions, versions and release queries, …)

       The module supports the following components:

       • ENG_LIBRARY and MAT_LIBRARY: respectively the ENG and MAT libraries of Matlab

       • MAIN_PROGRAM the Matlab binary program. Note that this component is not available on the  MCR  version,
         and will yield an error if the MCR is found instead of the regular Matlab installation.

       • MEX_COMPILER the MEX compiler.

       • MCC_COMPILER the MCC compiler, included with the Matlab Compiler add-on.

       • SIMULINK the Simulink environment.

       NOTE:
          The  version given to the find_package() directive is the Matlab version, which should not be confused
          with  the  Matlab  release  name  (eg.   R2014).    The   matlab_get_version_from_release_name()   and
          matlab_get_release_name_from_version() provide a mapping between the release name and the version.

       The  variable  Matlab_ROOT_DIR  may be specified in order to give the path of the desired Matlab version.
       Otherwise, the behaviour is platform specific:

       • Windows: The installed versions of Matlab/MCR are retrieved from the Windows registry

       • OS X: The installed versions of Matlab/MCR are given  by  the  MATLAB  default  installation  paths  in
         /Application.  If  no such application is found, it falls back to the one that might be accessible from
         the PATH.

       • Unix: The desired Matlab should be accessible from the PATH. This does not work  for  MCR  installation
         and Matlab_ROOT_DIR should be specified on this platform.

       Additional  information  is  provided  when  MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG is set.  When a Matlab/MCR installation is
       found automatically and the MATLAB_VERSION is not given, the version is queried from Matlab directly  (on
       Windows this may pop up a Matlab window) or from the MCR installation.

       The  mapping  of  the  release  names  and  the  version  of Matlab is performed by defining pairs (name,
       version).  The variable MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS may be provided before the call to the  find_package()
       in order to handle additional versions.

       A  Matlab  scripts  can  be  added  to the set of tests using the matlab_add_unit_test(). By default, the
       Matlab unit test framework will be used (>= 2013a) to run this script, but regular .m files returning  an
       exit code can be used as well (0 indicating a success).

   Module Input Variables
       Users or projects may set the following variables to configure the module behaviour:

       Matlab_ROOT_DIR
              the root of the Matlab installation.

       MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
              outputs debug information

       MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
              additional versions of Matlab for the automatic retrieval of the installed versions.

   Variables defined by the module
   Result variables
       Matlab_FOUND
              TRUE  if  the  Matlab  installation  is  found, FALSE otherwise. All variable below are defined if
              Matlab is found.

       Matlab_ROOT_DIR
              the final root of the Matlab installation determined by the FindMatlab module.

       Matlab_MAIN_PROGRAM
              the Matlab binary  program.  Available  only  if  the  component  MAIN_PROGRAM  is  given  in  the
              find_package() directive.

       Matlab_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the path of the Matlab libraries headers

       Matlab_MEX_LIBRARY
              library for mex, always available.

       Matlab_MX_LIBRARY
              mx library of Matlab (arrays), always available.

       Matlab_ENG_LIBRARY
              Matlab engine library. Available only if the component ENG_LIBRARY is requested.

       Matlab_MAT_LIBRARY
              Matlab matrix library. Available only if the component MAT_LIBRARY is requested.

       Matlab_ENGINE_LIBRARY
              Matlab C++ engine library, always available for R2018a and newer.

       Matlab_DATAARRAY_LIBRARY
              Matlab C++ data array library, always available for R2018a and newer.

       Matlab_LIBRARIES
              the whole set of libraries of Matlab

       Matlab_MEX_COMPILER
              the  mex  compiler of Matlab. Currently not used.  Available only if the component MEX_COMPILER is
              requested.

       Matlab_MCC_COMPILER
              the mcc compiler of Matlab. Included with the Matlab  Compiler  add-on.   Available  only  if  the
              component MCC_COMPILER is requested.

   Cached variables
       Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION
              the extension of the mex files for the current platform (given by Matlab).

       Matlab_ROOT_DIR
              the  location  of the root of the Matlab installation found. If this value is changed by the user,
              the result variables are recomputed.

   Provided macros
       matlab_get_version_from_release_name()
              returns the version from the release name

       matlab_get_release_name_from_version()
              returns the release name from the Matlab version

   Provided functions
       matlab_add_mex()
              adds a target compiling a MEX file.

       matlab_add_unit_test()
              adds a Matlab unit test file as a test to the project.

       matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry()
              parses the registry for all Matlab versions. Available on Windows only.  The part of the  registry
              parsed is dependent on the host processor

       matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry()
              returns  all  the  possible  Matlab  or  MCR paths, according to a previously given list. Only the
              existing/accessible paths are kept. This is mainly useful for the searching  all  possible  Matlab
              installation.

       matlab_get_mex_suffix()
              returns the suffix to be used for the mex files (platform/architecture dependent)

       matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run()
              returns the version of Matlab/MCR, given the full directory of the Matlab/MCR installation path.

   Known issues
       Symbol clash in a MEX target
              By  default, every symbols inside a MEX file defined with the command matlab_add_mex() have hidden
              visibility, except for the entry point. This is the default behaviour of the MEX  compiler,  which
              lowers  the  risk of symbol collision between the libraries shipped with Matlab, and the libraries
              to which the MEX file is linking to. This is also the default on Windows platforms.

              However, this is not sufficient in certain case, where for  instance  your  MEX  file  is  linking
              against  libraries  that  are  already  loaded  by  Matlab, even if those libraries have different
              SONAMES.  A possible solution is to hide the symbols of the libraries to which the MEX  target  is
              linking   to.   This   can   be   achieved   in   GNU   GCC   compilers  with  the  linker  option
              -Wl,--exclude-libs,ALL.

       Tests using GPU resources
              in case your MEX file is using the GPU and in order to be able to run unit tests on this MEX file,
              the  GPU  resources  should  be properly released by Matlab. A possible solution is to make Matlab
              aware of the use of the GPU resources in the session, which can be performed by a command such  as
              D = gpuDevice() at the beginning of the test script (or via a fixture).

   Reference
       Matlab_ROOT_DIR
              The  root  folder of the Matlab installation. If set before the call to find_package(), the module
              will look for the components in that path. If not set, then an automatic search of Matlab will  be
              performed. If set, it should point to a valid version of Matlab.

       MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
              If  set,  the  lookup  of  Matlab  and  the  intermediate configuration steps are outputted to the
              console.

       MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
              If set, specifies additional versions of Matlab that may be looked for.  The variable should be  a
              list of strings, organised by pairs of release name and versions, such as follows:

                 set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
                     "release_name1=corresponding_version1"
                     "release_name2=corresponding_version2"
                     ...
                     )

              Example:

                 set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
                     "R2013b=8.2"
                     "R2013a=8.1"
                     "R2012b=8.0")

              The  order  of  entries  in  this  list matters when several versions of Matlab are installed. The
              priority is set according to the ordering in this list.

       matlab_get_version_from_release_name
              Returns the version of Matlab (17.58) from a release name (R2017k)

       matlab_get_release_name_from_version
              Returns the release name (R2017k) from the version of Matlab (17.58)

       matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry
              This function parses the registry and founds the Matlab versions that  are  installed.  The  found
              versions  are  returned  in  matlab_versions.   Set  win64 to TRUE if the 64 bit version of Matlab
              should    be    looked    for    The    returned    list    contains    all     versions     under
              HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Mathworks\\MATLAB  and  HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Mathworks\\MATLAB Runtime or an empty list
              in case an error occurred (or nothing found).

              NOTE:
                 Only the versions are provided. No check  is  made  over  the  existence  of  the  installation
                 referenced in the registry,

       matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry
              Populates  the  Matlab  root  with valid versions of Matlab or Matlab Runtime (MCR).  The returned
              matlab_roots is organized in triplets (type,version_number,matlab_root_path), where type indicates
              either MATLAB or MCR.

                 matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry(
                     matlab_versions
                     matlab_roots)

              matlab_versions
                     the versions of each of the Matlab or MCR installations

              matlab_roots
                     the location of each of the Matlab or MCR installations

       matlab_get_mex_suffix
              Returns  the extension of the mex files (the suffixes).  This function should not be called before
              the appropriate Matlab root has been found.

                 matlab_get_mex_suffix(
                     matlab_root
                     mex_suffix)

              matlab_root
                     the root of the Matlab/MCR installation

              mex_suffix
                     the variable name in which the suffix will be returned.

       matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run
              This function runs Matlab program specified on arguments and extracts its  version.  If  the  path
              provided  for the Matlab installation points to an MCR installation, the version is extracted from
              the installed files.

                 matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run(
                     matlab_binary_path
                     matlab_list_versions)

              matlab_binary_path
                     the location of the matlab binary executable

              matlab_list_versions
                     the version extracted from Matlab

       matlab_add_unit_test
              Adds a Matlab unit test to the test set of  cmake/ctest.   This  command  requires  the  component
              MAIN_PROGRAM and hence is not available for an MCR installation.

              The  unit  test  uses  the  Matlab  unittest framework (default, available starting Matlab 2013b+)
              except if the option NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK is given.

              The function expects one Matlab test script file to be given.  In the  case  NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK
              is  given, the unittest script file should contain the script to be run, plus an exit command with
              the exit value. This exit value will be passed to the ctest framework (0 success, non 0  failure).
              Additional  arguments  accepted  by  add_test() can be passed through TEST_ARGS (eg. CONFIGURATION
              <config> ...).

                 matlab_add_unit_test(
                     NAME <name>
                     UNITTEST_FILE matlab_file_containing_unittest.m
                     [CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND matlab_command_to_run_as_test]
                     [UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND matlab_command_to_run]
                     [TIMEOUT timeout]
                     [ADDITIONAL_PATH path1 [path2 ...]]
                     [MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS option1 [option2 ...]]
                     [TEST_ARGS arg1 [arg2 ...]]
                     [NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK]
                     )

              The function arguments are:

              NAME   name of the unittest in ctest.

              UNITTEST_FILE
                     the matlab unittest file. Its path will be automatically added to the Matlab path.

              CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND
                     Matlab script command to run as the test.  If this is not set, then the following  is  run:
                     runtests('matlab_file_name'),  exit(max([ans(1,:).Failed]))  where  matlab_file_name is the
                     UNITTEST_FILE without the extension.

              UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND
                     Matlab script command to be ran before  the  file  containing  the  test  (eg.  GPU  device
                     initialisation based on CMake variables).

              TIMEOUT
                     the test timeout in seconds. Defaults to 180 seconds as the Matlab unit test may hang.

              ADDITIONAL_PATH
                     a list of paths to add to the Matlab path prior to running the unit test.

              MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS
                     a  list  of  additional  option  in  order  to run Matlab from the command line.  -nosplash
                     -nodesktop -nodisplay are always added.

              TEST_ARGS
                     Additional options provided to the add_test command. These options are added to the default
                     options (eg. “CONFIGURATIONS Release”)

              NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK
                     when  set,  indicates  that  the  test  should  not  use  the  unittest framework of Matlab
                     (available for versions >= R2013a).

              WORKING_DIRECTORY
                     This will be the working directory for the test. If specified it will also  be  the  output
                     directory  used for the log file of the test run.  If not specified the temporary directory
                     ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/Matlab will be used as the working directory and the log location.

       matlab_add_mex
              Adds a Matlab MEX target.  This commands compiles the given sources with the current tool-chain in
              order  to  produce  a MEX file. The final name of the produced output may be specified, as well as
              additional link libraries, and a documentation entry for the MEX file. Remaining arguments of  the
              call are passed to the add_library() or add_executable() command.

                 matlab_add_mex(
                     NAME <name>
                     [EXECUTABLE | MODULE | SHARED]
                     SRC src1 [src2 ...]
                     [OUTPUT_NAME output_name]
                     [DOCUMENTATION file.txt]
                     [LINK_TO target1 target2 ...]
                     [R2017b | R2018a]
                     [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL]
                     [...]
                 )

              NAME   name of the target.

              SRC    list of source files.

              LINK_TO
                     a list of additional link dependencies.  The target links to libmex and libmx by default.

              OUTPUT_NAME
                     if  given,  overrides  the default name. The default name is the name of the target without
                     any prefix and with Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION suffix.

              DOCUMENTATION
                     if given, the file file.txt will be considered as being the documentation file for the  MEX
                     file.  This  file is copied into the same folder without any processing, with the same name
                     as the final mex file, and with extension .m. In that case, typing help  <name>  in  Matlab
                     prints the documentation contained in this file.

              R2017b or R2018a may be given to specify the version of the C API
                     to  use:  R2017b specifies the traditional (separate complex) C API, and corresponds to the
                     -R2017b flag for the mex command. R2018a specifies the new interleaved complex C  API,  and
                     corresponds  to  the  -R2018a  flag for the mex command. Ignored if MATLAB version prior to
                     R2018a. Defaults to R2017b.

              MODULE or SHARED may be given to specify the type of library to be
                     created. EXECUTABLE may be given to create an executable instead of a library. If  no  type
                     is given explicitly, the type is SHARED.

              EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL
                     This  option has the same meaning as for EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL and is forwarded to add_library()
                     or add_executable() commands.

              The documentation file is not processed and should be in the following format:

                 % This is the documentation
                 function ret = mex_target_output_name(input1)

   FindMFC
       Find Microsoft Foundation Class Library (MFC) on Windows

       Find the native MFC - i.e.  decide if an application can link to the MFC libraries.

          MFC_FOUND - Was MFC support found

       You don’t need to include anything or link anything to use it.

   FindMotif
       Try to find Motif (or lesstif)

       Once done this will define:

          MOTIF_FOUND        - system has MOTIF
          MOTIF_INCLUDE_DIR  - include paths to use Motif
          MOTIF_LIBRARIES    - Link these to use Motif

   FindMPEG2
       Find the native MPEG2 includes and library

       This module defines

          MPEG2_INCLUDE_DIR, path to mpeg2dec/mpeg2.h, etc.
          MPEG2_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG2.
          MPEG2_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG2.

       also defined, but not for general use are

          MPEG2_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG2 library.
          MPEG2_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

   FindMPEG
       Find the native MPEG includes and library

       This module defines

          MPEG_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find MPEG.h, etc.
          MPEG_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG.
          MPEG_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG.

       also defined, but not for general use are

          MPEG_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG library.
          MPEG_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

   FindMPI
       Find a Message Passing Interface (MPI) implementation.

       The Message Passing Interface (MPI) is  a  library  used  to  write  high-performance  distributed-memory
       parallel  applications,  and is typically deployed on a cluster.  MPI is a standard interface (defined by
       the MPI forum) for which many implementations are available.

   Variables for using MPI
       The module exposes the components C, CXX, MPICXX and Fortran.  Each of these  controls  the  various  MPI
       languages to search for.  The difference between CXX and MPICXX is that CXX refers to the MPI C API being
       usable from C++, whereas MPICXX refers to the MPI-2 C++ API that was removed again in MPI-3.

       Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

       MPI_FOUND
              Variable indicating that MPI settings  for  all  requested  languages  have  been  found.   If  no
              components  are  specified,  this is true if MPI settings for all enabled languages were detected.
              Note that the MPICXX component does not affect this variable.

       MPI_VERSION
              Minimal version of MPI detected among the requested languages, or  all  enabled  languages  if  no
              components were specified.

       This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
       or Fortran:

       MPI_<lang>_FOUND
              Variable indicating the MPI settings for <lang> were found  and  that  simple  MPI  test  programs
              compile with the provided settings.

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
              MPI compiler for <lang> if such a program exists.

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              Compilation options for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
              Compilation definitions for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

       MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Include path(s) for MPI header.

       MPI_<lang>_LINK_FLAGS
              Linker flags for MPI programs.

       MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES
              All libraries to link MPI programs against.

       Additionally, the following IMPORTED targets are defined:

       MPI::MPI_<lang>
              Target for using MPI from <lang>.

       The following variables indicating which bindings are present will be defined:

       MPI_MPICXX_FOUND
              Variable  indicating whether the MPI-2 C++ bindings are present (introduced in MPI-2, removed with
              MPI-3).

       MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F77_HEADER
              True if the Fortran 77 header mpif.h is available.

       MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F90_MODULE
              True if the Fortran 90 module mpi can be used for accessing MPI (MPI-2 and higher only).

       MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F08_MODULE
              True if the Fortran 2008 mpi_f08 is available to MPI programs (MPI-3 and higher only).

       If possible, the MPI version will be determined by this module. The facilities to detect the MPI  version
       were introduced with MPI-1.2, and therefore cannot be found for older MPI versions.

       MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
              Major version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

       MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
              Minor version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

       MPI_<lang>_VERSION
              MPI version implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

       Note  that there’s no variable for the C bindings being accessible through mpi.h, since the MPI standards
       always have required this binding to work in both C and C++ code.

       For running MPI programs, the module sets the following variables

       MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE
              Executable for running MPI programs, if such exists.

       MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG
              Flag to pass to mpiexec before giving it the number of processors to run on.

       MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS
              Number of MPI processors to utilize. Defaults to the number of processors  detected  on  the  host
              system.

       MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS
              Flags to pass to mpiexec directly before the executable to run.

       MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS
              Flags to pass to mpiexec after other flags.

   Variables for locating MPI
       This module performs a three step search for an MPI implementation:

       1. Check if the compiler has MPI support built-in. This is the case if the user passed a compiler wrapper
          as CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER or if they’re on a Cray system.

       2. Attempt to find an MPI compiler wrapper and determine the compiler information from it.

       3. Try to find an MPI implementation that does not ship such a wrapper by guessing settings.   Currently,
          only Microsoft MPI and MPICH2 on Windows are supported.

       For controlling the second step, the following variables may be set:

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
              Search for the specified compiler wrapper and use it.

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS
              Flags  to  pass  to  the MPI compiler wrapper during interrogation. Some compiler wrappers support
              linking debug or tracing libraries if a specific flag is passed and this variable may be  used  to
              obtain them.

       MPI_COMPILER_FLAGS
              Used  to  initialize MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS if no language specific flag has been given.  Empty
              by default.

       MPI_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
              A suffix which is appended to all names that are being looked for. For instance you may  set  this
              to .mpich or .openmpi to prefer the one or the other on Debian and its derivatives.

       In order to control the guessing step, the following variable may be set:

       MPI_GUESS_LIBRARY_NAME
              Valid  values  are  MSMPI  and  MPICH2.  If  set, only the given library will be searched for.  By
              default,  MSMPI  will  be  preferred  over  MPICH2  if  both  are  available.   This   also   sets
              MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER to true, which may be overridden.

       Each of the search steps may be skipped with the following control variables:

       MPI_ASSUME_NO_BUILTIN_MPI
              If  true,  the  module assumes that the compiler itself does not provide an MPI implementation and
              skips to step 2.

       MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER
              If true, no compiler wrapper will be searched for.

       MPI_SKIP_GUESSING
              If true, the guessing step will be skipped.

       Additionally, the following control variable is available to change search behavior:

       MPI_CXX_SKIP_MPICXX
              Add some definitions that will disable the MPI-2 C++ bindings.   Currently  supported  are  MPICH,
              Open MPI, Platform MPI and derivatives thereof, for example MVAPICH or Intel MPI.

       If  the  find procedure fails for a variable MPI_<lang>_WORKS, then the settings detected by or passed to
       the module did not work and even a simple MPI test program failed to compile.

       If all of these parameters were not sufficient to find the right MPI implementation, a user  may  disable
       the  entire  autodetection  process  by specifying both a list of libraries in MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES and a
       list of include directories in MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS.  Any other  variable  may  be  set  in
       addition  to  these  two.  The  module  will then validate the MPI settings and store the settings in the
       cache.

   Cache variables for MPI
       The variable MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS will be assembled from the following variables.  For C and CXX:

       MPI_<lang>_HEADER_DIR
              Location of the mpi.h header on disk.

       For Fortran:

       MPI_Fortran_F77_HEADER_DIR
              Location of the Fortran 77 header mpif.h, if it exists.

       MPI_Fortran_MODULE_DIR
              Location of the mpi or mpi_f08 modules, if available.

       For all languages the following variables are additionally considered:

       MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS
              A ;-list of paths needed in addition to the normal include directories.

       MPI_<include_name>_INCLUDE_DIR
              Path variables for include folders referred to by <include_name>.

       MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_VARS
              A ;-list of <include_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

       The variable MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES will be assembled from the following variables:

       MPI_<lib_name>_LIBRARY
              The location of a library called <lib_name> for use with MPI.

       MPI_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
              A ;-list of <lib_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

   Usage of mpiexec
       When using MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE  to  execute  MPI  applications,  you  should  typically  use  all  of  the
       MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE flags as follows:

          ${MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE} ${MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG} ${MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS}
            ${MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS} EXECUTABLE ${MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS} ARGS

       where EXECUTABLE is the MPI program, and ARGS are the arguments to pass to the MPI program.

   Advanced variables for using MPI
       The module can perform some advanced feature detections upon explicit request.

       Important  notice:  The  following  checks  cannot  be  performed  without executing an MPI test program.
       Consider the special considerations for the behavior of try_run() during  cross  compilation.   Moreover,
       running  an  MPI  program can cause additional issues, like a firewall notification on some systems.  You
       should only enable these detections if you absolutely need the information.

       If the following variables are set to true, the respective search will be performed:

       MPI_DETERMINE_Fortran_CAPABILITIES
              Determine for all available Fortran  bindings  what  the  values  of  MPI_SUBARRAYS_SUPPORTED  and
              MPI_ASYNC_PROTECTS_NONBLOCKING      are     and     make     their     values     available     as
              MPI_Fortran_<binding>_SUBARRAYS and MPI_Fortran_<binding>_ASYNCPROT, where  <binding>  is  one  of
              F77_HEADER, F90_MODULE and F08_MODULE.

       MPI_DETERMINE_LIBRARY_VERSION
              For  each  language,  find  the  output  of  MPI_Get_library_version  and  make  it  available  as
              MPI_<lang>_LIBRARY_VERSION_STRING.  This information is usually tied to the runtime  component  of
              an  MPI  implementation  and  might  differ  depending  on  <lang>.  Note that the return value is
              entirely implementation defined. This information might be used to identify the MPI vendor and for
              example pick the correct one of multiple third party binaries that matches the MPI vendor.

   Backward Compatibility
       For backward compatibility with older versions of FindMPI, these variables are set, but deprecated:

          MPI_COMPILER        MPI_LIBRARY        MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY
          MPI_COMPILE_FLAGS   MPI_INCLUDE_PATH   MPI_LINK_FLAGS
          MPI_LIBRARIES

       In  new  projects,  please use the MPI_<lang>_XXX equivalents.  Additionally, the following variables are
       deprecated:

       MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_FLAGS
              Use MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS and MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS instead.

       MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_PATH
              For    consumption    use    MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS    and    for    specifying    folders    use
              MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

       MPIEXEC
              Use MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE instead.

   FindODBC
       Find an Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) include directory and library.

       On  Windows,  when  building  with Visual Studio, this module assumes the ODBC library is provided by the
       available Windows SDK.

       On Unix, this module allows to search for ODBC library provided by unixODBC or iODBC  implementations  of
       ODBC API.  This module reads hint about location of the config program:

       ODBC_CONFIG
              Location of odbc_config or iodbc-config program

       Otherwise,  this  module  tries  to find the config program, first from unixODBC, then from iODBC.  If no
       config program found, this module searches for ODBC header and library in list of known locations.

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       ODBC::ODBC
              Imported target for using the ODBC library, if found.

   Result variables
       ODBC_FOUND
              Set to true if ODBC library found, otherwise false or undefined.

       ODBC_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Paths to include directories listed in one variable for use by  ODBC  client.   May  be  empty  on
              Windows,  where  the  include  directory  corresponding  to  the  expected  Windows SDK is already
              available in the compilation environment.

       ODBC_LIBRARIES
              Paths to libraries to linked against to use ODBC.  May just a library name on Windows,  where  the
              library  directory  corresponding  to  the  expected  Windows  SDK  is  already  available  in the
              compilation environment.

       ODBC_CONFIG
              Path to unixODBC or iODBC config program, if found or specified.

   Cache variables
       For users who wish to edit and control  the  module  behavior,  this  module  reads  hints  about  search
       locations from the following variables:

       ODBC_INCLUDE_DIR
              Path to ODBC include directory with sql.h header.

       ODBC_LIBRARY
              Path to ODBC library to be linked.

       These variables should not be used directly by project code.

   Limitations
       On  Windows,  this  module  does  not search for iODBC.  On Unix, there is no way to prefer unixODBC over
       iODBC, or vice versa, other than providing the config  program  location  using  the  ODBC_CONFIG.   This
       module does not allow to search for a specific ODBC driver.

   FindOpenACC
       Detect OpenACC support by the compiler.

       This  module  can be used to detect OpenACC support in a compiler.  If the compiler supports OpenACC, the
       flags required to compile with OpenACC support are returned in variables  for  the  different  languages.
       Currently, only PGI, GNU and Cray compilers are supported.

   Variables
       This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
       or Fortran:

       OpenACC_<lang>_FOUND
              Variable indicating if OpenACC support for <lang> was detected.

       OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS
              OpenACC compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

       OpenACC_<lang>_OPTIONS
              OpenACC compiler flags for <lang>, as a list. Suitable for usage  with  target_compile_options  or
              target_link_options.

       Additionally, the module provides IMPORTED targets:

       OpenACC::OpenACC_<lang>
              Target for using OpenACC from <lang>.

       The module will also try to provide the OpenACC version variables:

       OpenACC_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
              Date of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
              Major version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
              Minor version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION
              OpenACC version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       The specification date is formatted as given in the OpenACC standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents
       the year and month of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

   Input Variables
       OpenACC_ACCEL_TARGET=<target> If set, will the correct target accelerator flag set to the  <target>  will
       be returned with OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS.

   FindOpenAL
       Finds Open Audio Library (OpenAL).  This module defines OPENAL_LIBRARY OPENAL_FOUND, if false, do not try
       to link to OpenAL OPENAL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers.

       $OPENALDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure  --prefix=$OPENALDIR  used
       in building OpenAL.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module.

   FindOpenCL
       Finds Open Computing Language (OpenCL)

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target OpenCL::OpenCL, if OpenCL has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

          OpenCL_FOUND          - True if OpenCL was found
          OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIRS   - include directories for OpenCL
          OpenCL_LIBRARIES      - link against this library to use OpenCL
          OpenCL_VERSION_STRING - Highest supported OpenCL version (eg. 1.2)
          OpenCL_VERSION_MAJOR  - The major version of the OpenCL implementation
          OpenCL_VERSION_MINOR  - The minor version of the OpenCL implementation

       The module will also define two cache variables:

          OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIR    - the OpenCL include directory
          OpenCL_LIBRARY        - the path to the OpenCL library

   FindOpenGL
       FindModule for OpenGL and OpenGL Utility Library (GLU).

   Optional COMPONENTS
       This  module  respects several optional COMPONENTS: EGL, GLX, and OpenGL.  There are corresponding import
       targets for each of these flags.

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

       OpenGL::GL
              Defined to the platform-specific OpenGL libraries if the system has OpenGL.

       OpenGL::OpenGL
              Defined to libOpenGL if the system is GLVND-based.

       OpenGL::GLU
              Defined if the system has OpenGL Utility Library (GLU).

       OpenGL::GLX
              Defined if the system has OpenGL Extension to the X Window System (GLX).

       OpenGL::EGL
              Defined if the system has EGL.

   Result Variables
       This module sets the following variables:

       OPENGL_FOUND
              True, if the system has OpenGL and all components are found.

       OPENGL_XMESA_FOUND
              True, if the system has XMESA.

       OPENGL_GLU_FOUND
              True, if the system has GLU.

       OpenGL_OpenGL_FOUND
              True, if the system has an OpenGL library.

       OpenGL_GLX_FOUND
              True, if the system has GLX.

       OpenGL_EGL_FOUND
              True, if the system has EGL.

       OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR
              Path to the OpenGL include directory.

       OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Path to the EGL include directory.

       OPENGL_LIBRARIES
              Paths to the OpenGL library, windowing system  libraries,  and  GLU  libraries.   On  Linux,  this
              assumes  GLX  and  is  never  correct  for  EGL-based  targets.  Clients are encouraged to use the
              OpenGL::* import targets instead.

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY
              Path to the EGL library.

       OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY
              Path to the GLU library.

       OPENGL_glx_LIBRARY
              Path to the GLVND ‘GLX’ library.

       OPENGL_opengl_LIBRARY
              Path to the GLVND ‘OpenGL’ library

       OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY
              Path to the OpenGL library.  New code should prefer the OpenGL::* import targets.

   Linux-specific
       Some Linux systems utilize GLVND as a new ABI for OpenGL.  GLVND separates context libraries from  OpenGL
       itself;  OpenGL  lives  in  “libOpenGL”,  and  contexts  are  defined  in “libGLX” or “libEGL”.  GLVND is
       currently the only way to get OpenGL 3+ functionality via  EGL  in  a  manner  portable  across  vendors.
       Projects may use GLVND explicitly with target OpenGL::OpenGL and either OpenGL::GLX or OpenGL::EGL.

       Projects may use the OpenGL::GL target (or OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable) to use legacy GL interfaces.  These
       will use the legacy GL library located by OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY, if available.  If OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY is empty
       or  not found and GLVND is available, the OpenGL::GL target will use GLVND OpenGL::OpenGL and OpenGL::GLX
       (and the OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable will use the corresponding libraries).  Thus, for non-EGL-based  Linux
       targets, the OpenGL::GL target is most portable.

       A  OpenGL_GL_PREFERENCE  variable may be set to specify the preferred way to provide legacy GL interfaces
       in case multiple choices are available.  The value may be one of:

       GLVND  If the GLVND OpenGL and GLX libraries are available, prefer them.  This  forces  OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY
              to  be  empty.   This  is the default if components were requested (since components correspond to
              GLVND libraries) or if policy CMP0072 is set to NEW.

       LEGACY Prefer to use the legacy libGL library, if available.  This is the default if no  components  were
              requested and policy CMP0072 is not set to NEW.

       For  EGL  targets  the  client  must  rely on GLVND support on the user’s system.  Linking should use the
       OpenGL::OpenGL OpenGL::EGL targets.   Using  GLES*  libraries  is  theoretically  possible  in  place  of
       OpenGL::OpenGL, but this module does not currently support that; contributions welcome.

       OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY and OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS are defined in the case of GLVND.  For non-GLVND Linux and
       other systems these are left undefined.

   macOS-Specific
       On OSX FindOpenGL defaults to using the framework version of OpenGL. People will have to change the cache
       values of OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY and OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY to use OpenGL with X11 on OSX.

   FindOpenMP
       Finds Open Multi-Processing (OpenMP) support.

       This  module  can  be  used to detect OpenMP support in a compiler.  If the compiler supports OpenMP, the
       flags required to compile with OpenMP support are returned in variables for the different languages.  The
       variables may be empty if the compiler does not need a special flag to support OpenMP.

   Variables
       The  module  exposes the components C, CXX, and Fortran.  Each of these controls the various languages to
       search OpenMP support for.

       Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

       OpenMP_FOUND
              Variable indicating that OpenMP flags  for  all  requested  languages  have  been  found.   If  no
              components are specified, this is true if OpenMP settings for all enabled languages were detected.

       OpenMP_VERSION
              Minimal  version  of  the  OpenMP  standard detected among the requested languages, or all enabled
              languages if no components were specified.

       This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX,
       or Fortran:

       OpenMP_<lang>_FOUND
              Variable indicating if OpenMP support for <lang> was detected.

       OpenMP_<lang>_FLAGS
              OpenMP compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

       OpenMP_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Directories that must be added to the header search path for <lang> when using OpenMP.

       For linking with OpenMP code written in <lang>, the following variables are provided:

       OpenMP_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
              ;-list of libraries for OpenMP programs for <lang>.

       OpenMP_<libname>_LIBRARY
              Location of the individual libraries needed for OpenMP support in <lang>.

       OpenMP_<lang>_LIBRARIES
              A list of libraries needed to link with OpenMP code written in <lang>.

       Additionally, the module provides IMPORTED targets:

       OpenMP::OpenMP_<lang>
              Target for using OpenMP from <lang>.

       Specifically for Fortran, the module sets the following variables:

       OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_HEADER
              Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through omp_lib.h.

       OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_MODULE
              Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through the omp_lib Fortran module.

       The module will also try to provide the OpenMP version variables:

       OpenMP_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
              Date of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
              Major version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
              Minor version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION
              OpenMP version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       The  specification date is formatted as given in the OpenMP standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents
       the year and month of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

       For some compilers, it may be necessary to add a header search path to find the relevant OpenMP  headers.
       This  location  may  be  language-specific.   Where  this  is  needed, the module may attempt to find the
       location, but it can be provided directly by setting the OpenMP_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIR cache variable.   Note
       that   this   variable   is   an   _input_   control   to  the  module.   Project  code  should  use  the
       OpenMP_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS _output_ variable if it needs to know what include directories are needed.

   FindOpenSceneGraph
       Find OpenSceneGraph (3D graphics application programming interface)

       This module searches for the OpenSceneGraph core “osg” library as well as FindOpenThreads,  and  whatever
       additional COMPONENTS (nodekits) that you specify.

          See http://www.openscenegraph.org

       NOTE:   To   use   this   module   effectively   you   must   either   require   CMake   >=   2.6.3  with
       cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6.3) or download and place FindOpenThreads, Findosg  functions,  Findosg
       and Find<etc>.cmake files into your CMAKE_MODULE_PATH.

                                                         ----

       This module accepts the following variables (note mixed case)

          OpenSceneGraph_DEBUG - Enable debugging output

          OpenSceneGraph_MARK_AS_ADVANCED - Mark cache variables as advanced
                                            automatically

       The  following  environment variables are also respected for finding the OSG and it’s various components.
       CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH can also be used for this (see find_library() CMake documentation).

       <MODULE>_DIR
              (where MODULE is of the form “OSGVOLUME” and there is a FindosgVolume.cmake` file)

       OSG_DIR

       OSGDIR

       OSG_ROOT

       [CMake 2.8.10]: The CMake variable OSG_DIR can now be used as well to  influence  detection,  instead  of
       needing to specify an environment variable.

       This module defines the following output variables:

          OPENSCENEGRAPH_FOUND - Was the OSG and all of the specified components found?

          OPENSCENEGRAPH_VERSION - The version of the OSG which was found

          OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS - Where to find the headers

          OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES - The OSG libraries

       ================================== Example Usage:

          find_package(OpenSceneGraph 2.0.0 REQUIRED osgDB osgUtil)
              # libOpenThreads & libosg automatically searched
          include_directories(${OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS})

          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo ${OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES})

   FindOpenSSL
       Find the OpenSSL encryption library.

   Optional COMPONENTS
       This  module  supports two optional COMPONENTS: Crypto and SSL.  Both components have associated imported
       targets, as described below.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       OpenSSL::SSL
              The OpenSSL ssl library, if found.

       OpenSSL::Crypto
              The OpenSSL crypto library, if found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       OPENSSL_FOUND
              System has the OpenSSL library. If no  components  are  requested  it  only  requires  the  crypto
              library.

       OPENSSL_INCLUDE_DIR
              The OpenSSL include directory.

       OPENSSL_CRYPTO_LIBRARY
              The OpenSSL crypto library.

       OPENSSL_CRYPTO_LIBRARIES
              The OpenSSL crypto library and its dependencies.

       OPENSSL_SSL_LIBRARY
              The OpenSSL SSL library.

       OPENSSL_SSL_LIBRARIES
              The OpenSSL SSL library and its dependencies.

       OPENSSL_LIBRARIES
              All OpenSSL libraries and their dependencies.

       OPENSSL_VERSION
              This is set to $major.$minor.$revision$patch (e.g. 0.9.8s).

   Hints
       Set  OPENSSL_ROOT_DIR  to  the root directory of an OpenSSL installation.  Set OPENSSL_USE_STATIC_LIBS to
       TRUE to look for static libraries.  Set OPENSSL_MSVC_STATIC_RT set TRUE to choose the MT version  of  the
       lib.

   FindOpenThreads
       OpenThreads  is a C++ based threading library.  Its largest userbase seems to OpenSceneGraph so you might
       notice I accept OSGDIR as an environment path.  I consider this part of the Findosg* suite used  to  find
       OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module.

       Locate  OpenThreads  This  module  defines OPENTHREADS_LIBRARY OPENTHREADS_FOUND, if false, do not try to
       link to OpenThreads OPENTHREADS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

       $OPENTHREADS_DIR   is   an   environment   variable   that   would   correspond   to   the    ./configure
       –prefix=$OPENTHREADS_DIR used in building osg.

       [CMake  2.8.10]:  The  CMake  variables  OPENTHREADS_DIR  or OSG_DIR can now be used as well to influence
       detection, instead of needing to specify an environment variable.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgAnimation
       This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each  component  is  separate
       and  you  must  opt  in  to  each module.  You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece  in  case  you  need  to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If  you  want  to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgAnimation This module defines

       OSGANIMATION_FOUND - Was osgAnimation  found?  OSGANIMATION_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGANIMATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the OSG (use this)

       OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

       $OSGDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$OSGDIR used in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgDB
       This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each  component  is  separate
       and  you  must  opt  in  to  each module.  You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece  in  case  you  need  to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL module doesn’t work with your system as an  example).   If
       you  want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph instead of
       the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgDB This module defines:

       OSGDB_FOUND
              Was osgDB found?

       OSGDB_INCLUDE_DIR
              Where to find the headers

       OSGDB_LIBRARIES
              The libraries to link against for the osgDB

       OSGDB_LIBRARY
              The osgDB library

       OSGDB_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The osgDB debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to:

          ./configure --prefix=$OSGDIR used in building osg.

   Findosg_functions
       This CMake file contains two macros to assist with searching for OSG libraries and nodekits.  Please  see
       FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake for full documentation.

   FindosgFX
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgFX This module defines

       OSGFX_FOUND  -  Was  osgFX  found?  OSGFX_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where to find the headers OSGFX_LIBRARIES - The
       libraries to link against for the osgFX (use this)

       OSGFX_LIBRARY - The osgFX library OSGFX_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgFX debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgGA
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgGA This module defines

       OSGGA_FOUND  -  Was  osgGA  found?  OSGGA_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where to find the headers OSGGA_LIBRARIES - The
       libraries to link against for the osgGA (use this)

       OSGGA_LIBRARY - The osgGA library OSGGA_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgGA debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgIntrospection
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgINTROSPECTION This module defines

       OSGINTROSPECTION_FOUND  -  Was  osgIntrospection found?  OSGINTROSPECTION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the
       headers OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgIntrospection (use this)

       OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY  -   The   osgIntrospection   library   OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY_DEBUG   -   The
       osgIntrospection debug library

       $OSGDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$OSGDIR used in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgManipulator
       This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each  component  is  separate
       and  you  must  opt  in  to  each module.  You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece  in  case  you  need  to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If  you  want  to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgManipulator This module defines

       OSGMANIPULATOR_FOUND - Was osgManipulator found?  OSGMANIPULATOR_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the  headers
       OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgManipulator (use this)

       OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY  -  The  osgManipulator  library OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgManipulator
       debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgParticle
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgParticle This module defines

       OSGPARTICLE_FOUND  -  Was  osgParticle  found?  OSGPARTICLE_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgParticle (use this)

       OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY - The osgParticle library OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgParticle debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgPresentation
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgPresentation This module defines

       OSGPRESENTATION_FOUND  -  Was  osgPresentation  found?   OSGPRESENTATION_INCLUDE_DIR  - Where to find the
       headers OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgPresentation (use this)

       OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY - The osgPresentation library OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgPresentation
       debug library

       $OSGDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$OSGDIR used in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.  Modified to work with osgPresentation by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

   FindosgProducer
       This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each  component  is  separate
       and  you  must  opt  in  to  each module.  You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece  in  case  you  need  to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If  you  want  to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgProducer This module defines

       OSGPRODUCER_FOUND  -  Was  osgProducer  found?  OSGPRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgProducer (use this)

       OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY - The osgProducer library OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgProducer debug library

       $OSGDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$OSGDIR used in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgQt
       This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each  component  is  separate
       and  you  must  opt  in  to  each module.  You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece  in  case  you  need  to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If  you  want  to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgQt This module defines

       OSGQT_FOUND - Was osgQt found? OSGQT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where  to  find  the  headers  OSGQT_LIBRARIES  -  The
       libraries to link for osgQt (use this)

       OSGQT_LIBRARY - The osgQt library OSGQT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgQt debug library

       $OSGDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$OSGDIR used in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.  Modified to work with osgQt by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

   Findosg
       NOTE: It is highly recommended that you use the new FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake introduced  in  CMake  2.6.3
       and not use this Find module directly.

       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osg This module defines

       OSG_FOUND  - Was the Osg found? OSG_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSG_LIBRARIES - The libraries
       to link against for the OSG (use this)

       OSG_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSG_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgShadow
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgShadow This module defines

       OSGSHADOW_FOUND   -   Was   osgShadow   found?   OSGSHADOW_INCLUDE_DIR   -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGSHADOW_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgShadow (use this)

       OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY - The osgShadow library OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgShadow debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgSim
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgSim This module defines

       OSGSIM_FOUND  -  Was  osgSim found? OSGSIM_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGSIM_LIBRARIES - The
       libraries to link for osgSim (use this)

       OSGSIM_LIBRARY - The osgSim library OSGSIM_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgSim debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgTerrain
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgTerrain This module defines

       OSGTERRAIN_FOUND   -   Was   osgTerrain  found?  OSGTERRAIN_INCLUDE_DIR  -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgTerrain (use this)

       OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY - The osgTerrain library OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgTerrain debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgText
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgText This module defines

       OSGTEXT_FOUND  -  Was  osgText found? OSGTEXT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGTEXT_LIBRARIES -
       The libraries to link for osgText (use this)

       OSGTEXT_LIBRARY - The osgText library OSGTEXT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgText debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgUtil
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgUtil This module defines

       OSGUTIL_FOUND  -  Was  osgUtil found? OSGUTIL_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGUTIL_LIBRARIES -
       The libraries to link for osgUtil (use this)

       OSGUTIL_LIBRARY - The osgUtil library OSGUTIL_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgUtil debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgViewer
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgViewer This module defines

       OSGVIEWER_FOUND   -   Was   osgViewer   found?   OSGVIEWER_INCLUDE_DIR   -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGVIEWER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgViewer (use this)

       OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY - The osgViewer library OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgViewer debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgVolume
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgVolume This module defines

       OSGVOLUME_FOUND   -   Was   osgVolume   found?   OSGVOLUME_INCLUDE_DIR   -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGVOLUME_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgVolume (use this)

       OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY - The osgVolume library OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgVolume debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindosgWidget
       This  is  part  of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components.  Each component is separate
       and you must opt in to each module.  You must also opt into  OpenGL  and  OpenThreads  (and  Producer  if
       needed) as these modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system piece by
       piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the  Find  behavior  for  a  particular
       module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as an example).
       If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything,  use  the  FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake
       instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate osgWidget This module defines

       OSGWIDGET_FOUND   -   Was   osgWidget   found?   OSGWIDGET_INCLUDE_DIR   -  Where  to  find  the  headers
       OSGWIDGET_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgWidget (use this)

       OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY - The osgWidget library OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgWidget debug library

       $OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond  to  the  ./configure  –prefix=$OSGDIR  used  in
       building osg.

       FindosgWidget.cmake tweaked from Findosg* suite as created by Eric Wing.

   FindPatch
       The module defines the following variables:

       Patch_EXECUTABLE
              Path to patch command-line executable.

       Patch_FOUND
              True if the patch command-line executable was found.

       The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

       Patch::patch
              The command-line executable.

       Example usage:

          find_package(Patch)
          if(Patch_FOUND)
            message("Patch found: ${Patch_EXECUTABLE}")
          endif()

   FindPerlLibs
       Find Perl libraries

       This module finds if PERL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          PERLLIBS_FOUND    = True if perl.h & libperl were found
          PERL_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where perl.h is found
          PERL_LIBRARY      = path to libperl
          PERL_EXECUTABLE   = full path to the perl binary

       The  minimum  required  version  of  Perl  can   be   specified   using   the   standard   syntax,   e.g.
       find_package(PerlLibs 6.0)

          The following variables are also available if needed
          (introduced after CMake 2.6.4)

          PERL_SITESEARCH     = path to the sitesearch install dir (-V:installsitesearch)
          PERL_SITEARCH       = path to the sitelib install directory (-V:installsitearch)
          PERL_SITELIB        = path to the sitelib install directory (-V:installsitelib)
          PERL_VENDORARCH     = path to the vendor arch install directory (-V:installvendorarch)
          PERL_VENDORLIB      = path to the vendor lib install directory (-V:installvendorlib)
          PERL_ARCHLIB        = path to the core arch lib install directory (-V:archlib)
          PERL_PRIVLIB        = path to the core priv lib install directory (-V:privlib)
          PERL_UPDATE_ARCHLIB = path to the update arch lib install directory (-V:installarchlib)
          PERL_UPDATE_PRIVLIB = path to the update priv lib install directory (-V:installprivlib)
          PERL_EXTRA_C_FLAGS = Compilation flags used to build perl

   FindPerl
       Find perl

       this module looks for Perl

          PERL_EXECUTABLE     - the full path to perl
          PERL_FOUND          - If false, don't attempt to use perl.
          PERL_VERSION_STRING - version of perl found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   FindPHP4
       Find PHP4

       This module finds if PHP4 is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          PHP4_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where php.h can be found
          PHP4_EXECUTABLE         = full path to the php4 binary

   FindPhysFS
       Locate PhysFS library This module defines PHYSFS_LIBRARY,  the  name  of  the  library  to  link  against
       PHYSFS_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to PHYSFS PHYSFS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find physfs.h

       $PHYSFSDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$PHYSFSDIR used in
       building PHYSFS.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindPike
       Find Pike

       This module finds if PIKE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          PIKE_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where program.h is found
          PIKE_EXECUTABLE         = full path to the pike binary

   FindPkgConfig
       A pkg-config module for CMake.

       Finds   the   pkg-config   executable   and   adds   the   pkg_get_variable(),   pkg_check_modules()  and
       pkg_search_module() commands. The following variables will also be set:

       PKG_CONFIG_FOUND
              if pkg-config executable was found

       PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE
              pathname of the pkg-config program

       PKG_CONFIG_VERSION_STRING
              version of pkg-config (since CMake 2.8.8)

       pkg_check_modules
              Checks for all the given modules, setting a variety of result variables in the calling scope.

                 pkg_check_modules(<prefix>
                                   [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
                                   [NO_CMAKE_PATH]
                                   [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
                                   [IMPORTED_TARGET [GLOBAL]]
                                   <moduleSpec> [<moduleSpec>...])

              When the REQUIRED argument is given, the command will fail with an error if module(s) could not be
              found.

              When the QUIET argument is given, no status messages will be printed.

              By     default,     if     CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION    is    3.1    or    later,    or    if
              PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH is set to a  boolean  True  value,  then  the  CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH,
              CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH,  and  CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH  cache and environment variables will be added to
              the pkg-config search path.  The NO_CMAKE_PATH  and  NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH  arguments  disable
              this behavior for the cache variables and environment variables respectively.

              The  IMPORTED_TARGET argument will create an imported target named PkgConfig::<prefix> that can be
              passed directly as an argument to target_link_libraries().  The  GLOBAL  argument  will  make  the
              imported target available in global scope.

              Each  <moduleSpec>  can  be  either  a  bare module name or it can be a module name with a version
              constraint (operators =, <, >, <= and >= are supported).  The following are examples for a  module
              named foo with various constraints:

              • foo matches any version.

              • foo<2 only matches versions before 2.

              • foo>=3.1 matches any version from 3.1 or later.

              • foo=1.2.3 requires that foo must be exactly version 1.2.3.

              The following variables may be set upon return.  Two sets of values exist: One for the common case
              (<XXX> = <prefix>) and another for the  information  pkg-config  provides  when  called  with  the
              --static option (<XXX> = <prefix>_STATIC).

              <XXX>_FOUND
                     set to 1 if module(s) exist

              <XXX>_LIBRARIES
                     only the libraries (without the ‘-l’)

              <XXX>_LINK_LIBRARIES
                     the libraries and their absolute paths

              <XXX>_LIBRARY_DIRS
                     the paths of the libraries (without the ‘-L’)

              <XXX>_LDFLAGS
                     all required linker flags

              <XXX>_LDFLAGS_OTHER
                     all other linker flags

              <XXX>_INCLUDE_DIRS
                     the ‘-I’ preprocessor flags (without the ‘-I’)

              <XXX>_CFLAGS
                     all required cflags

              <XXX>_CFLAGS_OTHER
                     the other compiler flags

              All  but  <XXX>_FOUND  may  be  a  ;-list  if the associated variable returned from pkg-config has
              multiple values.

              There are some special variables whose prefix depends on the number of <moduleSpec>  given.   When
              there  is  only  one  <moduleSpec>, <YYY> will simply be <prefix>, but if two or more <moduleSpec>
              items are given, <YYY> will be <prefix>_<moduleName>.

              <YYY>_VERSION
                     version of the module

              <YYY>_PREFIX
                     prefix directory of the module

              <YYY>_INCLUDEDIR
                     include directory of the module

              <YYY>_LIBDIR
                     lib directory of the module

              Examples:

                 pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0)

              Looks for any version of glib2.  If found, the output variable GLIB2_VERSION will hold the  actual
              version found.

                 pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0>=2.10)

              Looks  for  at least version 2.10 of glib2.  If found, the output variable GLIB2_VERSION will hold
              the actual version found.

                 pkg_check_modules (FOO glib-2.0>=2.10 gtk+-2.0)

              Looks for both glib2-2.0 (at least version 2.10) and any version of gtk2+-2.0.  Only if  both  are
              found  will  FOO be considered found.  The FOO_glib-2.0_VERSION and FOO_gtk+-2.0_VERSION variables
              will be set to their respective found module versions.

                 pkg_check_modules (XRENDER REQUIRED xrender)

              Requires any version of xrender.  Example output variables set by a successful call:

                 XRENDER_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11
                 XRENDER_STATIC_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11;pthread;Xau;Xdmcp

       pkg_search_module
              The behavior of this command is the same as pkg_check_modules(), except that rather than  checking
              for all the specified modules, it searches for just the first successful match.

                 pkg_search_module(<prefix>
                                   [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
                                   [NO_CMAKE_PATH]
                                   [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
                                   [IMPORTED_TARGET [GLOBAL]]
                                   <moduleSpec> [<moduleSpec>...])

              If  a  module  is  found,  the <prefix>_MODULE_NAME variable will contain the name of the matching
              module. This variable can be used if you need to run pkg_get_variable().

              Example:

                 pkg_search_module (BAR libxml-2.0 libxml2 libxml>=2)

       pkg_get_variable
              Retrieves the value of a pkg-config  variable  varName  and  stores  it  in  the  result  variable
              resultVar in the calling scope.

                 pkg_get_variable(<resultVar> <moduleName> <varName>)

              If pkg-config returns multiple values for the specified variable, resultVar will contain a ;-list.

              For example:

                 pkg_get_variable(GI_GIRDIR gobject-introspection-1.0 girdir)

   Variables Affecting Behavior
       PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE
              This  can be set to the path of the pkg-config executable.  If not provided, it will be set by the
              module as a result of calling find_program() internally.  The PKG_CONFIG environment variable  can
              be used as a hint.

       PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH
              Specifies  whether  pkg_check_modules()  and  pkg_search_module()  should  add  the  paths  in the
              CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH and CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH cache and  environment  variables
              to the pkg-config search path.

              If this variable is not set, this behavior is enabled by default if CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION
              is 3.1 or later, disabled otherwise.

   FindPNG
       Find libpng, the official reference library for the PNG image format.

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

       PNG::PNG
              The libpng library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find png.h, etc.

       PNG_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use PNG.

       PNG_DEFINITIONS
              You should add_definitions(${PNG_DEFINITIONS}) before compiling code  that  includes  png  library
              files.

       PNG_FOUND
              If false, do not try to use PNG.

       PNG_VERSION_STRING
              the version of the PNG library found (since CMake 2.8.8)

   Obsolete variables
       The following variables may also be set, for backwards compatibility:

       PNG_LIBRARY
              where to find the PNG library.

       PNG_INCLUDE_DIR
              where to find the PNG headers (same as PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS)

       Since  PNG  depends on the ZLib compression library, none of the above will be defined unless ZLib can be
       found.

   FindPostgreSQL
       Find the PostgreSQL installation.

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target PostgreSQL::PostgreSQL if PostgreSQL has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       PostgreSQL_FOUND
              True if PostgreSQL is found.

       PostgreSQL_LIBRARIES
              the PostgreSQL libraries needed for linking

       PostgreSQL_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directories of the PostgreSQL headers

       PostgreSQL_LIBRARY_DIRS
              the link directories for PostgreSQL libraries

       PostgreSQL_VERSION_STRING
              the version of PostgreSQL found

   FindProducer
       Though Producer isn’t directly part of OpenSceneGraph, its primary user is OSG so I consider this part of
       the  Findosg*  suite  used  to  find OpenSceneGraph components.  You’ll notice that I accept OSGDIR as an
       environment path.

       Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module.   You  must  also  opt  into  OpenGL  (and
       OpenThreads?)  as  these  modules won’t do it for you.  This is to allow you control over your own system
       piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components  or  change  the  Find  behavior  for  a
       particular  module  (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn’t work with your system as
       an example).   If  you  want  to  use  a  more  convenient  module  that  includes  everything,  use  the
       FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

       Locate  Producer  This  module  defines  PRODUCER_LIBRARY PRODUCER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to
       Producer PRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

       $PRODUCER_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the  ./configure  –prefix=$PRODUCER_DIR
       used in building osg.

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindProtobuf
       Locate and configure the Google Protocol Buffers library.

       The following variables can be set and are optional:

       Protobuf_SRC_ROOT_FOLDER
              When  compiling  with  MSVC,  if  this cache variable is set the protobuf-default VS project build
              locations    (vsprojects/Debug    and    vsprojects/Release    or     vsprojects/x64/Debug     and
              vsprojects/x64/Release) will be searched for libraries and binaries.

       Protobuf_IMPORT_DIRS
              List of additional directories to be searched for imported .proto files.

       Protobuf_DEBUG
              Show debug messages.

       Protobuf_USE_STATIC_LIBS
              Set to ON to force the use of the static libraries.  Default is OFF.

       Defines the following variables:

       Protobuf_FOUND
              Found the Google Protocol Buffers library (libprotobuf & header files)

       Protobuf_VERSION
              Version of package found.

       Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Include directories for Google Protocol Buffers

       Protobuf_LIBRARIES
              The protobuf libraries

       Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARIES
              The protoc libraries

       Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARIES
              The protobuf-lite libraries

       The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

       protobuf::libprotobuf
              The protobuf library.

       protobuf::libprotobuf-lite
              The protobuf lite library.

       protobuf::libprotoc
              The protoc library.

       protobuf::protoc
              The protoc compiler.

       The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

       Protobuf_LIBRARY
              The protobuf library

       Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY
              The protoc library

       Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIR
              The include directory for protocol buffers

       Protobuf_PROTOC_EXECUTABLE
              The protoc compiler

       Protobuf_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The protobuf library (debug)

       Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The protoc library (debug)

       Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY
              The protobuf lite library

       Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              The protobuf lite library (debug)

       Example:

          find_package(Protobuf REQUIRED)
          include_directories(${Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS})
          include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
          protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS foo.proto)
          protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS EXPORT_MACRO DLL_EXPORT foo.proto)
          protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS DESCRIPTORS PROTO_DESCS foo.proto)
          protobuf_generate_python(PROTO_PY foo.proto)
          add_executable(bar bar.cc ${PROTO_SRCS} ${PROTO_HDRS})
          target_link_libraries(bar ${Protobuf_LIBRARIES})

       NOTE:
          The protobuf_generate_cpp and protobuf_generate_python functions and add_executable() or add_library()
          calls only work properly within the same directory.

       protobuf_generate_cpp
              Add custom commands to process .proto files to C++:

                 protobuf_generate_cpp (<SRCS> <HDRS>
                     [DESCRIPTORS <DESC>] [EXPORT_MACRO <MACRO>] [<ARGN>...])

              SRCS   Variable to define with autogenerated source files

              HDRS   Variable to define with autogenerated header files

              DESCRIPTORS
                     Variable to define with autogenerated descriptor files, if requested.

              EXPORT_MACRO
                     is a macro which should expand to __declspec(dllexport) or __declspec(dllimport)  depending
                     on what is being compiled.

              ARGN   .proto files

       protobuf_generate_python
              Add custom commands to process .proto files to Python:

                 protobuf_generate_python (<PY> [<ARGN>...])

              PY     Variable to define with autogenerated Python files

              ARGN   .proto filess

   FindPython
       Find Python interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

       The following components are supported:

       • Interpreter: search for Python interpreter.

       • Compiler: search for Python compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       • Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries).

       • NumPy: search for NumPy include directories.

       If no COMPONENTS are specified, Interpreter is assumed.

       To  ensure  consistent  versions between components Interpreter, Compiler, Development and NumPy, specify
       all components at the same time:

          find_package (Python COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

       This module looks preferably for version 3 of Python. If not found, version 2  is  searched.   To  manage
       concurrent versions 3 and 2 of Python, use FindPython3 and FindPython2 modules rather than this one.

       NOTE:
          If  components Interpreter and Development are both specified, this module search only for interpreter
          with same platform architecture as the one defined by CMake configuration.  This  contraint  does  not
          apply if only Interpreter component is specified.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following Imported Targets (when CMAKE_ROLE is PROJECT):

       Python::Interpreter
              Python interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

       Python::Compiler
              Python compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

       Python::Python
              Python library for Python embedding. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python::Module
              Python library for Python module. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python::NumPy
              NumPy Python library. Target defined if component NumPy is found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

       Python_FOUND
              System has the Python requested components.

       Python_Interpreter_FOUND
              System has the Python interpreter.

       Python_EXECUTABLE
              Path to the Python interpreter.

       Python_INTERPRETER_ID

              A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

                     • Python

                     • ActivePython

                     • Anaconda

                     • Canopy

                     • IronPython

       Python_STDLIB
              Standard platform independent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

       Python_STDARCH
              Standard platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

       Python_SITELIB
              Third-party platform independent installation directory.

              Information                                       returned                                      by
              distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

       Python_SITEARCH
              Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

       Python_Compiler_FOUND
              System has the Python compiler.

       Python_COMPILER
              Path to the Python compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       Python_COMPILER_ID

              A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

                     • IronPython

       Python_Development_FOUND
              System has the Python development artifacts.

       Python_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The Python include directories.

       Python_LIBRARIES
              The Python libraries.

       Python_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python library directories.

       Python_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python runtime library directories.

       Python_VERSION
              Python version.

       Python_VERSION_MAJOR
              Python major version.

       Python_VERSION_MINOR
              Python minor version.

       Python_VERSION_PATCH
              Python patch version.

       Python_NumPy_FOUND
              System has the NumPy.

       Python_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The NumPy include directries.

       Python_NumPy_VERSION
              The NumPy version.

   Hints
       Python_ROOT_DIR
              Define the root directory of a Python installation.

       Python_USE_STATIC_LIBS

              • If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

              • If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

              • If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

       Python_FIND_ABI
              This variable defines which ABIs, as defined in PEP 3149, should be searched.

              NOTE:
                 This hint will be honored only when searched for Python version 3.

              NOTE:
                 If Python_FIND_ABI is not defined, any ABI will be searched.

              The Python_FIND_ABI variable is a 3-tuple specifying, in that order, pydebug (d), pymalloc (m) and
              unicode (u) flags.  Each element can be set to one of the following:

              • ON: Corresponding flag is selected.

              • OFF: Corresponding flag is not selected.

              • ANY: The two posibilties (ON and OFF) will be searched.

              From  this  3-tuple,  various ABIs will be searched starting from the most specialized to the most
              general. Moreover, debug versions will be searched after non-debug ones.

              For example, if we have:

                 set (Python_FIND_ABI "ON" "ANY" "ANY")

              The following flags combinations will be appended, in that order, to the artifact names: dmu,  dm,
              du, and d.

              And to search any possible ABIs:

                 set (Python_FIND_ABI "ANY" "ANY" "ANY")

              The following combinations, in that order, will be used: mu, m, u, <empty>, dmu, dm, du and d.

              NOTE:
                 This  hint  is  useful  only  on POSIX systems. So, on Windows systems, when Python_FIND_ABI is
                 defined, Python distributions from python.org will be found only if value for each flag is  OFF
                 or ANY.

       Python_FIND_STRATEGY
              This  variable  defines  how lookup will be done.  The Python_FIND_STRATEGY variable can be set to
              empty or one of the following:

              • VERSION: Try to find the most recent version in all specified locations.  This is the default if
                policy CMP0094 is undefined or set to OLD.

              • LOCATION:  Stops lookup as soon as a version satisfying version constraints is founded.  This is
                the default if policy CMP0094 is set to NEW.

       Python_FIND_REGISTRY
              On Windows the Python_FIND_REGISTRY variable determine the order of  preference  between  registry
              and  environment  variables.   the Python_FIND_REGISTRY variable can be set to empty or one of the
              following:

              • FIRST: Try to use registry before environment variables.  This is the default.

              • LAST: Try to use registry after environment variables.

              • NEVER: Never try to use registry.

       Python_FIND_FRAMEWORK
              On macOS the Python_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable determine the order of preference between  Apple-style
              and  unix-style  package  components.   This  variable  can be set to empty or take same values as
              CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable.

              NOTE:
                 Value ONLY is not supported so FIRST will be used instead.

              If Python_FIND_FRAMEWORK is not defined, CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable will be used, if any.

       Python_FIND_VIRTUALENV
              This variable defines the handling of virtual environments. It is meaningfull only when a  virtual
              environment  is  active  (i.e.  the  activate  script  has been evaluated). In this case, it takes
              precedence    over    Python_FIND_REGISTRY    and     CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK     variables.      The
              Python_FIND_VIRTUALENV variable can be set to empty or one of the following:

              • FIRST:  The  virtual  environment  is  used  before  any other standard paths to look-up for the
                interpreter. This is the default.

              • ONLY: Only the virtual environment is used to look-up for the interpreter.

              • STANDARD: The virtual environment is not used to look-up for  the  interpreter.  In  this  case,
                variable  Python_FIND_REGISTRY  (Windows)  or CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK (macOS) can be set with value
                LAST or NEVER to select preferably the interpreter from the virtual environment.

              NOTE:
                 If the component Development is requested, it is  strongly  recommended  to  also  include  the
                 component Interpreter to get expected result.

   Artifacts Specification
       To  solve  special  cases,  it  is  possible  to  specify directly the artifacts by setting the following
       variables:

       Python_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the interpreter.

       Python_COMPILER
              The path to the compiler.

       Python_LIBRARY
              The  path  to  the  library.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the   variables   Python_LIBRARIES,
              Python_LIBRAY_DIRS and Python_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS.

       Python_INCLUDE_DIR
              The  path  to  the  directory  of  the  Python  headers.  It  will be used to compute the variable
              Python_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       Python_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIR
              The path to the directory of  the  NumPy  headers.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the  variable
              Python_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       NOTE:
          All paths must be absolute. Any artifact specified with a relative path will be ignored.

       NOTE:
          When  an  artifact  is  specified,  all HINTS will be ignored and no search will be performed for this
          artifact.

          If more than one artifact is specified, it is the user’s responsability to ensure the  consistency  of
          the various artifacts.

   Commands
       This  module  defines  the  command  Python_add_library  (when CMAKE_ROLE is PROJECT), which has the same
       semantics as add_library() and adds a dependency to  target  Python::Python  or,  when  library  type  is
       MODULE, to target Python::Module and takes care of Python module naming rules:

          Python_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

       If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

   FindPython2
       Find Python 2 interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

       The following components are supported:

       • Interpreter: search for Python 2 interpreter

       • Compiler: search for Python 2 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       • Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries)

       • NumPy: search for NumPy include directories.

       If no COMPONENTS are specified, Interpreter is assumed.

       To  ensure  consistent  versions between components Interpreter, Compiler, Development and NumPy, specify
       all components at the same time:

          find_package (Python2 COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

       This module looks only for version 2 of Python. This module can be  used  concurrently  with  FindPython3
       module to use both Python versions.

       The FindPython module can be used if Python version does not matter for you.

       NOTE:
          If  components Interpreter and Development are both specified, this module search only for interpreter
          with same platform architecture as the one defined by CMake configuration.  This  contraint  does  not
          apply if only Interpreter component is specified.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following Imported Targets (when CMAKE_ROLE is PROJECT):

       Python2::Interpreter
              Python 2 interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

       Python2::Compiler
              Python 2 compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

       Python2::Python
              Python 2 library for Python embedding. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python2::Module
              Python 2 library for Python module. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python2::NumPy
              NumPy library for Python 2. Target defined if component NumPy is found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

       Python2_FOUND
              System has the Python 2 requested components.

       Python2_Interpreter_FOUND
              System has the Python 2 interpreter.

       Python2_EXECUTABLE
              Path to the Python 2 interpreter.

       Python2_INTERPRETER_ID

              A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

                     • Python

                     • ActivePython

                     • Anaconda

                     • Canopy

                     • IronPython

       Python2_STDLIB
              Standard platform independent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

       Python2_STDARCH
              Standard platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

       Python2_SITELIB
              Third-party platform independent installation directory.

              Information                                       returned                                      by
              distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

       Python2_SITEARCH
              Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

       Python2_Compiler_FOUND
              System has the Python 2 compiler.

       Python2_COMPILER
              Path to the Python 2 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       Python2_COMPILER_ID

              A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

                     • IronPython

       Python2_Development_FOUND
              System has the Python 2 development artifacts.

       Python2_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The Python 2 include directories.

       Python2_LIBRARIES
              The Python 2 libraries.

       Python2_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python 2 library directories.

       Python2_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python 2 runtime library directories.

       Python2_VERSION
              Python 2 version.

       Python2_VERSION_MAJOR
              Python 2 major version.

       Python2_VERSION_MINOR
              Python 2 minor version.

       Python2_VERSION_PATCH
              Python 2 patch version.

       Python2_NumPy_FOUND
              System has the NumPy.

       Python2_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The NumPy include directries.

       Python2_NumPy_VERSION
              The NumPy version.

   Hints
       Python2_ROOT_DIR
              Define the root directory of a Python 2 installation.

       Python2_USE_STATIC_LIBS

              • If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

              • If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

              • If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

       Python2_FIND_STRATEGY
              This variable defines how lookup will be done.  The Python2_FIND_STRATEGY variable can be  set  to
              empty or one of the following:

              • VERSION: Try to find the most recent version in all specified locations.  This is the default if
                policy CMP0094 is undefined or set to OLD.

              • LOCATION: Stops lookup as soon as a version satisfying version constraints is founded.  This  is
                the default if policy CMP0094 is set to NEW.

       Python2_FIND_REGISTRY
              On  Windows  the Python2_FIND_REGISTRY variable determine the order of preference between registry
              and environment variables.  the Python2_FIND_REGISTRY variable can be set to empty or one  of  the
              following:

              • FIRST: Try to use registry before environment variables.  This is the default.

              • LAST: Try to use registry after environment variables.

              • NEVER: Never try to use registry.

       Python2_FIND_FRAMEWORK
              On macOS the Python2_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable determine the order of preference between Apple-style
              and unix-style package components.  This variable can be set to  empty  or  take  same  values  as
              CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable.

              NOTE:
                 Value ONLY is not supported so FIRST will be used instead.

              If Python2_FIND_FRAMEWORK is not defined, CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable will be used, if any.

       Python2_FIND_VIRTUALENV
              This  variable defines the handling of virtual environments. It is meaningfull only when a virtual
              environment is active (i.e. the activate script has  been  evaluated).  In  this  case,  it  takes
              precedence     over     Python2_FIND_REGISTRY    and    CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK    variables.     The
              Python2_FIND_VIRTUALENV variable can be set to empty or one of the following:

              • FIRST: The virtual environment is used before any  other  standard  paths  to  look-up  for  the
                interpreter. This is the default.

              • ONLY: Only the virtual environment is used to look-up for the interpreter.

              • STANDARD:  The  virtual  environment  is  not used to look-up for the interpreter. In this case,
                variable Python2_FIND_REGISTRY (Windows) or CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK (macOS) can be set  with  value
                LAST or NEVER to select preferably the interpreter from the virtual environment.

              NOTE:
                 If  the  component  Development  is  requested,  it is strongly recommended to also include the
                 component Interpreter to get expected result.

   Artifacts Specification
       To solve special cases, it is possible to  specify  directly  the  artifacts  by  setting  the  following
       variables:

       Python2_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the interpreter.

       Python2_COMPILER
              The path to the compiler.

       Python2_LIBRARY
              The   path  to  the  library.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the  variables  Python2_LIBRARIES,
              Python2_LIBRAY_DIRS and Python2_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS.

       Python2_INCLUDE_DIR
              The path to the directory of the  Python  headers.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the  variable
              Python2_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       Python2_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIR
              The  path  to  the  directory  of  the  NumPy  headers.  It  will  be used to compute the variable
              Python2_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       NOTE:
          All paths must be absolute. Any artifact specified with a relative path will be ignored.

       NOTE:
          When an artifact is specified, all HINTS will be ignored and no search  will  be  performed  for  this
          artifact.

          If  more  than one artifact is specified, it is the user’s responsability to ensure the consistency of
          the various artifacts.

   Commands
       This module defines the command Python_add_library (when CMAKE_ROLE  is  PROJECT),  which  has  the  same
       semantics  as  add_library()  and  adds  a  dependency to target Python2::Python or, when library type is
       MODULE, to target Python2::Module and takes care of Python module naming rules:

          Python2_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

       If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

   FindPython3
       Find Python 3 interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

       The following components are supported:

       • Interpreter: search for Python 3 interpreter

       • Compiler: search for Python 3 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       • Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries)

       • NumPy: search for NumPy include directories.

       If no COMPONENTS are specified, Interpreter is assumed.

       To ensure consistent versions between components Interpreter, Compiler, Development  and  NumPy,  specify
       all components at the same time:

          find_package (Python3 COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

       This  module  looks  only  for version 3 of Python. This module can be used concurrently with FindPython2
       module to use both Python versions.

       The FindPython module can be used if Python version does not matter for you.

       NOTE:
          If components Interpreter and Development are both specified, this module search only for  interpreter
          with  same  platform  architecture  as the one defined by CMake configuration. This contraint does not
          apply if only Interpreter component is specified.

   Imported Targets
       This module defines the following Imported Targets (when CMAKE_ROLE is PROJECT):

       Python3::Interpreter
              Python 3 interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

       Python3::Compiler
              Python 3 compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

       Python3::Python
              Python 3 library for Python embedding. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python3::Module
              Python 3 library for Python module. Target defined if component Development is found.

       Python3::NumPy
              NumPy library for Python 3. Target defined if component NumPy is found.

   Result Variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

       Python3_FOUND
              System has the Python 3 requested components.

       Python3_Interpreter_FOUND
              System has the Python 3 interpreter.

       Python3_EXECUTABLE
              Path to the Python 3 interpreter.

       Python3_INTERPRETER_ID

              A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

                     • Python

                     • ActivePython

                     • Anaconda

                     • Canopy

                     • IronPython

       Python3_STDLIB
              Standard platform independent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

       Python3_STDARCH
              Standard platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

       Python3_SITELIB
              Third-party platform independent installation directory.

              Information                                      returned                                       by
              distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

       Python3_SITEARCH
              Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

              Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

       Python3_Compiler_FOUND
              System has the Python 3 compiler.

       Python3_COMPILER
              Path to the Python 3 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

       Python3_COMPILER_ID

              A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

                     • IronPython

       Python3_Development_FOUND
              System has the Python 3 development artifacts.

       Python3_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The Python 3 include directories.

       Python3_LIBRARIES
              The Python 3 libraries.

       Python3_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python 3 library directories.

       Python3_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
              The Python 3 runtime library directories.

       Python3_VERSION
              Python 3 version.

       Python3_VERSION_MAJOR
              Python 3 major version.

       Python3_VERSION_MINOR
              Python 3 minor version.

       Python3_VERSION_PATCH
              Python 3 patch version.

       Python3_NumPy_FOUND
              System has the NumPy.

       Python3_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The NumPy include directries.

       Python3_NumPy_VERSION
              The NumPy version.

   Hints
       Python3_ROOT_DIR
              Define the root directory of a Python 3 installation.

       Python3_USE_STATIC_LIBS

              • If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

              • If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

              • If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

       Python3_FIND_ABI
              This variable defines which ABIs, as defined in PEP 3149, should be searched.

              NOTE:
                 If Python3_FIND_ABI is not defined, any ABI will be searched.

              The  Python3_FIND_ABI  variable  is a 3-tuple specifying, in that order, pydebug (d), pymalloc (m)
              and unicode (u) flags.  Each element can be set to one of the following:

              • ON: Corresponding flag is selected.

              • OFF: Corresponding flag is not selected.

              • ANY: The two posibilties (ON and OFF) will be searched.

              From this 3-tuple, various ABIs will be searched starting from the most specialized  to  the  most
              general. Moreover, debug versions will be searched after non-debug ones.

              For example, if we have:

                 set (Python3_FIND_ABI "ON" "ANY" "ANY")

              The  following flags combinations will be appended, in that order, to the artifact names: dmu, dm,
              du, and d.

              And to search any possible ABIs:

                 set (Python3_FIND_ABI "ANY" "ANY" "ANY")

              The following combinations, in that order, will be used: mu, m, u, <empty>, dmu, dm, du and d.

              NOTE:
                 This hint is useful only on POSIX systems. So, on Windows  systems,  when  Python3_FIND_ABI  is
                 defined,  Python distributions from python.org will be found only if value for each flag is OFF
                 or ANY.

       Python3_FIND_STRATEGY
              This variable defines how lookup will be done.  The Python3_FIND_STRATEGY variable can be  set  to
              empty or one of the following:

              • VERSION: Try to find the most recent version in all specified locations.  This is the default if
                policy CMP0094 is undefined or set to OLD.

              • LOCATION: Stops lookup as soon as a version satisfying version constraints is founded.  This  is
                the default if policy CMP0094 is set to NEW.

       Python3_FIND_REGISTRY
              On  Windows  the Python3_FIND_REGISTRY variable determine the order of preference between registry
              and environment variables.  The Python3_FIND_REGISTRY variable can be set to empty or one  of  the
              following:

              • FIRST: Try to use registry before environment variables.  This is the default.

              • LAST: Try to use registry after environment variables.

              • NEVER: Never try to use registry.

       Python3_FIND_FRAMEWORK
              On macOS the Python3_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable determine the order of preference between Apple-style
              and unix-style package components.  This variable can be set to  empty  or  take  same  values  as
              CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable.

              NOTE:
                 Value ONLY is not supported so FIRST will be used instead.

              If Python3_FIND_FRAMEWORK is not defined, CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK variable will be used, if any.

       Python3_FIND_VIRTUALENV
              This  variable defines the handling of virtual environments. It is meaningfull only when a virtual
              environment is active (i.e. the activate script has  been  evaluated).  In  this  case,  it  takes
              precedence     over     Python3_FIND_REGISTRY    and    CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK    variables.     The
              Python3_FIND_VIRTUALENV variable can be set to empty or one of the following:

              • FIRST: The virtual environment is used before any  other  standard  paths  to  look-up  for  the
                interpreter. This is the default.

              • ONLY: Only the virtual environment is used to look-up for the interpreter.

              • STANDARD:  The  virtual  environment  is  not used to look-up for the interpreter. In this case,
                variable Python3_FIND_REGISTRY (Windows) or CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK (macOS) can be set  with  value
                LAST or NEVER to select preferably the interpreter from the virtual environment.

              NOTE:
                 If  the  component  Development  is  requested,  it is strongly recommended to also include the
                 component Interpreter to get expected result.

   Artifacts Specification
       To solve special cases, it is possible to  specify  directly  the  artifacts  by  setting  the  following
       variables:

       Python3_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the interpreter.

       Python3_COMPILER
              The path to the compiler.

       Python3_LIBRARY
              The   path  to  the  library.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the  variables  Python3_LIBRARIES,
              Python3_LIBRAY_DIRS and Python3_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS.

       Python3_INCLUDE_DIR
              The path to the directory of the  Python  headers.  It  will  be  used  to  compute  the  variable
              Python3_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       Python3_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIR
              The  path  to  the  directory  of  the  NumPy  headers.  It  will  be used to compute the variable
              Python3_NumPy_INCLUDE_DIRS.

       NOTE:
          All paths must be absolute. Any artifact specified with a relative path will be ignored.

       NOTE:
          When an artifact is specified, all HINTS will be ignored and no search  will  be  performed  for  this
          artifact.

          If  more  than one artifact is specified, it is the user’s responsability to ensure the consistency of
          the various artifacts.

   Commands
       This module defines the command Python_add_library (when CMAKE_ROLE  is  PROJECT),  which  has  the  same
       semantics  as  add_library()  and  adds  a  dependency to target Python3::Python or, when library type is
       MODULE, to target Python3::Module and takes care of Python module naming rules:

          Python3_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

       If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

   FindQt3
       Locate Qt include paths and libraries

       This module defines:

          QT_INCLUDE_DIR    - where to find qt.h, etc.
          QT_LIBRARIES      - the libraries to link against to use Qt.
          QT_DEFINITIONS    - definitions to use when
                              compiling code that uses Qt.
          QT_FOUND          - If false, don't try to use Qt.
          QT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Qt found

       If you need the multithreaded version of Qt, set QT_MT_REQUIRED to TRUE

       Also defined, but not for general use are:

          QT_MOC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the moc tool.
          QT_UIC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the uic tool.
          QT_QT_LIBRARY, where to find the Qt library.
          QT_QTMAIN_LIBRARY, where to find the qtmain
           library. This is only required by Qt3 on Windows.

   FindQt4
   Finding and Using Qt4
       This module can be used to find Qt4.  The most important issue is that the Qt4 qmake is available via the
       system  path.  This qmake is then used to detect basically everything else.  This module defines a number
       of IMPORTED targets, macros and variables.

       Typical usage could be something like:

          set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON)
          set(CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON)
          find_package(Qt4 4.4.3 REQUIRED QtGui QtXml)
          add_executable(myexe main.cpp)
          target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

       NOTE:
          When using IMPORTED targets, the qtmain.lib static library is  automatically  linked  on  Windows  for
          WIN32  executables.  To disable that globally, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN variable before finding Qt4.
          To disable that for a particular executable, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN target property to TRUE on the
          executable.

   Qt Build Tools
       Qt  relies on some bundled tools for code generation, such as moc for meta-object code generation,``uic``
       for widget layout and population, and rcc for virtual filesystem content generation.  These tools may  be
       automatically invoked by cmake(1) if the appropriate conditions are met.  See cmake-qt(7) for more.

   Qt Macros
       In  some  cases  it can be necessary or useful to invoke the Qt build tools in a more-manual way. Several
       macros are available to add targets for such uses.

          macro QT4_WRAP_CPP(outfiles inputfile ... [TARGET tgt] OPTIONS ...)
                create moc code from a list of files containing Qt class with
                the Q_OBJECT declaration.  Per-directory preprocessor definitions
                are also added.  If the <tgt> is specified, the
                INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
                the <tgt> are passed to moc.  Options may be given to moc, such as
                those found when executing "moc -help".

          macro QT4_WRAP_UI(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
                create code from a list of Qt designer ui files.
                Options may be given to uic, such as those found
                when executing "uic -help"

          macro QT4_ADD_RESOURCES(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
                create code from a list of Qt resource files.
                Options may be given to rcc, such as those found
                when executing "rcc -help"

          macro QT4_GENERATE_MOC(inputfile outputfile [TARGET tgt])
                creates a rule to run moc on infile and create outfile.
                Use this if for some reason QT4_WRAP_CPP() isn't appropriate, e.g.
                because you need a custom filename for the moc file or something
                similar.  If the <tgt> is specified, the
                INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
                the <tgt> are passed to moc.

          macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE(outfiles interface basename)
                Create the interface header and implementation files with the
                given basename from the given interface xml file and add it to
                the list of sources.

                You can pass additional parameters to the qdbusxml2cpp call by setting
                properties on the input file:

                INCLUDE the given file will be included in the generate interface header

                CLASSNAME the generated class is named accordingly

                NO_NAMESPACE the generated class is not wrapped in a namespace

          macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACES(outfiles inputfile ... )
                Create the interface header and implementation files
                for all listed interface xml files.
                The basename will be automatically determined from the name
                of the xml file.

                The source file properties described for
                QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE also apply here.

          macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_ADAPTOR(outfiles xmlfile parentheader parentclassname
                                     [basename] [classname])
                create a dbus adaptor (header and implementation file) from the xml file
                describing the interface, and add it to the list of sources. The adaptor
                forwards the calls to a parent class, defined in parentheader and named
                parentclassname. The name of the generated files will be
                <basename>adaptor.{cpp,h} where basename defaults to the basename of the
                xml file.
                If <classname> is provided, then it will be used as the classname of the
                adaptor itself.

          macro QT4_GENERATE_DBUS_INTERFACE( header [interfacename] OPTIONS ...)
                generate the xml interface file from the given header.
                If the optional argument interfacename is omitted, the name of the
                interface file is constructed from the basename of the header with
                the suffix .xml appended.
                Options may be given to qdbuscpp2xml, such as those found when
                executing "qdbuscpp2xml --help"

          macro QT4_CREATE_TRANSLATION( qm_files directories ... sources ...
                                        ts_files ... OPTIONS ...)
                out: qm_files
                in:  directories sources ts_files
                options: flags to pass to lupdate, such as -extensions to specify
                extensions for a directory scan.
                generates commands to create .ts (vie lupdate) and .qm
                (via lrelease) - files from directories and/or sources. The ts files are
                created and/or updated in the source tree (unless given with full paths).
                The qm files are generated in the build tree.
                Updating the translations can be done by adding the qm_files
                to the source list of your library/executable, so they are
                always updated, or by adding a custom target to control when
                they get updated/generated.

          macro QT4_ADD_TRANSLATION( qm_files ts_files ... )
                out: qm_files
                in:  ts_files
                generates commands to create .qm from .ts - files. The generated
                filenames can be found in qm_files. The ts_files
                must exist and are not updated in any way.

          macro QT4_AUTOMOC(sourcefile1 sourcefile2 ... [TARGET tgt])
                The qt4_automoc macro is obsolete.  Use the CMAKE_AUTOMOC feature instead.
                This macro is still experimental.
                It can be used to have moc automatically handled.
                So if you have the files foo.h and foo.cpp, and in foo.h a
                a class uses the Q_OBJECT macro, moc has to run on it. If you don't
                want to use QT4_WRAP_CPP() (which is reliable and mature), you can insert
                #include "foo.moc"
                in foo.cpp and then give foo.cpp as argument to QT4_AUTOMOC(). This will
                scan all listed files at cmake-time for such included moc files and if it
                finds them cause a rule to be generated to run moc at build time on the
                accompanying header file foo.h.
                If a source file has the SKIP_AUTOMOC property set it will be ignored by
                this macro.
                If the <tgt> is specified, the INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and
                INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from the <tgt> are passed to moc.

          function QT4_USE_MODULES( target [link_type] modules...)
                 This function is obsolete. Use target_link_libraries with IMPORTED targets
                 instead.
                 Make <target> use the <modules> from Qt. Using a Qt module means
                 to link to the library, add the relevant include directories for the
                 module, and add the relevant compiler defines for using the module.
                 Modules are roughly equivalent to components of Qt4, so usage would be
                 something like:
                  qt4_use_modules(myexe Core Gui Declarative)
                 to use QtCore, QtGui and QtDeclarative. The optional <link_type> argument
                 can be specified as either LINK_PUBLIC or LINK_PRIVATE to specify the
                 same argument to the target_link_libraries call.

   IMPORTED Targets
       A  particular  Qt  library  may  be  used  by  using  the  corresponding   IMPORTED   target   with   the
       target_link_libraries() command:

          target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

       Using  a  target  in  this  way  causes :cmake(1)` to use the appropriate include directories and compile
       definitions for the target when compiling myexe.

       Targets are aware of their dependencies, so for example it  is  not  necessary  to  list  Qt4::QtCore  if
       another Qt library is listed, and it is not necessary to list Qt4::QtGui if Qt4::QtDeclarative is listed.
       Targets may be tested for existence in the usual way with the if(TARGET) command.

       The Qt toolkit may contain both debug and  release  libraries.   cmake(1)  will  choose  the  appropriate
       version based on the build configuration.

       Qt4::QtCore
              The QtCore target

       Qt4::QtGui
              The QtGui target

       Qt4::Qt3Support
              The Qt3Support target

       Qt4::QtAssistant
              The QtAssistant target

       Qt4::QtAssistantClient
              The QtAssistantClient target

       Qt4::QAxContainer
              The QAxContainer target (Windows only)

       Qt4::QAxServer
              The QAxServer target (Windows only)

       Qt4::QtDBus
              The QtDBus target

       Qt4::QtDeclarative
              The QtDeclarative target

       Qt4::QtDesigner
              The QtDesigner target

       Qt4::QtDesignerComponents
              The QtDesignerComponents target

       Qt4::QtHelp
              The QtHelp target

       Qt4::QtMotif
              The QtMotif target

       Qt4::QtMultimedia
              The QtMultimedia target

       Qt4::QtNetwork
              The QtNetwork target

       Qt4::QtNsPLugin
              The QtNsPLugin target

       Qt4::QtOpenGL
              The QtOpenGL target

       Qt4::QtScript
              The QtScript target

       Qt4::QtScriptTools
              The QtScriptTools target

       Qt4::QtSql
              The QtSql target

       Qt4::QtSvg
              The QtSvg target

       Qt4::QtTest
              The QtTest target

       Qt4::QtUiTools
              The QtUiTools target

       Qt4::QtWebKit
              The QtWebKit target

       Qt4::QtXml
              The QtXml target

       Qt4::QtXmlPatterns
              The QtXmlPatterns target

       Qt4::phonon
              The phonon target

   Result Variables
          Below is a detailed list of variables that FindQt4.cmake sets.

       Qt4_FOUND
              If false, don’t try to use Qt 4.

       QT_FOUND
              If false, don’t try to use Qt. This variable is for compatibility only.

       QT4_FOUND
              If false, don’t try to use Qt 4. This variable is for compatibility only.

       QT_VERSION_MAJOR
              The major version of Qt found.

       QT_VERSION_MINOR
              The minor version of Qt found.

       QT_VERSION_PATCH
              The patch version of Qt found.

   FindQuickTime
       Locate  QuickTime  This module defines QUICKTIME_LIBRARY QUICKTIME_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to
       gdal QUICKTIME_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

       $QUICKTIME_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$QUICKTIME_DIR

       Created by Eric Wing.

   FindRTI
       Try to find M&S HLA RTI libraries

       This module finds if any HLA RTI is installed and locates the standard RTI include files and libraries.

       RTI is a simulation infrastructure standardized by IEEE and SISO.  It has a well  defined  C++  API  that
       assures that simulation applications are independent on a particular RTI implementation.

          http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Run-Time_Infrastructure_(simulation)

       This code sets the following variables:

          RTI_INCLUDE_DIR = the directory where RTI includes file are found
          RTI_LIBRARIES = The libraries to link against to use RTI
          RTI_DEFINITIONS = -DRTI_USES_STD_FSTREAM
          RTI_FOUND = Set to FALSE if any HLA RTI was not found

       Report problems to <certi-devel@nongnu.org>

   FindRuby
       Find Ruby

       This  module  finds  if Ruby is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  Ruby
       1.8, 1.9, 2.0 and 2.1 are supported.

       The minimum required version of Ruby can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g.   find_package(Ruby
       1.8)

       It also determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

       RUBY_EXECUTABLE
              full path to the ruby binary

       RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS
              include dirs to be used when using the ruby library

       RUBY_LIBRARY
              full path to the ruby library

       RUBY_VERSION
              the version of ruby which was found, e.g. “1.8.7”

       RUBY_FOUND
              set to true if ruby ws found successfully

       Also:

       RUBY_INCLUDE_PATH
              same as RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS, only provided for compatibility reasons, don’t use it

   FindSDL_image
       Locate SDL_image library

       This module defines:

          SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
          SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
          SDL_IMAGE_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
          SDL_IMAGE_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
                                     version of SDL_image

       For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

          SDLIMAGE_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES)
          SDLIMAGE_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS)
          SDLIMAGE_FOUND (same value as SDL_IMAGE_FOUND)

       $SDLDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$SDLDIR used in
       building SDL.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This was influenced  by  the  FindSDL.cmake  module,  but  with  modifications  to
       recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

   FindSDL_mixer
       Locate SDL_mixer library

       This module defines:

          SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
          SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
          SDL_MIXER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
          SDL_MIXER_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
                                     version of SDL_mixer

       For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

          SDLMIXER_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES)
          SDLMIXER_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS)
          SDLMIXER_FOUND (same value as SDL_MIXER_FOUND)

       $SDLDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$SDLDIR used in
       building SDL.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This was influenced  by  the  FindSDL.cmake  module,  but  with  modifications  to
       recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

   FindSDL_net
       Locate SDL_net library

       This module defines:

          SDL_NET_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
          SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
          SDL_NET_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
          SDL_NET_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_net

       For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

          SDLNET_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_NET_LIBRARIES)
          SDLNET_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS)
          SDLNET_FOUND (same value as SDL_NET_FOUND)

       $SDLDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$SDLDIR used in
       building SDL.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This was influenced  by  the  FindSDL.cmake  module,  but  with  modifications  to
       recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

   FindSDL
       Locate SDL library

       This module defines

          SDL_LIBRARY, the name of the library to link against
          SDL_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL
          SDL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL.h
          SDL_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the version of SDL

       This module responds to the flag:

          SDL_BUILDING_LIBRARY
            If this is defined, then no SDL_main will be linked in because
            only applications need main().
            Otherwise, it is assumed you are building an application and this
            module will attempt to locate and set the proper link flags
            as part of the returned SDL_LIBRARY variable.

       Don’t  forget  to  include  SDLmain.h  and  SDLmain.m  your project for the OS X framework based version.
       (Other versions link to -lSDLmain which this module will try to find on your behalf.) Also for OS X, this
       module will automatically add the -framework Cocoa on your behalf.

       Additional  Note: If you see an empty SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP in your configuration and no SDL_LIBRARY, it means
       CMake did not find your SDL library (SDL.dll, libsdl.so, SDL.framework, etc).   Set  SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP  to
       point  to  your  SDL  library,  and configure again.  Similarly, if you see an empty SDLMAIN_LIBRARY, you
       should set this value as appropriate.  These values are used to generate the final SDL_LIBRARY  variable,
       but when these values are unset, SDL_LIBRARY does not get created.

       $SDLDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$SDLDIR used in
       building SDL.  l.e.galup 9-20-02

       Modified by Eric Wing.  Added code to assist with automated building by using environmental variables and
       providing  a  more  controlled/consistent  search  behavior.   Added  new modifications to recognize OS X
       frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).  Also corrected the header  search  path  to  follow
       “proper”  SDL  guidelines.  Added a search for SDLmain which is needed by some platforms.  Added a search
       for threads which is needed by some platforms.  Added needed compile switches for MinGW.

       On OSX, this will prefer the Framework version (if found) over others.   People  will  have  to  manually
       change  the  cache  values  of  SDL_LIBRARY  to  override  this  selection  or  set the CMake environment
       CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

       Note that the header path has changed from SDL/SDL.h to just SDL.h This needed to change because “proper”
       SDL  convention  is  #include “SDL.h”, not <SDL/SDL.h>.  This is done for portability reasons because not
       all systems place things in SDL/ (see FreeBSD).

   FindSDL_sound
       Locates the SDL_sound library

       This module depends on SDL being found and must be called AFTER FindSDL.cmake is called.

       This module defines

          SDL_SOUND_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL_sound.h
          SDL_SOUND_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL_sound
          SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES, this contains the list of libraries that you need
            to link against.
          SDL_SOUND_EXTRAS, this is an optional variable for you to add your own
            flags to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES. This is prepended to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES.
            This is available mostly for cases this module failed to anticipate for
            and you must add additional flags. This is marked as ADVANCED.
          SDL_SOUND_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the
            version of SDL_sound

       This module also defines (but you shouldn’t need to use directly)

          SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY, the name of just the SDL_sound library you would link
          against. Use SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES for you link instructions and not this one.

       And might define the following as needed

          MIKMOD_LIBRARY
          MODPLUG_LIBRARY
          OGG_LIBRARY
          VORBIS_LIBRARY
          SMPEG_LIBRARY
          FLAC_LIBRARY
          SPEEX_LIBRARY

       Typically, you should not use these variables directly, and  you  should  use  SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES  which
       contains  SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY  and  the  other  audio libraries (if needed) to successfully compile on your
       system.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This module is a bit more complicated than the other FindSDL* family modules.  The
       reason  is  that  SDL_sound can be compiled in a large variety of different ways which are independent of
       platform.  SDL_sound may dynamically link against other 3rd  party  libraries  to  get  additional  codec
       support,  such  as  Ogg  Vorbis, SMPEG, ModPlug, MikMod, FLAC, Speex, and potentially others.  Under some
       circumstances which I don’t fully understand, there seems to be a requirement that dependent libraries of
       libraries  you  use  must  also be explicitly linked against in order to successfully compile.  SDL_sound
       does not currently have any system in place to know how it was compiled.  So this CMake module  does  the
       hard  work  in  trying  to  discover  which 3rd party libraries are required for building (if any).  This
       module uses a brute force approach to create a test program that uses SDL_sound, and then tries to  build
       it.   If the build fails, it parses the error output for known symbol names to figure out which libraries
       are needed.

       Responds to the $SDLDIR and $SDLSOUNDDIR environmental variable that would correspond to the  ./configure
       –prefix=$SDLDIR used in building SDL.

       On  OSX,  this  will  prefer  the Framework version (if found) over others.  People will have to manually
       change the  cache  values  of  SDL_LIBRARY  to  override  this  selectionor  set  the  CMake  environment
       CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

   FindSDL_ttf
       Locate SDL_ttf library

       This module defines:

          SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
          SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
          SDL_TTF_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
          SDL_TTF_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_ttf

       For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

          SDLTTF_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES)
          SDLTTF_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS)
          SDLTTF_FOUND (same value as SDL_TTF_FOUND)

       $SDLDIR  is  an  environment  variable  that  would correspond to the ./configure –prefix=$SDLDIR used in
       building SDL.

       Created by Eric Wing.  This was influenced  by  the  FindSDL.cmake  module,  but  with  modifications  to
       recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

   FindSelfPackers
       Find upx

       This  module  looks  for some executable packers (i.e.  software that compress executables or shared libs
       into on-the-fly self-extracting executables or shared libs.  Examples:

          UPX: http://wildsau.idv.uni-linz.ac.at/mfx/upx.html

   FindSquish
       – Typical Use

       This module can be used to find Squish.  Currently Squish versions 3 and 4 are supported.

          SQUISH_FOUND                    If false, don't try to use Squish
          SQUISH_VERSION                  The full version of Squish found
          SQUISH_VERSION_MAJOR            The major version of Squish found
          SQUISH_VERSION_MINOR            The minor version of Squish found
          SQUISH_VERSION_PATCH            The patch version of Squish found

          SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR              The Squish installation directory
                                          (containing bin, lib, etc)
          SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE        The squishserver executable
          SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE        The squishrunner executable

          SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR_FOUND        Was the install directory found?
          SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE_FOUND  Was the server executable found?
          SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE_FOUND  Was the client executable found?

       It provides the function squish_v4_add_test() for adding a squish test to cmake using Squish 4.x:

          squish_v4_add_test(cmakeTestName
            AUT targetName SUITE suiteName TEST squishTestName
            [SETTINGSGROUP group] [PRE_COMMAND command] [POST_COMMAND command] )

       The arguments have the following meaning:

       cmakeTestName
              this will be used as the first argument for add_test()

       AUT targetName
              the name of the cmake target which will be used as AUT, i.e. the executable which will be tested.

       SUITE suiteName
              this is either the full path to the squish suite, or just the last directory of  the  suite,  i.e.
              the  suite  name. In this case the CMakeLists.txt which calls squish_add_test() must be located in
              the parent directory of the suite directory.

       TEST squishTestName
              the name of the squish test, i.e. the name of the  subdirectory  of  the  test  inside  the  suite
              directory.

       SETTINGSGROUP group
              if specified, the given settings group will be used for executing the test.  If not specified, the
              groupname will be “CTest_<username>”

       PRE_COMMAND command
              if specified, the given command will be executed before starting the squish test.

       POST_COMMAND command
              same as PRE_COMMAND, but after the squish test has been executed.

          enable_testing()
          find_package(Squish 4.0)
          if (SQUISH_FOUND)
             squish_v4_add_test(myTestName
               AUT myApp
               SUITE ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/mySuite
               TEST someSquishTest
               SETTINGSGROUP myGroup
               )
          endif ()

       For users of Squish version 3.x the macro squish_v3_add_test() is provided:

          squish_v3_add_test(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)
          Use this macro to add a test using Squish 3.x.

          enable_testing()
          find_package(Squish)
          if (SQUISH_FOUND)
            squish_v3_add_test(myTestName myApplication testCase envVars testWrapper)
          endif ()

       macro SQUISH_ADD_TEST(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)

          This is deprecated. Use SQUISH_V3_ADD_TEST() if you are using Squish 3.x instead.

   FindSQLite3
       Find the SQLite libraries, v3

   IMPORTED targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

       SQLite::SQLite3

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables if found:

       SQLite3_INCLUDE_DIRS
              where to find sqlite3.h, etc.

       SQLite3_LIBRARIES
              the libraries to link against to use SQLite3.

       SQLite3_VERSION
              version of the SQLite3 library found

       SQLite3_FOUND
              TRUE if found

   FindSubversion
       Extract information from a subversion working copy

       The module defines the following variables:

          Subversion_SVN_EXECUTABLE - path to svn command line client
          Subversion_VERSION_SVN - version of svn command line client
          Subversion_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
          SUBVERSION_FOUND - same as Subversion_FOUND, set for compatibility reasons

       The  minimum  required  version  of  Subversion  can  be  specified  using  the  standard  syntax,   e.g.
       find_package(Subversion 1.4).

       If the command line client executable is found two macros are defined:

          Subversion_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix> [IGNORE_SVN_FAILURE])
          Subversion_WC_LOG(<dir> <var-prefix>)

       Subversion_WC_INFO  extracts  information  of  a subversion working copy at a given location.  This macro
       defines the following variables if running Subversion’s info  command  on  <dir>  succeeds;  otherwise  a
       SEND_ERROR  message  is  generated.  The error can be ignored by providing the IGNORE_SVN_FAILURE option,
       which causes these variables to remain undefined.

          <var-prefix>_WC_URL - url of the repository (at <dir>)
          <var-prefix>_WC_ROOT - root url of the repository
          <var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision
          <var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_AUTHOR - author of last commit
          <var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_DATE - date of last commit
          <var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_REV - revision of last commit
          <var-prefix>_WC_INFO - output of command `svn info <dir>'

       Subversion_WC_LOG retrieves the log message of the base revision of a subversion working copy at a  given
       location.  This macro defines the variable:

          <var-prefix>_LAST_CHANGED_LOG - last log of base revision

       Example usage:

          find_package(Subversion)
          if(SUBVERSION_FOUND)
            Subversion_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
            message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
            Subversion_WC_LOG(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
            message("Last changed log is ${Project_LAST_CHANGED_LOG}")
          endif()

   FindSWIG
       Find Simplified Wrapper and Interface Generator (SWIG)

       This module finds an installed SWIG.  It sets the following variables:

          SWIG_FOUND - set to "True" if SWIG is found
          SWIG_DIR - the directory where swig is installed
          SWIG_EXECUTABLE - the path to the swig executable
          SWIG_VERSION   - the version number of the swig executable

       The minimum required version of SWIG can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g.   find_package(SWIG
       1.1)

       All information is collected from the SWIG_EXECUTABLE, so the version to be found can be changed from the
       command line by means of setting SWIG_EXECUTABLE

   FindTCL
       TK_INTERNAL_PATH was removed.

       This  module finds if Tcl is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          TCL_FOUND              = Tcl was found
          TK_FOUND               = Tk was found
          TCLTK_FOUND            = Tcl and Tk were found
          TCL_LIBRARY            = path to Tcl library (tcl tcl80)
          TCL_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where tcl.h can be found
          TCL_TCLSH              = path to tclsh binary (tcl tcl80)
          TK_LIBRARY             = path to Tk library (tk tk80 etc)
          TK_INCLUDE_PATH        = path to where tk.h can be found
          TK_WISH                = full path to the wish executable

       In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are  not  necessarily  Tcl/Tk
       gurus/developers, some variables were moved or removed.  Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

          => they were only useful for people writing Tcl/Tk extensions.
          => these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
             Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
             are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
             specifically (say, amongst tcl84g, tcl84gs, or tcl84sgx).
             Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
             TCL_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.
          => this ended up being only a Win32 variable, and there is a lot of
             confusion regarding the location of this file in an installed Tcl/Tk
             tree anyway (see 8.5 for example). If you need the internal path at
             this point it is safer you ask directly where the *source* tree is
             and dig from there.

   FindTclsh
       Find tclsh

       This  module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          TCLSH_FOUND = TRUE if tclsh has been found
          TCL_TCLSH = the path to the tclsh executable

       In cygwin, look for the cygwin version first.  Don’t look for  it  later  to  avoid  finding  the  cygwin
       version on a Win32 build.

   FindTclStub
       TCL_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG and TK_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG were removed.

       This  module  finds  Tcl  stub  libraries.   It  first  finds  Tcl include files and libraries by calling
       FindTCL.cmake.  How to Use the Tcl Stubs Library:

          http://tcl.activestate.com/doc/howto/stubs.html

       Using Stub Libraries:

          http://safari.oreilly.com/0130385603/ch48lev1sec3

       This code sets the following variables:

          TCL_STUB_LIBRARY       = path to Tcl stub library
          TK_STUB_LIBRARY        = path to Tk stub library
          TTK_STUB_LIBRARY       = path to ttk stub library

       In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are  not  necessarily  Tcl/Tk
       gurus/developers, some variables were moved or removed.  Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

          => these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
             Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
             are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
             specifically (say, amongst tclstub84g, tclstub84gs, or tclstub84sgx).
             Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
             TCL_STUB_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.

   FindThreads
       This module determines the thread library of the system.

       The following variables are set

          CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT     - the thread library
          CMAKE_USE_WIN32_THREADS_INIT - using WIN32 threads?
          CMAKE_USE_PTHREADS_INIT    - are we using pthreads
          CMAKE_HP_PTHREADS_INIT     - are we using hp pthreads

       The following import target is created

          Threads::Threads

       If the use of the -pthread compiler and linker flag is preferred then the caller can set

          THREADS_PREFER_PTHREAD_FLAG

       The  compiler  flag can only be used with the imported target. Use of both the imported target as well as
       this switch is highly recommended for new code.

   FindTIFF
       Find the TIFF library (libtiff).

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       TIFF::TIFF
              The TIFF library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       TIFF_FOUND
              true if the TIFF headers and libraries were found

       TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing the TIFF headers

       TIFF_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directory containing the TIFF headers

       TIFF_LIBRARIES
              TIFF libraries to be linked

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing the TIFF headers

       TIFF_LIBRARY
              the path to the TIFF library

   FindUnixCommands
       Find Unix commands, including the ones from Cygwin

       This module looks for the Unix commands bash, cp, gzip, mv, rm, and tar and  stores  the  result  in  the
       variables BASH, CP, GZIP, MV, RM, and TAR.

   FindVTK
       This module no longer exists.

       This  module  existed  in  versions  of  CMake  prior  to  3.1,  but  became  only  a thin wrapper around
       find_package(VTK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated  conventions.   Now
       find_package(VTK) will search for VTKConfig.cmake directly.

   FindVulkan
       Find Vulkan, which is a low-overhead, cross-platform 3D graphics and computing API.

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target Vulkan::Vulkan, if Vulkan has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

          Vulkan_FOUND          - "True" if Vulkan was found
          Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIRS   - include directories for Vulkan
          Vulkan_LIBRARIES      - link against this library to use Vulkan

       The module will also define two cache variables:

          Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIR    - the Vulkan include directory
          Vulkan_LIBRARY        - the path to the Vulkan library

   FindWget
       Find wget

       This module looks for wget.  This module defines the following values:

          WGET_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the wget tool.
          WGET_FOUND: True if wget has been found.

   FindWish
       Find wish installation

       This  module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It also
       determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          TK_WISH = the path to the wish executable

       if UNIX is defined, then it will look for the cygwin version first

   FindwxWidgets
       Find a wxWidgets (a.k.a., wxWindows) installation.

       This module finds if wxWidgets is installed and selects a default configuration to use.  wxWidgets  is  a
       modular  library.   To  specify the modules that you will use, you need to name them as components to the
       package:

       find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS core base … OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS net …)

       There are two search branches: a windows style and a unix style.  For windows,  the  following  variables
       are  searched  for  and set to defaults in case of multiple choices.  Change them if the defaults are not
       desired (i.e., these are the only variables you should change to select a configuration):

          wxWidgets_ROOT_DIR      - Base wxWidgets directory
                                    (e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3).
          wxWidgets_LIB_DIR       - Path to wxWidgets libraries
                                    (e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3/lib/vc_lib).
          wxWidgets_CONFIGURATION - Configuration to use
                                    (e.g., msw, mswd, mswu, mswunivud, etc.)
          wxWidgets_EXCLUDE_COMMON_LIBRARIES
                                  - Set to TRUE to exclude linking of
                                    commonly required libs (e.g., png tiff
                                    jpeg zlib regex expat).

       For unix style it uses the wx-config  utility.   You  can  select  between  debug/release,  unicode/ansi,
       universal/non-universal,  and  static/shared  in  the QtDialog or ccmake interfaces by turning ON/OFF the
       following variables:

          wxWidgets_USE_DEBUG
          wxWidgets_USE_UNICODE
          wxWidgets_USE_UNIVERSAL
          wxWidgets_USE_STATIC

       There is also a wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS variable for all other options that need to  be  passed  to  the
       wx-config  utility.   For example, to use the base toolkit found in the /usr/local path, set the variable
       (before calling the FIND_PACKAGE command) as such:

          set(wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS --toolkit=base --prefix=/usr)

       The following are set after the configuration is done for both windows and unix style:

          wxWidgets_FOUND            - Set to TRUE if wxWidgets was found.
          wxWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS     - Include directories for WIN32
                                       i.e., where to find "wx/wx.h" and
                                       "wx/setup.h"; possibly empty for unices.
          wxWidgets_LIBRARIES        - Path to the wxWidgets libraries.
          wxWidgets_LIBRARY_DIRS     - compile time link dirs, useful for
                                       rpath on UNIX. Typically an empty string
                                       in WIN32 environment.
          wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS      - Contains defines required to compile/link
                                       against WX, e.g. WXUSINGDLL
          wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS_DEBUG- Contains defines required to compile/link
                                       against WX debug builds, e.g. __WXDEBUG__
          wxWidgets_CXX_FLAGS        - Include dirs and compiler flags for
                                       unices, empty on WIN32. Essentially
                                       "`wx-config --cxxflags`".
          wxWidgets_USE_FILE         - Convenience include file.

       Sample usage:

          # Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
          find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS gl core base OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS net)
          if(wxWidgets_FOUND)
            include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
            # and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
            target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})
          endif()

       If wxWidgets is required (i.e., not an optional part):

          find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED gl core base OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS net)
          include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
          # and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
          target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

   FindXCTest
       Functions to help creating and executing XCTest bundles.

       An XCTest bundle is a CFBundle with a special  product-type  and  bundle  extension.  The  Mac  Developer
       Library provides more information in the Testing with Xcode document.

   Module Functions
       xctest_add_bundle
              The  xctest_add_bundle  function creates a XCTest bundle named <target> which will test the target
              <testee>. Supported target types for testee are Frameworks and App Bundles:

                 xctest_add_bundle(
                   <target>  # Name of the XCTest bundle
                   <testee>  # Target name of the testee
                   )

       xctest_add_test
              The xctest_add_test function adds an XCTest bundle to the project to be run by ctest(1). The  test
              will be named <name> and tests <bundle>:

                 xctest_add_test(
                   <name>    # Test name
                   <bundle>  # Target name of XCTest bundle
                   )

   Module Variables
       The following variables are set by including this module:

       XCTest_FOUND
              True if the XCTest Framework and executable were found.

       XCTest_EXECUTABLE
              The path to the xctest command line tool used to execute XCTest bundles.

       XCTest_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The directory containing the XCTest Framework headers.

       XCTest_LIBRARIES
              The location of the XCTest Framework.

   FindXalanC
       Find the Apache Xalan-C++ XSL transform processor headers and libraries.

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       XalanC::XalanC
              The Xalan-C++ xalan-c library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       XalanC_FOUND
              true if the Xalan headers and libraries were found

       XalanC_VERSION
              Xalan release version

       XalanC_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directory containing the Xalan headers; note XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS is also required

       XalanC_LIBRARIES
              Xalan libraries to be linked; note XercesC_LIBRARIES is also required

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       XalanC_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing the Xalan headers

       XalanC_LIBRARY
              the Xalan library

   FindXercesC
       Find the Apache Xerces-C++ validating XML parser headers and libraries.

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       XercesC::XercesC
              The Xerces-C++ xerces-c library, if found.

   Result variables
       This module will set the following variables in your project:

       XercesC_FOUND
              true if the Xerces headers and libraries were found

       XercesC_VERSION
              Xerces release version

       XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS
              the directory containing the Xerces headers

       XercesC_LIBRARIES
              Xerces libraries to be linked

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       XercesC_INCLUDE_DIR
              the directory containing the Xerces headers

       XercesC_LIBRARY
              the Xerces library

   FindX11
       Find X11 installation

       Try to find X11 on UNIX systems. The following values are defined

          X11_FOUND        - True if X11 is available
          X11_INCLUDE_DIR  - include directories to use X11
          X11_LIBRARIES    - link against these to use X11

       and also the following more fine grained variables and targets:

          X11_ICE_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_ICE_LIB,        X11_ICE_FOUND,        X11::ICE
          X11_SM_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_SM_LIB,         X11_SM_FOUND,         X11::SM
          X11_X11_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_X11_LIB,                              X11::X11
          X11_Xaccessrules_INCLUDE_PATH,
          X11_Xaccessstr_INCLUDE_PATH,                       X11_Xaccess_FOUND
          X11_Xau_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xau_LIB,        X11_Xau_FOUND,        X11::Xau
          X11_Xcomposite_INCLUDE_PATH,   X11_Xcomposite_LIB, X11_Xcomposite_FOUND, X11::Xcomposite
          X11_Xcursor_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xcursor_LIB,    X11_Xcursor_FOUND,    X11::Xcursor
          X11_Xdamage_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xdamage_LIB,    X11_Xdamage_FOUND,    X11::Xdamage
          X11_Xdmcp_INCLUDE_PATH,        X11_Xdmcp_LIB,      X11_Xdmcp_FOUND,      X11::Xdmcp
          X11_Xext_INCLUDE_PATH,         X11_Xext_LIB,       X11_Xext_FOUND,       X11::Xext
          X11_Xxf86misc_INCLUDE_PATH,    X11_Xxf86misc_LIB,  X11_Xxf86misc_FOUND,  X11::Xxf86misc
          X11_Xxf86vm_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xxf86vm_LIB     X11_Xxf86vm_FOUND,    X11::Xxf86vm
          X11_Xfixes_INCLUDE_PATH,       X11_Xfixes_LIB,     X11_Xfixes_FOUND,     X11::Xfixes
          X11_Xft_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xft_LIB,        X11_Xft_FOUND,        X11::Xft
          X11_Xi_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xi_LIB,         X11_Xi_FOUND,         X11::Xi
          X11_Xinerama_INCLUDE_PATH,     X11_Xinerama_LIB,   X11_Xinerama_FOUND,   X11::Xinerama
          X11_Xkb_INCLUDE_PATH,
          X11_Xkblib_INCLUDE_PATH,                           X11_Xkb_FOUND,        X11::Xkb
          X11_xkbfile_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_xkbfile_LIB,    X11_xkbfile_FOUND,    X11::xkbfile
          X11_Xmu_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xmu_LIB,        X11_Xmu_FOUND,        X11::Xmu
          X11_Xpm_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xpm_LIB,        X11_Xpm_FOUND,        X11::Xpm
          X11_Xtst_INCLUDE_PATH,         X11_Xtst_LIB,       X11_Xtst_FOUND,       X11::Xtst
          X11_Xrandr_INCLUDE_PATH,       X11_Xrandr_LIB,     X11_Xrandr_FOUND,     X11::Xrandr
          X11_Xrender_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xrender_LIB,    X11_Xrender_FOUND,    X11::Xrender
          X11_XRes_INCLUDE_PATH,         X11_XRes_LIB,       X11_XRes_FOUND,       X11::XRes
          X11_Xss_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xss_LIB,        X11_Xss_FOUND,        X11::Xss
          X11_Xt_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xt_LIB,         X11_Xt_FOUND,         X11::Xt
          X11_Xutil_INCLUDE_PATH,                            X11_Xutil_FOUND,      X11::Xutil
          X11_Xv_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xv_LIB,         X11_Xv_FOUND,         X11::Xv
          X11_dpms_INCLUDE_PATH,         (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_dpms_FOUND
          X11_XShm_INCLUDE_PATH,         (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_XShm_FOUND
          X11_Xshape_INCLUDE_PATH,       (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_Xshape_FOUND
          X11_XSync_INCLUDE_PATH,        (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_XSync_FOUND

   FindXMLRPC
       Find xmlrpc

       Find the native XMLRPC headers and libraries.

          XMLRPC_INCLUDE_DIRS      - where to find xmlrpc.h, etc.
          XMLRPC_LIBRARIES         - List of libraries when using xmlrpc.
          XMLRPC_FOUND             - True if xmlrpc found.

       XMLRPC  modules  may  be  specified as components for this find module.  Modules may be listed by running
       “xmlrpc-c-config”.  Modules include:

          c++            C++ wrapper code
          libwww-client  libwww-based client
          cgi-server     CGI-based server
          abyss-server   ABYSS-based server

       Typical usage:

          find_package(XMLRPC REQUIRED libwww-client)

   FindZLIB
       Find the native ZLIB includes and library.

   IMPORTED Targets
       This module defines IMPORTED target ZLIB::ZLIB, if ZLIB has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

          ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS   - where to find zlib.h, etc.
          ZLIB_LIBRARIES      - List of libraries when using zlib.
          ZLIB_FOUND          - True if zlib found.

          ZLIB_VERSION_STRING - The version of zlib found (x.y.z)
          ZLIB_VERSION_MAJOR  - The major version of zlib
          ZLIB_VERSION_MINOR  - The minor version of zlib
          ZLIB_VERSION_PATCH  - The patch version of zlib
          ZLIB_VERSION_TWEAK  - The tweak version of zlib

   Backward Compatibility
       The following variable are provided for backward compatibility

          ZLIB_MAJOR_VERSION  - The major version of zlib
          ZLIB_MINOR_VERSION  - The minor version of zlib
          ZLIB_PATCH_VERSION  - The patch version of zlib

   Hints
       A user may set ZLIB_ROOT to a zlib installation root to tell this module where to look.

DEPRECATED MODULES

   Deprecated Utility Modules
   CMakeDetermineVSServicePack
       Deprecated since version 3.0: Do not use.

       The functionality of this module has been superseded by the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_VERSION  variable  that
       contains the compiler version number.

       Determine the Visual Studio service pack of the ‘cl’ in use.

       Usage:

          if(MSVC)
            include(CMakeDetermineVSServicePack)
            DetermineVSServicePack( my_service_pack )
            if( my_service_pack )
              message(STATUS "Detected: ${my_service_pack}")
            endif()
          endif()

       Function DetermineVSServicePack sets the given variable to one of the following values or an empty string
       if unknown:

          vc80, vc80sp1
          vc90, vc90sp1
          vc100, vc100sp1
          vc110, vc110sp1, vc110sp2, vc110sp3, vc110sp4

   CMakeExpandImportedTargets
       Deprecated since version 3.4: Do not use.

       This module was once needed to expand imported targets to the underlying libraries they reference on disk
       for  use with the try_compile() and try_run() commands.  These commands now support imported libraries in
       their LINK_LIBRARIES options (since CMake 2.8.11 for try_compile() and since CMake 3.2 for try_run()).

       This module does not support the policy CMP0022 NEW  behavior  or  use  of  the  INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES
       property because generator expressions cannot be evaluated during configuration.

          CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS(<var> LIBRARIES lib1 lib2...libN
                                        [CONFIGURATION <config>])

       CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS()  takes a list of libraries and replaces all imported targets contained in
       this list with their actual file paths of the referenced libraries on disk, including the libraries  from
       their link interfaces.  If a CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the respective configuration of the imported
       targets  if  it  exists.   If  no  CONFIGURATION  is  given,  it  uses  the  first   configuration   from
       ${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES} if set, otherwise ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}.

          cmake_expand_imported_targets(expandedLibs
            LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}
            CONFIGURATION "${CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_CONFIGURATION}" )

   CMakeForceCompiler
       Deprecated since version 3.6: Do not use.

       The  macros  provided  by  this module were once intended for use by cross-compiling toolchain files when
       CMake was not able to automatically detect the compiler identification.  Since the introduction  of  this
       module, CMake’s compiler identification capabilities have improved and can now be taught to recognize any
       compiler.  Furthermore, the suite of information CMake detects from a compiler is now too extensive to be
       provided by toolchain files using these macros.

       One  common  use  case  for  this  module  was to skip CMake’s checks for a working compiler when using a
       cross-compiler that cannot link binaries without special flags or custom linker scripts.   This  case  is
       now supported by setting the CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE variable in the toolchain file instead.

                                                         ----

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It sets CMAKE_C_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID to the
       given compiler-id.  It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It sets CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID to
       the  given  compiler-id.   It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information
       tests.

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It  sets   CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER   to   the   given   compiler   and   the   cmake   internal   variable
       CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER_ID  to the given compiler-id.  It also bypasses the check for working compiler and
       basic compiler information tests.

       So a simple toolchain file could look like this:

          include (CMakeForceCompiler)
          set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME Generic)
          CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER   (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)
          CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)

   CMakeParseArguments
       This module once implemented the cmake_parse_arguments() command that  is  now  implemented  natively  by
       CMake.  It is now an empty placeholder for compatibility with projects that include it to get the command
       from CMake 3.4 and lower.

   MacroAddFileDependencies
       MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file> depend_files…)

       Using the macro MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES() is discouraged.  There are usually better ways  to  specify
       the correct dependencies.

       MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file>   depend_files…)   is   just   a   convenience   wrapper  around  the
       OBJECT_DEPENDS source file property.   You  can  just  use  set_property(SOURCE  <file>  APPEND  PROPERTY
       OBJECT_DEPENDS depend_files) instead.

   TestCXXAcceptsFlag
       Deprecated since version 3.0: See CheckCXXCompilerFlag.

       Check if the CXX compiler accepts a flag.

          CHECK_CXX_ACCEPTS_FLAG(<flags> <variable>)

       <flags>
              the flags to try

       <variable>
              variable to store the result

   UsePkgConfig
       Obsolete pkg-config module for CMake, use FindPkgConfig instead.

       This module defines the following macro:

       PKGCONFIG(package includedir libdir linkflags cflags)

       Calling   PKGCONFIG   will   fill   the   desired   information   into   the   4  given  arguments,  e.g.
       PKGCONFIG(libart-2.0 LIBART_INCLUDE_DIR LIBART_LINK_DIR LIBART_LINK_FLAGS  LIBART_CFLAGS)  if  pkg-config
       was  NOT  found  or  the  specified  software  package doesn’t exist, the variable will be empty when the
       function returns, otherwise they will contain the respective information

   Use_wxWindows
       Deprecated since version 2.8.10: Use find_package(wxWidgets) and include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE}) instead.

       This convenience include finds if wxWindows is installed and set the  appropriate  libs,  incdirs,  flags
       etc.  author Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de> (07/2003)

       USAGE:

          just include Use_wxWindows.cmake
          in your projects CMakeLists.txt

       include( ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}/Use_wxWindows.cmake)

          if you are sure you need GL then

       set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

          *before* you include this file.

   WriteBasicConfigVersionFile
       Deprecated  since  version  3.0: Use the identical command write_basic_package_version_file() from module
       CMakePackageConfigHelpers.

          WRITE_BASIC_CONFIG_VERSION_FILE( filename
            [VERSION major.minor.patch]
            COMPATIBILITY (AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion)
            [ARCH_INDEPENDENT]
            )

   Deprecated Find Modules
   FindCUDA
       Deprecated since version 3.10: Superseded by first-class support for the CUDA language in CMake.

   Replacement
       It is no longer necessary to use this module or call find_package(CUDA).  Instead, list  CUDA  among  the
       languages  named  in  the  top-level call to the project() command, or call the enable_language() command
       with CUDA.  Then one can add CUDA (.cu) sources to  programs  directly  in  calls  to  add_library()  and
       add_executable().

   Documentation of Deprecated Usage
       Tools for building CUDA C files: libraries and build dependencies.

       This  script  locates the NVIDIA CUDA C tools.  It should work on Linux, Windows, and macOS and should be
       reasonably up to date with CUDA C releases.

       This script makes use of  the  standard  find_package()  arguments  of  <VERSION>,  REQUIRED  and  QUIET.
       CUDA_FOUND will report if an acceptable version of CUDA was found.

       The  script  will  prompt the user to specify CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR if the prefix cannot be determined by
       the location of nvcc in the system path and REQUIRED is specified to find_package().  To use a  different
       installed  version  of  the toolkit set the environment variable CUDA_BIN_PATH before running cmake (e.g.
       CUDA_BIN_PATH=/usr/local/cuda1.0 instead of the default  /usr/local/cuda)  or  set  CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR
       after  configuring.   If you change the value of CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR, various components that depend on
       the path will be relocated.

       It might be necessary to set CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR manually on  certain  platforms,  or  to  use  a  CUDA
       runtime  not  installed  in  the  default location.  In newer versions of the toolkit the CUDA library is
       included with the graphics driver – be sure that the driver version matches what is needed  by  the  CUDA
       runtime version.

       The  following  variables  affect the behavior of the macros in the script (in alphabetical order).  Note
       that  any  of  these  flags  can  be  changed  multiple  times  in  the  same  directory  before  calling
       CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,     CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY,     CUDA_COMPILE,    CUDA_COMPILE_PTX,    CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN,
       CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS:

          CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE (Default matches host bit size)
          -- Set to ON to compile for 64 bit device code, OFF for 32 bit device code.
             Note that making this different from the host code when generating object
             or C files from CUDA code just won't work, because size_t gets defined by
             nvcc in the generated source.  If you compile to PTX and then load the
             file yourself, you can mix bit sizes between device and host.

          CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE (Default ON)
          -- Set to ON if you want the custom build rule to be attached to the source
             file in Visual Studio.  Turn OFF if you add the same cuda file to multiple
             targets.

             This allows the user to build the target from the CUDA file; however, bad
             things can happen if the CUDA source file is added to multiple targets.
             When performing parallel builds it is possible for the custom build
             command to be run more than once and in parallel causing cryptic build
             errors.  VS runs the rules for every source file in the target, and a
             source can have only one rule no matter how many projects it is added to.
             When the rule is run from multiple targets race conditions can occur on
             the generated file.  Eventually everything will get built, but if the user
             is unaware of this behavior, there may be confusion.  It would be nice if
             this script could detect the reuse of source files across multiple targets
             and turn the option off for the user, but no good solution could be found.

          CUDA_BUILD_CUBIN (Default OFF)
          -- Set to ON to enable and extra compilation pass with the -cubin option in
             Device mode. The output is parsed and register, shared memory usage is
             printed during build.

          CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION (Default OFF for device mode)
          -- Set to ON for Emulation mode. -D_DEVICEEMU is defined for CUDA C files
             when CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION is TRUE.

          CUDA_LINK_LIBRARIES_KEYWORD (Default "")
           -- The <PRIVATE|PUBLIC|INTERFACE> keyword to use for internal
              target_link_libraries calls. The default is to use no keyword which
              uses the old "plain" form of target_link_libraries. Note that is matters
              because whatever is used inside the FindCUDA module must also be used
              outside - the two forms of target_link_libraries cannot be mixed.

          CUDA_GENERATED_OUTPUT_DIR (Default CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR)
          -- Set to the path you wish to have the generated files placed.  If it is
             blank output files will be placed in CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.
             Intermediate files will always be placed in
             CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR/CMakeFiles.

          CUDA_HOST_COMPILATION_CPP (Default ON)
          -- Set to OFF for C compilation of host code.

          CUDA_HOST_COMPILER (Default CMAKE_C_COMPILER)
          -- Set the host compiler to be used by nvcc.  Ignored if -ccbin or
             --compiler-bindir is already present in the CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or
             CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG> variables.  For Visual Studio targets,
             the host compiler is constructed with one or more visual studio macros
             such as $(VCInstallDir), that expands out to the path when
             the command is run from within VS.
             If the CUDAHOSTCXX environment variable is set it will
             be used as the default.

          CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS
          CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG>
          -- Additional NVCC command line arguments.  NOTE: multiple arguments must be
             semi-colon delimited (e.g. --compiler-options;-Wall)

          CUDA_PROPAGATE_HOST_FLAGS (Default ON)
          -- Set to ON to propagate CMAKE_{C,CXX}_FLAGS and their configuration
             dependent counterparts (e.g. CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG) automatically to the
             host compiler through nvcc's -Xcompiler flag.  This helps make the
             generated host code match the rest of the system better.  Sometimes
             certain flags give nvcc problems, and this will help you turn the flag
             propagation off.  This does not affect the flags supplied directly to nvcc
             via CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or through the OPTION flags specified through
             CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE, or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS.  Flags used for
             shared library compilation are not affected by this flag.

          CUDA_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION (Default OFF)
          -- If set this will enable separable compilation for all CUDA runtime object
             files.  If used outside of CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY
             (e.g. calling CUDA_WRAP_SRCS directly),
             CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME and
             CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS should be called.

          CUDA_SOURCE_PROPERTY_FORMAT
          -- If this source file property is set, it can override the format specified
             to CUDA_WRAP_SRCS (OBJ, PTX, CUBIN, or FATBIN).  If an input source file
             is not a .cu file, setting this file will cause it to be treated as a .cu
             file. See documentation for set_source_files_properties on how to set
             this property.

          CUDA_USE_STATIC_CUDA_RUNTIME (Default ON)
          -- When enabled the static version of the CUDA runtime library will be used
             in CUDA_LIBRARIES.  If the version of CUDA configured doesn't support
             this option, then it will be silently disabled.

          CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD (Default OFF)
          -- Set to ON to see all the commands used when building the CUDA file.  When
             using a Makefile generator the value defaults to VERBOSE (run make
             VERBOSE=1 to see output), although setting CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD to ON will
             always print the output.

       The script creates the following macros (in alphabetical order):

          CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
          -- Adds the cufft library to the target (can be any target).  Handles whether
             you are in emulation mode or not.

          CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
          -- Adds the cublas library to the target (can be any target).  Handles
             whether you are in emulation mode or not.

          CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
                               [WIN32] [MACOSX_BUNDLE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Creates an executable "cuda_target" which is made up of the files
             specified.  All of the non CUDA C files are compiled using the standard
             build rules specified by CMAKE and the cuda files are compiled to object
             files using nvcc and the host compiler.  In addition CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS is
             added automatically to include_directories().  Some standard CMake target
             calls can be used on the target after calling this macro
             (e.g. set_target_properties and target_link_libraries), but setting
             properties that adjust compilation flags will not affect code compiled by
             nvcc.  Such flags should be modified before calling CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
             CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS.

          CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
                            [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Same as CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE except that a library is created.

          CUDA_BUILD_CLEAN_TARGET()
          -- Creates a convenience target that deletes all the dependency files
             generated.  You should make clean after running this target to ensure the
             dependency files get regenerated.

          CUDA_COMPILE( generated_files file0 file1 ... [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE]
                        [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Returns a list of generated files from the input source files to be used
             with ADD_LIBRARY or ADD_EXECUTABLE.

          CUDA_COMPILE_PTX( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Returns a list of PTX files generated from the input source files.

          CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Returns a list of FATBIN files generated from the input source files.

          CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- Returns a list of CUBIN files generated from the input source files.

          CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME( output_file_var
                                                               cuda_target
                                                               object_files )
          -- Compute the name of the intermediate link file used for separable
             compilation.  This file name is typically passed into
             CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS.  output_file_var is produced
             based on cuda_target the list of objects files that need separable
             compilation as specified by object_files.  If the object_files list is
             empty, then output_file_var will be empty.  This function is called
             automatically for CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY and CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE.  Note that
             this is a function and not a macro.

          CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( path0 path1 ... )
          -- Sets the directories that should be passed to nvcc
             (e.g. nvcc -Ipath0 -Ipath1 ... ). These paths usually contain other .cu
             files.

          CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS( output_file_var cuda_target
                                                   nvcc_flags object_files)
          -- Generates the link object required by separable compilation from the given
             object files.  This is called automatically for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and
             CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, but can be called manually when using CUDA_WRAP_SRCS
             directly.  When called from CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE the
             nvcc_flags passed in are the same as the flags passed in via the OPTIONS
             argument.  The only nvcc flag added automatically is the bitness flag as
             specified by CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE.  Note that this is a function
             instead of a macro.

          CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(out_variable [target_CUDA_architectures])
          -- Selects GPU arch flags for nvcc based on target_CUDA_architectures
             target_CUDA_architectures : Auto | Common | All | LIST(ARCH_AND_PTX ...)
              - "Auto" detects local machine GPU compute arch at runtime.
              - "Common" and "All" cover common and entire subsets of architectures
             ARCH_AND_PTX : NAME | NUM.NUM | NUM.NUM(NUM.NUM) | NUM.NUM+PTX
             NAME: Fermi Kepler Maxwell Kepler+Tegra Kepler+Tesla Maxwell+Tegra Pascal
             NUM: Any number. Only those pairs are currently accepted by NVCC though:
                   2.0 2.1 3.0 3.2 3.5 3.7 5.0 5.2 5.3 6.0 6.2
             Returns LIST of flags to be added to CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS in ${out_variable}
             Additionally, sets ${out_variable}_readable to the resulting numeric list
             Example:
              CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(ARCH_FLAGS 3.0 3.5+PTX 5.2(5.0) Maxwell)
               LIST(APPEND CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS ${ARCH_FLAGS})

             More info on CUDA architectures: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CUDA
             Note that this is a function instead of a macro.

          CUDA_WRAP_SRCS ( cuda_target format generated_files file0 file1 ...
                           [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [OPTIONS ...] )
          -- This is where all the magic happens.  CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
             CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_COMPILE, and CUDA_COMPILE_PTX all call this
             function under the hood.

             Given the list of files (file0 file1 ... fileN) this macro generates
             custom commands that generate either PTX or linkable objects (use "PTX" or
             "OBJ" for the format argument to switch).  Files that don't end with .cu
             or have the HEADER_FILE_ONLY property are ignored.

             The arguments passed in after OPTIONS are extra command line options to
             give to nvcc.  You can also specify per configuration options by
             specifying the name of the configuration followed by the options.  General
             options must precede configuration specific options.  Not all
             configurations need to be specified, only the ones provided will be used.

                OPTIONS -DFLAG=2 "-DFLAG_OTHER=space in flag"
                DEBUG -g
                RELEASE --use_fast_math
                RELWITHDEBINFO --use_fast_math;-g
                MINSIZEREL --use_fast_math

             For certain configurations (namely VS generating object files with
             CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE set to ON), no generated file will
             be produced for the given cuda file.  This is because when you add the
             cuda file to Visual Studio it knows that this file produces an object file
             and will link in the resulting object file automatically.

             This script will also generate a separate cmake script that is used at
             build time to invoke nvcc.  This is for several reasons.

               1. nvcc can return negative numbers as return values which confuses
               Visual Studio into thinking that the command succeeded.  The script now
               checks the error codes and produces errors when there was a problem.

               2. nvcc has been known to not delete incomplete results when it
               encounters problems.  This confuses build systems into thinking the
               target was generated when in fact an unusable file exists.  The script
               now deletes the output files if there was an error.

               3. By putting all the options that affect the build into a file and then
               make the build rule dependent on the file, the output files will be
               regenerated when the options change.

             This script also looks at optional arguments STATIC, SHARED, or MODULE to
             determine when to target the object compilation for a shared library.
             BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is ignored in CUDA_WRAP_SRCS, but it is respected in
             CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY.  On some systems special flags are added for building
             objects intended for shared libraries.  A preprocessor macro,
             <target_name>_EXPORTS is defined when a shared library compilation is
             detected.

             Flags passed into add_definitions with -D or /D are passed along to nvcc.

       The script defines the following variables:

          CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR    -- The major version of cuda as reported by nvcc.
          CUDA_VERSION_MINOR    -- The minor version.
          CUDA_VERSION
          CUDA_VERSION_STRING   -- CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR.CUDA_VERSION_MINOR
          CUDA_HAS_FP16         -- Whether a short float (float16,fp16) is supported.

          CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR -- Path to the CUDA Toolkit (defined if not set).
          CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR     -- Path to the CUDA SDK.  Use this to find files in the
                                   SDK.  This script will not directly support finding
                                   specific libraries or headers, as that isn't
                                   supported by NVIDIA.  If you want to change
                                   libraries when the path changes see the
                                   FindCUDA.cmake script for an example of how to clear
                                   these variables.  There are also examples of how to
                                   use the CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR to locate headers or
                                   libraries, if you so choose (at your own risk).
          CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS     -- Include directory for cuda headers.  Added automatically
                                   for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY.
          CUDA_LIBRARIES        -- Cuda RT library.
          CUDA_CUFFT_LIBRARIES  -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda FFT
                                   implementation (alternative to:
                                   CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET macro)
          CUDA_CUBLAS_LIBRARIES -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda BLAS
                                   implementation (alternative to:
                                   CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET macro).
          CUDA_cudart_static_LIBRARY -- Statically linkable cuda runtime library.
                                        Only available for CUDA version 5.5+
          CUDA_cudadevrt_LIBRARY -- Device runtime library.
                                    Required for separable compilation.
          CUDA_cupti_LIBRARY    -- CUDA Profiling Tools Interface library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
          CUDA_curand_LIBRARY   -- CUDA Random Number Generation library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
          CUDA_cusolver_LIBRARY -- CUDA Direct Solver library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 7.0+.
          CUDA_cusparse_LIBRARY -- CUDA Sparse Matrix library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
          CUDA_npp_LIBRARY      -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
          CUDA_nppc_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (core).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
          CUDA_nppi_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 5.5 - 8.0.
          CUDA_nppial_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppicc_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppicom_LIBRARY  -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppidei_LIBRARY  -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppif_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppig_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppim_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppist_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppisu_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_nppitc_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
          CUDA_npps_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (signal processing).
                                   Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
          CUDA_nvcuvenc_LIBRARY -- CUDA Video Encoder library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
                                   Windows only.
          CUDA_nvcuvid_LIBRARY  -- CUDA Video Decoder library.
                                   Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
                                   Windows only.
          CUDA_nvToolsExt_LIBRARY
                                -- NVIDA CUDA Tools Extension library.
                                   Available for CUDA version 5+.
          CUDA_OpenCL_LIBRARY   -- NVIDA CUDA OpenCL library.
                                   Available for CUDA version 5+.

   FindPythonInterp
       Deprecated since version 3.12: Use FindPython3, FindPython2 or FindPython instead.

       Find python interpreter

       This module finds if Python interpreter is installed and determines where the executables are.  This code
       sets the following variables:

          PYTHONINTERP_FOUND         - Was the Python executable found
          PYTHON_EXECUTABLE          - path to the Python interpreter

          PYTHON_VERSION_STRING      - Python version found e.g. 2.5.2
          PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR       - Python major version found e.g. 2
          PYTHON_VERSION_MINOR       - Python minor version found e.g. 5
          PYTHON_VERSION_PATCH       - Python patch version found e.g. 2

       The  Python_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS  variable can be used to specify a list of version numbers that should be
       taken  into  account  when  searching  for  Python.   You  need  to  set  this  variable  before  calling
       find_package(PythonInterp).

       If  calling both find_package(PythonInterp) and find_package(PythonLibs), call find_package(PythonInterp)
       first  to  get  the  currently  active  Python  version  by  default  with  a   consistent   version   of
       PYTHON_LIBRARIES.

       NOTE:
          A  call  to  find_package(PythonInterp ${V}) for python version V may find a python executable with no
          version suffix.  In this case no attempt is made to avoid python executables from other versions.  Use
          FindPython3, FindPython2 or FindPython instead.

   FindPythonLibs
       Deprecated since version 3.12: Use FindPython3, FindPython2 or FindPython instead.

       Find python libraries

       This  module  finds  if Python is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are.  It
       also determines what the name of the library is.  This code sets the following variables:

          PYTHONLIBS_FOUND           - have the Python libs been found
          PYTHON_LIBRARIES           - path to the python library
          PYTHON_INCLUDE_PATH        - path to where Python.h is found (deprecated)
          PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIRS        - path to where Python.h is found
          PYTHON_DEBUG_LIBRARIES     - path to the debug library (deprecated)
          PYTHONLIBS_VERSION_STRING  - version of the Python libs found (since CMake 2.8.8)

       The Python_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS variable can be used to specify a list of version numbers that  should  be
       taken  into  account  when  searching  for  Python.   You  need  to  set  this  variable  before  calling
       find_package(PythonLibs).

       If you’d like to specify the installation of Python  to  use,  you  should  modify  the  following  cache
       variables:

          PYTHON_LIBRARY             - path to the python library
          PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIR         - path to where Python.h is found

       If  calling both find_package(PythonInterp) and find_package(PythonLibs), call find_package(PythonInterp)
       first  to  get  the  currently  active  Python  version  by  default  with  a   consistent   version   of
       PYTHON_LIBRARIES.

   FindQt
       Searches for all installed versions of Qt3 or Qt4.

       This module cannot handle Qt5 or any later versions.  For those, see cmake-qt(7).

       This module exists for the find_package() command only if policy CMP0084 is not set to NEW.

       This  module  should  only  be  used  if your project can work with multiple versions of Qt.  If not, you
       should just directly use FindQt4 or FindQt3.  If multiple versions of Qt are found on the  machine,  then
       The  user must set the option DESIRED_QT_VERSION to the version they want to use.  If only one version of
       qt is found on the machine, then the DESIRED_QT_VERSION is set to that version and the  matching  FindQt3
       or FindQt4 module is included.  Once the user sets DESIRED_QT_VERSION, then the FindQt3 or FindQt4 module
       is included.

          QT_REQUIRED if this is set to TRUE then if CMake can
                      not find Qt4 or Qt3 an error is raised
                      and a message is sent to the user.

          DESIRED_QT_VERSION OPTION is created
          QT4_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt4 is found.
          QT3_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt3 is found.

   FindwxWindows
       Deprecated since version 3.0: Replaced by FindwxWidgets.

       Find wxWindows (wxWidgets) installation

       This module finds if wxWindows/wxWidgets  is  installed  and  determines  where  the  include  files  and
       libraries  are.   It  also  determines  what  the  name  of the library is.  This code sets the following
       variables:

          WXWINDOWS_FOUND     = system has WxWindows
          WXWINDOWS_LIBRARIES = path to the wxWindows libraries
                                on Unix/Linux with additional
                                linker flags from
                                "wx-config --libs"
          CMAKE_WXWINDOWS_CXX_FLAGS  = Compiler flags for wxWindows,
                                       essentially "`wx-config --cxxflags`"
                                       on Linux
          WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_DIR      = where to find "wx/wx.h" and "wx/setup.h"
          WXWINDOWS_LINK_DIRECTORIES = link directories, useful for rpath on
                                        Unix
          WXWINDOWS_DEFINITIONS      = extra defines

       OPTIONS If you need OpenGL support please

          set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

       in your CMakeLists.txt before you include this file.

          HAVE_ISYSTEM      - true required to replace -I by -isystem on g++

       For   convenience    include    Use_wxWindows.cmake    in    your    project’s    CMakeLists.txt    using
       include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/Use_wxWindows.cmake).

       USAGE

          set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)
          find_package(wxWindows)

       NOTES wxWidgets 2.6.x is supported for monolithic builds e.g.  compiled in wx/build/msw dir as:

          nmake -f makefile.vc BUILD=debug SHARED=0 USE_OPENGL=1 MONOLITHIC=1

       DEPRECATED

          CMAKE_WX_CAN_COMPILE
          WXWINDOWS_LIBRARY
          CMAKE_WX_CXX_FLAGS
          WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_PATH

       AUTHOR Jan Woetzel <http://www.mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~jw> (07/2003-01/2006)

   Legacy CPack Modules
       These modules used to be mistakenly exposed to the user, and have been moved out of user visibility. They
       are for CPack internal use, and should never be used directly.

   CPackArchive
       The documentation for the CPack Archive generator has moved here: CPack Archive Generator

   CPackBundle
       The documentation for the CPack Bundle generator has moved here: CPack Bundle Generator

   CPackCygwin
       The documentation for the CPack Cygwin generator has moved here: CPack Cygwin Generator

   CPackDeb
       The documentation for the CPack DEB generator has moved here: CPack DEB Generator

   CPackDMG
       The documentation for the CPack DragNDrop generator has moved here: CPack DragNDrop Generator

   CPackFreeBSD
       The documentation for the CPack FreeBSD generator has moved here: CPack FreeBSD Generator

   CPackNSIS
       The documentation for the CPack NSIS generator has moved here: CPack NSIS Generator

   CPackNuGet
       The documentation for the CPack NuGet generator has moved here: CPack NuGet Generator

   CPackPackageMaker
       The documentation for the CPack PackageMaker generator has moved here: CPack PackageMaker Generator

   CPackProductBuild
       The documentation for the CPack productbuild generator has moved here: CPack productbuild Generator

   CPackRPM
       The documentation for the CPack RPM generator has moved here: CPack RPM Generator

   CPackWIX
       The documentation for the CPack WIX generator has moved here: CPack WIX Generator

       2000-2022 Kitware, Inc. and Contributors